manualshive.com logo in svg

Agilent Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series, Programmer'S Manual

Discover the comprehensive Programmer's Manual for the cutting-edge Agilent Technologies InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series. This invaluable manual is available for instant download, free of charge, from our website. Unlock the full potential of this state-of-the-art product and delve into its features with our user-centric manual.

Share
Download
background image

480

Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series Oscilloscopes Programmer's Guide

21

:MEASure Commands

 

:MEASure:VTOP

 (see 

page 1208

)

Command Syntax

:MEASure:VTOP [<source>]

<source> ::= {CHANnel<n> | FUNCtion<m> | MATH<m>}

<n> ::= 1-2 or 1-4 (# of analog channels) in NR1 format

<m> ::= 1-4 in NR1 format

<r> ::= 1 to (# ref waveforms) in NR1 format

The :MEASure:VTOP command installs a screen measurement and starts a 
waveform top value measurement.

Query Syntax

:MEASure:VTOP? [<source>]

The :MEASure:VTOP? query returns the vertical value at the top of the 
waveform. The top value of the pulse is normally not the same as the 
maximum value.

Return Format

<value><NL>

<value> ::= vertical value at the top of the waveform in NR3 format

See Also

•

"Introduction to :MEASure Commands" 

on page 420

•

":MEASure:SOURce" 

on page 458

•

":MEASure:VMAX" 

on page 474

•

":MEASure:VAMPlitude" 

on page 471

•

":MEASure:VBASe" 

on page 473

N O T E

This query is not available if the source is FFT (Fast Fourier Transform).

Summary of Contents for InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series

Page 1: ...s1 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide ...

Page 2: ...dance with the terms of such license Restricted Rights Legend If software is for use in the performance of a U S Government prime contract or sub contract Software is delivered and licensed as Commercial computer soft ware as defined in DFAR 252 227 7014 June 1995 or as a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 a or as Restricted computer software as defined in FAR 52 227 19 June 1987 or any equiv...

Page 3: ...ands starting on page 161 describes commands defined by the IEEE 488 2 standard that are common to all instruments Chapter 6 Root Commands starting on page 187 describes commands that reside at the root level of the command tree and control many of the basic functions of the oscilloscope Chapter 7 ACQuire Commands starting on page 227 describes commands for setting the parameters used when acquiri...

Page 4: ...DVM digital voltmeter analysis feature Chapter 16 EXTernal Trigger Commands starting on page 331 describes commands that control the input characteristics of the external trigger input Chapter 17 FUNCtion m Commands starting on page 337 describes commands that control math waveforms Chapter 18 HARDcopy Commands starting on page 369 describes commands that set and query the selection of hardcopy de...

Page 5: ...ter 31 TIMebase Commands starting on page 923 describes commands that control all horizontal sweep functions Chapter 32 TRIGger Commands starting on page 935 describes commands that control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger type Chapter 33 WAVeform Commands starting on page 1019 describes commands that provide access to waveform data Chapter 34 WGEN w Commands starting on page 1055...

Page 6: ...ls and the mixed signal oscilloscopes MSO models have analog channels topics that describe analog channels refer to all oscilloscope models Whenever a topic describes digital channels that information applies only to the mixed signal oscilloscope models See Also For more information on using the SICL VISA and VISA COM libraries in general see the documentation that comes with the Agilent IO Librar...

Page 7: ...arted Basic Oscilloscope Program Structure 54 Initializing 54 Capturing Data 54 Analyzing Captured Data 55 Programming the Oscilloscope 56 Referencing the IO Library 56 Opening the Oscilloscope Connection via the IO Library 57 Initializing the Interface and the Oscilloscope 57 Using AUToscale to Automate Oscilloscope Setup 58 Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands 58 Capturing Data with the DIGit...

Page 8: ... Value Ranges 159 d Digits 159 Quoted ASCII String 159 Definite Length Block Response Data 159 5 Common Commands CLS Clear Status 165 ESE Standard Event Status Enable 166 ESR Standard Event Status Register 168 IDN Identification Number 170 LRN Learn Device Setup 171 OPC Operation Complete 172 OPT Option Identification 173 RCL Recall 175 RST Reset 176 SAV Save 179 SRE Service Request Enable 180 STB...

Page 9: ...9 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register 211 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register 217 PRINt 219 RUN 220 SERial 221 SINGle 222 STATus 223 STOP 224 TER Trigger Event Register 225 VIEW 226 7 ACQuire Commands ACQuire COMPlete 229 ACQuire COUNt 230 ACQuire MODE 231 ACQuire POINts 232 ACQ...

Page 10: ...HANnel n INVert 270 CHANnel n LABel 271 CHANnel n OFFSet 272 CHANnel n PROBe 273 CHANnel n PROBe HEAD TYPE 274 CHANnel n PROBe ID 275 CHANnel n PROBe SKEW 276 CHANnel n PROBe STYPe 277 CHANnel n PROTection 278 CHANnel n RANGe 279 CHANnel n SCALe 280 CHANnel n UNITs 281 CHANnel n VERNier 282 11 COMPliance Commands COMPliance USB AUTosetup 284 COMPliance USB RUN 285 COMPliance USB SOURce ADJacent 28...

Page 11: ...y Commands DISPlay ANNotation 311 DISPlay ANNotation BACKground 312 DISPlay ANNotation COLor 313 DISPlay ANNotation TEXT 314 DISPlay CLEar 315 DISPlay DATA 316 DISPlay LABel 317 DISPlay LABList 318 DISPlay MENU 319 DISPlay SIDebar 320 DISPlay PERSistence 321 DISPlay VECTors 322 15 DVM Commands DVM ARANge 324 DVM CURRent 325 DVM ENABle 326 DVM FREQuency 327 DVM MODE 328 DVM SOURce 329 16 EXTernal T...

Page 12: ...353 FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset 354 FUNCtion m LINear GAIN 355 FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet 356 FUNCtion m OFFSet 357 FUNCtion m OPERation 358 FUNCtion m RANGe 361 FUNCtion m REFerence 362 FUNCtion m SCALe 363 FUNCtion m SOURce1 364 FUNCtion m SOURce2 366 FUNCtion m TRENd MEASurement 367 18 HARDcopy Commands HARDcopy AREA 371 HARDcopy APRinter 372 HARDcopy FACTors 373 HARDcopy FFEed 374 HARDcopy INKS...

Page 13: ...400 MARKer XUNits USE 401 MARKer Y1Position 402 MARKer Y2Position 403 MARKer YDELta 404 MARKer YUNits 405 MARKer YUNits USE 406 21 MEASure Commands MEASure ALL 422 MEASure AREa 423 MEASure BWIDth 424 MEASure CLEar 425 MEASure COUNter 426 MEASure DEFine 427 MEASure DELay 430 MEASure DUAL CHARge 432 MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude 433 MEASure DUAL VAVerage 434 MEASure DUAL VBASe 435 MEASure DUAL VPP 436 MEA...

Page 14: ...EASure STATistics DISPlay 461 MEASure STATistics INCRement 462 MEASure STATistics MCOunt 463 MEASure STATistics RESet 464 MEASure STATistics RSDeviation 465 MEASure TEDGe 466 MEASure TVALue 469 MEASure VAMPlitude 471 MEASure VAVerage 472 MEASure VBASe 473 MEASure VMAX 474 MEASure VMIN 475 MEASure VPP 476 MEASure VRATio 477 MEASure VRMS 478 MEASure VTIMe 479 MEASure VTOP 480 MEASure WINDow 481 MEAS...

Page 15: ...3 MTESt AMASk SOURce 514 MTESt AMASk UNITs 515 MTESt AMASk XDELta 516 MTESt AMASk YDELta 517 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms 518 MTESt COUNt RESet 519 MTESt COUNt TIME 520 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms 521 MTESt DATA 522 MTESt DELete 523 MTESt ENABle 524 MTESt LOCK 525 MTESt RMODe 526 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure 527 MTESt RMODe FACTion PRINt 528 MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE 529 MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP 530 MTESt RMODe...

Page 16: ...erfactor 560 POWer HARMonics RUNCount 561 POWer HARMonics STANdard 562 POWer HARMonics STATus 563 POWer HARMonics THD 564 POWer INRush APPLy 565 POWer INRush EXIT 566 POWer INRush NEXT 567 POWer MODulation APPLy 568 POWer MODulation SOURce 569 POWer MODulation TYPE 570 POWer ONOFf APPLy 571 POWer ONOFf EXIT 572 POWer ONOFf NEXT 573 POWer ONOFf TEST 574 POWer PSRR APPLy 575 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAX...

Page 17: ...95 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON 596 POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient 597 POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i 598 POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i 599 POWer SLEW APPLy 600 POWer SLEW SOURce 601 POWer SWITch APPLy 602 POWer SWITch CONDuction 603 POWer SWITch IREFerence 604 POWer SWITch RDS 605 POWer SWITch VCE 606 POWer SWITch VREFerence 607 POWer TRANsient APPLy 608 POWer TRANsient EXIT 609 POWer TRANsie...

Page 18: ... SAVE WAVeform SEGMented 642 SAVE WMEMory SOURce 643 SAVE WMEMory STARt 644 28 SBUS n Commands General SBUS n Commands 647 SBUS n DISPlay 648 SBUS n MODE 649 SBUS n A429 Commands 650 SBUS n A429 AUTosetup 652 SBUS n A429 BASE 653 SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor 654 SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet 655 SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD 656 SBUS n A429 FORMat 657 SBUS n A429 SIGNal 658 SBUS n A429 SOURce 659 SBUS n A429 SPEed ...

Page 19: ...n FLEXray BAUDrate 688 SBUS n FLEXray CHANnel 689 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt NULL 690 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt RESet 691 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt SYNC 692 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt TOTal 693 SBUS n FLEXray SOURce 694 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger 695 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger ERRor TYPE 696 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt AUToset 697 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt BSS ID 698 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt TYPE 699 SBUS n FLEXray TRI...

Page 20: ...IGger TYPE 731 SBUS n LIN Commands 733 SBUS n LIN PARity 735 SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint 736 SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate 737 SBUS n LIN SOURce 738 SBUS n LIN STANdard 739 SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak 740 SBUS n LIN TRIGger 741 SBUS n LIN TRIGger ID 742 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA 743 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth 745 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat 746 SBUS n M1553 Commands 747 SBUS n M1553 AUTos...

Page 21: ... SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames 778 SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames 779 SBUS n UART FRAMing 780 SBUS n UART PARity 781 SBUS n UART POLarity 782 SBUS n UART SOURce RX 783 SBUS n UART SOURce TX 784 SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE 785 SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt 786 SBUS n UART TRIGger DATA 787 SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE 788 SBUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier 789 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE 790 SBUS n UART WIDTh 791 SBUS n USB ...

Page 22: ...mands 818 SEARch COUNt 819 SEARch MODE 820 SEARch STATe 821 SEARch EDGE Commands 822 SEARch EDGE SLOPe 823 SEARch EDGE SOURce 824 SEARch GLITch Commands 825 SEARch GLITch GREaterthan 826 SEARch GLITch LESSthan 827 SEARch GLITch POLarity 828 SEARch GLITch QUALifier 829 SEARch GLITch RANGe 830 SEARch GLITch SOURce 831 SEARch RUNT Commands 832 SEARch RUNT POLarity 833 SEARch RUNT QUALifier 834 SEARch...

Page 23: ...e 858 SEARch SERial FLEXray MODE 859 SEARch SERial I2S Commands 860 SEARch SERial I2S AUDio 861 SEARch SERial I2S MODE 862 SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA 863 SEARch SERial I2S PATTern FORMat 864 SEARch SERial I2S RANGe 865 SEARch SERial IIC Commands 866 SEARch SERial IIC MODE 867 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess 869 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA 870 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 871 SEARch SER...

Page 24: ...Rch SERial USB DATA LENGth 897 SEARch SERial USB ENDPoint 898 SEARch SERial USB ET 899 SEARch SERial USB FRAMe 900 SEARch SERial USB HADDress 901 SEARch SERial USB PID DATA 902 SEARch SERial USB PID HANDshake 903 SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial 904 SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen 905 SEARch SERial USB PORT 906 SEARch SERial USB SC 907 SEARch SERial USB SEU 908 30 SYSTem Commands SYSTem DATE 911 SYSTem D...

Page 25: ...Ject 945 TRIGger SWEep 946 TRIGger DELay Commands 947 TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe 948 TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce 949 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME 950 TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt 951 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe 952 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce 953 TRIGger EBURst Commands 954 TRIGger EBURst COUNt 955 TRIGger EBURst IDLE 956 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe 957 TRIGger EBURst SOURce 958 TRIGger EDGE Commands 959 TRIGger ...

Page 26: ...arity 987 TRIGger RUNT QUALifier 988 TRIGger RUNT SOURce 989 TRIGger RUNT TIME 990 TRIGger SHOLd Commands 991 TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe 992 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk 993 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA 994 TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD 995 TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup 996 TRIGger TRANsition Commands 997 TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier 998 TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe 999 TRIGger TRANsition SOURce 1000 TRIGger TRANsition TIME...

Page 27: ...Veform SEGMented COUNt 1039 WAVeform SEGMented TTAG 1040 WAVeform SOURce 1041 WAVeform SOURce SUBSource 1045 WAVeform TYPE 1046 WAVeform UNSigned 1047 WAVeform VIEW 1048 WAVeform XINCrement 1049 WAVeform XORigin 1050 WAVeform XREFerence 1051 WAVeform YINCrement 1052 WAVeform YORigin 1053 WAVeform YREFerence 1054 34 WGEN w Commands WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder 1059 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA 1060 WGEN w A...

Page 28: ...1081 WGEN w MODulation STATe 1082 WGEN w MODulation TYPE 1083 WGEN w OUTPut 1085 WGEN w OUTPut LOAD 1086 WGEN w OUTPut POLarity 1087 WGEN w PERiod 1088 WGEN w RST 1089 WGEN w TRACk 1090 WGEN w TRACk AMPLitude 1091 WGEN w TRACk CSIGnal 1092 WGEN w TRACk FREQuency 1093 WGEN w VOLTage 1094 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH 1095 WGEN w VOLTage LOW 1096 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet 1097 35 WMEMory r Commands WMEMory r CLEa...

Page 29: ...AYscale 1133 HARDcopy IGColors 1134 HARDcopy PDRiver 1135 MEASure LOWer 1136 MEASure SCRatch 1137 MEASure TDELta 1138 MEASure THResholds 1139 MEASure TMAX 1140 MEASure TMIN 1141 MEASure TSTArt 1142 MEASure TSTOp 1143 MEASure TVOLt 1144 MEASure UPPer 1146 MEASure VDELta 1147 MEASure VSTArt 1148 MEASure VSTOp 1149 MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe 1150 MTESt AVERage 1151 MTESt AVERage COUNt 1152 MTESt LOAD 115...

Page 30: ... Event Register OPERegister EVENt 1188 Operation Status Condition Register OPERegister CONDition 1189 Arm Event Register AER 1190 Overload Event Register OVLRegister 1191 Hardware Event Event Register HWERegister EVENt 1192 Hardware Event Condition Register HWERegister CONDition 1193 Mask Test Event Event Register MTERegister EVENt 1194 Clearing Registers and Queues 1195 Status Reporting Decision ...

Page 31: ...215 All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential 1216 41 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples 1218 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic 1218 VISA COM Example in C 1227 VISA COM Example in Visual Basic NET 1236 VISA COM Example in Python 1244 VISA Examples 1251 VISA Example in C 1251 VISA Example in Visual Basic 1260 VISA Example in C 1270 VISA Example in Visual Basic NET 1281 VISA Example in Python 1291...

Page 32: ...32 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide ...

Page 33: ...iniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1 What s New What s New in Version 3 10 34 What s New in Version 3 01 35 Version 3 00 at Introduction 36 Command Differences From 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes 37 ...

Page 34: ...ge 432 These are special measurements available with the N2820A high sensitivity current probe when both the Primary and Secondary probe cables are used These measurements join the Zoom In waveform data below the probe s clamp level with Zoom Out waveform data above the probe s clamp level to create the waveform on which the measurement is made MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude see page 433 MEASure DUAL VAV...

Page 35: ... and STATus commands More detailed descriptions of the new and changed commands appear below Changed Commands Command Differences BLANk see page 198 You can now use the WMEMory r source parameter to turn off the display of a reference waveform location STATus see page 223 You can now use the WMEMory r source parameter to view the display status of a reference waveform location VIEW see page 226 Yo...

Page 36: ...eries oscilloscopes were introduced with version 3 00 of oscilloscope operating software The command set is most closely related to the InfiniiVision 3000 X Series oscilloscopes and the 7000A B Series 6000 Series and 54620 54640 Series oscilloscopes before them For more information see Command Differences From 3000 X Series Oscilloscopes on page 37 ...

Page 37: ...or modulation of the waveform generator output on WaveGen1 A couple new built in demo signals with Option EDU license that comes with the N6455A Education Kit Four reference waveforms instead of two Four math functions instead of g t and f t Touchscreen sidebar and display related command additions Measure cursors mode Support for controlling the optional DSOXDVM digital voltmeter analysis feature...

Page 38: ...of the transient response analysis POWer SIGNals VMAXimum I NRush see page 592 Specifies the maximum expected input voltage for inrush current analysis POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF see page 593 Specifies the maximum expected input voltage for turn off analysis POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON see page 594 Specifies the maximum expected input voltage for turn on analysis POWer SIGNals VSTeady ON...

Page 39: ...1079 Specifies the shape of the modulating signal WGEN w MODulation FUN Ction RAMP SYMMetry see page 1080 Specifies the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising WGEN w MODulation STAT e see page 1082 Enables or disables modulated waveform generator output WGEN w MODulation TYP E see page 1083 Selects the modulation type Amplitude Modulation AM Frequency Modulation FM or Frequency ...

Page 40: ...n option to specify which waveform generator to recall the arbitrary waveform into SAVE ARBitrary STARt see page 624 There is now an option to specify which waveform generator to save the arbitrary waveform from SAVE WAVeform FORMat see page 639 The ALB Agilent module binary format is not supported by the 4000 X Series oscilloscopes SBUS n MODE see page 649 The USB mode is now available with the D...

Page 41: ...ntinued Command Current Command Equivalent Comments POWer SIGNals CYCLes POWer SIGNals CYCLes HAR Monics see page 582 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUA Lity see page 583 This command was separated into several other commands for specific types of power analysis POWer SIGNals DURation POWer SIGNals DURation EF Ficiency see page 584 POWer SIGNals DURation M ODulation see page 585 POWer SIGNals DURation ON OF...

Page 42: ... a differentiate math function signal PWRenable none The Power Event Enable Register does not exist in the 4000 X Series oscilloscopes PWRRegister EVENt none The Power Event Event Register does not exist in the 4000 X Series oscilloscopes TRIGger USB SOURce DMINu s none These USB trigger commands are superseded by commands that are available with the DSOX4USBFL USB 2 0 Full Low Speed or DSOX4USBH ...

Page 43: ...nt IO Libraries Suite software 44 Step 2 Connect and set up the oscilloscope 45 Step 3 Verify the oscilloscope connection 47 This chapter explains how to install the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software connect the oscilloscope to the controller PC set up the oscilloscope and verify the oscilloscope connection ...

Page 44: ...rogrammer s Guide 2 Setting Up Step 1 Install Agilent IO Libraries Suite software 1 Download the Agilent IO Libraries Suite software from the Agilent web site at http www agilent com find iolib 2 Run the setup file and follow its installation instructions ...

Page 45: ...e I O softkey then press the Configure softkey These interfaces are always active Using the USB Device Interface 1 Connect a USB cable from the controller PC s USB port to the USB DEVICE port on the back of the oscilloscope This is a USB 2 0 high speed port Using the LAN Interface 1 If the controller PC is not already connected to the local area network LAN do that first 2 Contact your network adm...

Page 46: ...ble into the LAN port on the back of the oscilloscope 4 Configure the oscilloscope s LAN interface a Press the Configure softkey until LAN is selected b Press the LAN Settings softkey c Press the Config softkey and enable all the configuration options supported by your network d If automatic configuration is not supported press the Addresses softkey Use the Modify softkey and the other softkeys an...

Page 47: ...troller PC click on the Agilent IO Control icon in the taskbar and choose Agilent Connection Expert from the popup menu 2 In the Agilent Connection Expert application instruments connected to the controller s USB and GPIB interfaces should automatically appear You can click Refresh All to update the list of instruments on these interfaces ...

Page 48: ...Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 2 Setting Up You must manually add instruments on LAN interfaces a Right click on the LAN interface choose Add Instrument from the popup menu b If the oscilloscope is on the same subnet select it and click OK ...

Page 49: ...ies Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 49 Otherwise if the instrument is not on the same subnet click Add Address i In the next dialog select either Hostname or IP address and enter the oscilloscope s hostname or IP address ii Click Test Connection ...

Page 50: ...ries Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 2 Setting Up iii If the instrument is successfully opened click OK to close the dialog If the instrument is not opened successfully go back and verify the LAN connections and the oscilloscope setup ...

Page 51: ... Send Commands To This Instrument from the popup menu b In the Agilent Interactive IO application enter commands in the Command field and press Send Command Read Response or Send Read c Choose Connect Exit from the menu to exit the Agilent Interactive IO application 4 In the Agilent Connection Expert application choose File Exit from the menu to exit the application ...

Page 52: ...52 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 2 Setting Up ...

Page 53: ... programming the 4000 X Series oscilloscopes It describes basic oscilloscope program structure and shows how to program the oscilloscope using a few simple examples The getting started examples show how to send oscilloscope setup data capture and query commands and they show how to read query results NOTE Language for Program Examples The programming examples in this guide are written in Visual Ba...

Page 54: ...Controller initialization ensures that the interface to the oscilloscope is properly set up and ready for data transfer Oscilloscope initialization sets the channel configuration channel labels threshold voltages trigger specification trigger mode timebase and acquisition type Capturing Data Once you initialize the oscilloscope you can begin capturing data for analysis Remember that while the osci...

Page 55: ...fail DIGitize on the other hand ensures that data capture is complete Also DIGitize when complete stops the acquisition process so that all measurements are on displayed data not on a constantly changing data set Analyzing Captured Data After the oscilloscope has completed an acquisition you can find out more about the data either by using the oscilloscope measurements or by transferring the data ...

Page 56: ...Numeric Variables on page 62 Reading Definite Length Block Query Response Data on page 62 Sending Multiple Queries and Reading Results on page 63 Checking Instrument Status on page 64 Referencing the IO Library No matter which instrument programming library you use SICL VISA or VISA COM you must reference the library from your program In C C you must tell the compiler where to find the include and...

Page 57: ...eList or WriteIEEEBlock methods are used for sending commands and queries After a query is sent the response is read using the ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock methods The following Visual Basic statements open the connection and send a command that turns on the oscilloscope s label display Dim myMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Dim myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myMgr Ne...

Page 58: ...cope Setup The AUToscale command performs a very useful function for unknown waveforms by setting up the vertical channel time base and trigger level of the instrument The syntax for the autoscale command is myScope WriteString AUToscale Using Other Oscilloscope Setup Commands A typical oscilloscope setup would set the vertical range and offset voltage the horizontal range delay time delay referen...

Page 59: ...e vertical range to 1 6 volts full scale with center screen at 0 4 volts with 10 1 probe attenuation and DC coupling myScope WriteString CHANnel1 PROBe 10 Probe attenuation to 10 1 myScope WriteString CHANnel1 RANGe 1 6 Vertical range 1 6 V full scale myScope WriteString CHANnel1 OFFSet 0 4 Offset to 0 4 myScope WriteString CHANnel1 COUPling DC Coupling to DC Configure the instrument to trigger at...

Page 60: ...iteString WAVeform POINts 500 myScope WriteString WAVeform DATA This setup places the instrument into the averaged mode with eight averages This means that when the DIGitize command is received the command will execute until the signal has been averaged at least eight times After receiving the WAVeform DATA query the instrument will start passing the waveform information Digitized waveforms are pa...

Page 61: ...ue typically has a format specification for handling the response message When using the VISA COM library in Visual Basic you use different read methods ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock for the various query response formats For example to read the result of the query command CHANnel1 COUPling you would execute the statements myScope WriteString CHANnel1 COUPling Dim strQueryResult ...

Page 62: ...Dim varQueryResult As Variant varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber MsgBox Range variant CStr varQueryResult After running this program the controller displays Range variant 40 Reading Definite Length Block Query Response Data Definite length block query response data allows any type of device dependent data to be transmitted over the system interface as a series of 8 bit binary data bytes This is par...

Page 63: ...them back into a single string variable multiple string variables or multiple numeric variables For example to read the TIMebase RANGe DELay query result into a single string variable you could use the commands myScope WriteString TIMebase RANGe DELay Dim strQueryResult As String strQueryResult myScope ReadString MsgBox Timebase range delay strQueryResult When you read the result of multiple queri...

Page 64: ...im varResults As Variant varResults myScope ReadList MsgBox Timebase range FormatNumber varResults 0 1000 4 _ ms delay FormatNumber varResults 1 1000000 4 us Checking Instrument Status Status registers track the current status of the instrument By checking the instrument status you can find out whether an operation has been completed whether the instrument is receiving triggers and more For more i...

Page 65: ...nect to the oscilloscope via a telnet socket issue the following command telnet hostname 5024 where hostname is the hostname of the oscilloscope This will give you a command line with prompt For a command line without a prompt use port 5025 For example telnet hostname 5025 Sending SCPI Commands Using Browser Web Control To send SCPI commands using the Browser Web Control feature establish a connec...

Page 66: ...66 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 3 Getting Started ...

Page 67: ...s1 67 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 4 Commands Quick Reference Command Summary 68 Syntax Elements 158 ...

Page 68: ...87 LISTer Commands Summary see page 88 MARKer Commands Summary see page 89 MEASure Commands Summary see page 90 MTESt Commands Summary see page 103 POD n Commands Summary see page 106 POWer Commands Summary see page 106 RECall Commands Summary see page 111 SAVE Commands Summary see page 112 General SBUS n Commands Summary see page 114 SBUS n A429 Commands Summary see page 114 SBUS n CAN Commands S...

Page 69: ...nds Summary see page 137 SEARch SERial UART Commands Summary see page 138 SEARch SERial UART Commands Summary see page 138 SYSTem Commands Summary see page 140 TIMebase Commands Summary see page 140 General TRIGger Commands Summary see page 141 TRIGger DELay Commands Summary see page 142 TRIGger EBURst Commands Summary see page 143 TRIGger EDGE Commands Summary see page 144 TRIGger GLITch Commands...

Page 70: ... 8 DDE Dev Dependent Error 2 4 QYE Query Error 1 2 RQL Request Control 0 1 OPC Operation Complete n a ESR see page 168 status 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format n a IDN see page 168 AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES model serial number X XX XX model the model number of the instrument serial number the serial number of the instrument X XX XX the software revision of the instrument n a LRN see page 171 learn_stri...

Page 71: ... Video reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Spectrum Visualizer reserved reserved USB 2 0 Low Full Speed USB 2 0 High Speed All field 0 All reserved 0 MSO 0 MSO Xilinx FPGA Probe 0 FPGAX Memory 0 MEMUP Low Speed Serial 0 EMBD Automotive Serial 0 AUTO FlexRay Serial 0 FLEX Power Measurements 0 PWR RS 232 UART Serial 0 COMP Mask Test 0 MASK Bandwidth 0 BW20 BW50 I2S Serial 0 AUDIO E...

Page 72: ...6 MAV Message Available 3 8 Not used 2 4 MSG Message 1 2 USR User 0 1 TRG Trigger n a STB see page 182 value 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format as shown in the following Bit Weight Name 1 Indicates 7 128 OPER Operation status condition occurred 6 64 RQS Instrument is MSS requesting service 5 32 ESB Enabled event status condition occurred 4 16 MAV Message available 3 8 Not used 2 4 MSG Message displ...

Page 73: ...OD2 for MSO models source can be repeated up to 5 times n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format AUToscale AMODE value see page 195 AUToscale AMODE see page 195 value NORMal CURRent AUToscale CHANnels value see page 196 AUToscale CHANnels see page 196 value ALL DISPlayed AUToscale FDEBug 0 OFF 1 ON see page 197 AUToscale FDEBug see page 197 0 1 BLANk source see ...

Page 74: ... page 201 HWEenable see page 201 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERregister CONDiti on see page 203 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERegister EVENt see page 204 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format MTEenable n see page 205 MTEenable see page 205 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a MTERegister EVENt see page 207 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format OPEE n see page 209 OPEE see page 210 n 15 bit intege...

Page 75: ...enable for value PRINt options see page 219 n a options print option print option print option COLor GRAYscale PRINter0 BMP8bit BMP PNG NOFactors FACTors print option can be repeated up to 5 times RUN see page 220 n a n a n a SERial see page 221 return value unquoted string containing serial number SINGle see page 222 n a n a n a STATus display see page 223 0 1 display CHANnel n DIGital d POD 1 2 ...

Page 76: ...re COMPlete complete see page 229 ACQuire COMPlete see page 229 complete 100 an integer in NR1 format ACQuire COUNt count see page 230 ACQuire COUNt see page 230 count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format ACQuire MODE mode see page 231 ACQuire MODE see page 231 mode RTIMe ETIMe SEGMented n a ACQuire POINts see page 232 points an integer in NR1 format ACQuire RSIGnal ref_signal_mode see page 23...

Page 77: ...BUS n Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns BUS n BIT m 0 OFF 1 ON see page 245 BUS n BIT m see page 245 0 1 n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format m 0 15 an integer in NR1 format BUS n BITS channel_list 0 OFF 1 ON see page 246 BUS n BITS see page 246 channel_list 0 1 channel_list m m m where is separator and is range n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format m 0 15 an integer in NR1 format ...

Page 78: ... n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format Table 5 BUS n Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 6 CALibrate Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a CALibrate DATE see page 255 return value year month day all in NR1 format CALibrate LABel string see page 256 CALibrate LABel see page 256 string quoted ASCII string up to 32 characters CALibrate OUTPut si...

Page 79: ...0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n COUPling coupling see page 267 CHANnel n COUPling see page 267 coupling AC DC n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 268 CHANnel n DISPlay see page 268 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n IMPedance impedance see page 269 CHANnel n IMPedance see page 269 impedance ONEMeg FIFTy n 1 to analog channel...

Page 80: ...ANnel n PROBe STY Pe signal type see page 277 CHANnel n PROBe STY Pe see page 277 signal type DIFFerential SINGle n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 278 CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 278 NORM TRIP n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n RANGe range suffix see page 279 CHANnel n RANGe see page 279 range Vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V ...

Page 81: ...es from 0 to 360 in NR3 format DEMO OUTPut 0 OFF 1 ON see page 299 DEMO OUTPut see page 299 0 1 Table 9 DIGital d Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns DIGital d DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 303 DIGital d DISPlay see page 303 d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format 0 1 DIGital d LABel string see page 304 DIGital d LABel see page 304 d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format string ...

Page 82: ...age 311 DISPlay ANNotation see page 311 0 1 DISPlay ANNotation B ACKground mode see page 312 DISPlay ANNotation B ACKground see page 312 mode OPAQue INVerted TRANsparent DISPlay ANNotation C OLor color see page 313 DISPlay ANNotation C OLor see page 313 color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARKer WHITe RED DISPlay ANNotation T EXT string see page 314 DISPlay ANNotation T EXT see page 314 string quot...

Page 83: ...2 0 1 OFF or 0 can only be selected with the 1 GHz or 1 5 GHz bandwidth models Table 10 DISPlay Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 11 DVM Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns DVM ARANge 0 OFF 1 ON see page 324 DVM ARANge see page 324 0 1 n a DVM CURRent see page 325 dvm_value floating point number in NR3 format DVM ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see pag...

Page 84: ...tion m AVERage COUNt count see page 341 FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt see page 341 count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m BUS CLOC k source see page 342 FUNCtion m BUS CLOC k see page 342 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m BUS SLOP e slope see page 343 FUNCtion m BU...

Page 85: ...pass 3dB_freq see page 352 FUNCtion m FREQuenc y HIGHpass see page 352 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m FREQuenc y LOWPass 3dB_freq see page 353 FUNCtion m FREQuenc y LOWPass see page 353 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset input_offset see page 354 FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset see page...

Page 86: ...DIFF function is 80E 3 to 8 0E12 depends on current sweep speed The range for the FFT function is 8 to 800 dBV m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m REFerenc e level see page 362 FUNCtion m REFerenc e see page 362 level the value at center screen in NR3 format The range of legal values is 10 times the current sensitivity of the selected function m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m SCALe scale value suffix see...

Page 87: ...y AREA area see page 371 HARDcopy AREA see page 371 area SCReen HARDcopy APRinter active_printer see page 372 HARDcopy APRinter see page 372 active_printer index name index integer index of printer in list name name of printer in list HARDcopy FACTors 0 OFF 1 ON see page 373 HARDcopy FACTors see page 373 0 1 HARDcopy FFEed 0 OFF 1 ON see page 374 HARDcopy FFEed see page 374 0 1 HARDcopy INKSaver 0...

Page 88: ... GRAYscale NONE n a HARDcopy PRINter LIS T see page 384 list printer_spec printer_spec printer_spec index active name index integer index of printer active Y N name name of printer HARDcopy STARt see page 385 n a n a Table 14 HARDcopy Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 15 LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a LISTer DATA see page ...

Page 89: ... m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value source MARKer X2Position position suffix see page 397 MARKer X2Position see page 397 position X2 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps Hz kHz MHz return_value X2 cursor position value in NR3 format MARKer X2Y2source source see page 398 MARKer X2Y2source se...

Page 90: ...ormat n a MARKer YDELta see page 404 return_value Y cursors delta value in NR3 format MARKer YUNits mode see page 405 MARKer YUNits see page 405 units BASE PERCent MARKer YUNits USE see page 406 n a n a Table 16 MARKer Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 17 MEASure Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns MEASure ALL see page 422 n a n a MEASure...

Page 91: ...Nnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d EXTernal for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value counter frequency in Hertz in NR3 format MEASure DEFine DELay delay spec see page 427 MEASure DEFine DELay see page 428 delay spec edge_spec1 edge_spec2 edge_spec1 slope occurrence edge_spec2 slope occurrence slope occurrence in...

Page 92: ...it ude source1 source2 see page 433 MEASure DUAL VAMPlit ude source1 source2 see page 433 source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the amplitude of the selected waveform in volts in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VAVerag e interval source1 source 2 see page 434 MEASure DUAL VAVerag e interval source1 source 2 see page 434 interval CYCLe DISPl...

Page 93: ...page 437 interval CYCLe DISPlay type AC DC source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value calculated RMS voltage in NR3 format MEASure DUTYcycle source see page 438 MEASure DUTYcycle source see page 438 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to ana...

Page 94: ...Sure FREQuency source see page 440 MEASure FREQuency source see page 440 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value frequency in Hertz in NR3 format MEASure NEDGes sour...

Page 95: ... m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value negative pulse width in seconds NR3 format MEASure OVERshoot source see page 444 MEASure OVERshoot source see page 444 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WME...

Page 96: ...ATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value waveform period in seconds in NR3 format MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 448 MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 448 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtio...

Page 97: ...at m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the percent of preshoot of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure PWIDth source see page 451 MEASure PWIDth source see page 451 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to re...

Page 98: ...eforms in NR1 format return_value calculated std deviation in NR3 format MEASure SHOW 0 OFF 1 ON see page 457 MEASure SHOW see page 457 0 1 MEASure SOURce source1 source2 see page 458 MEASure SOURce see page 458 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal for DSO models source1 2 CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 form...

Page 99: ... MEASure STATistics R SDeviation 0 OFF 1 ON see page 465 MEASure STATistics R SDeviation see page 465 0 1 n a MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 466 slope direction of the waveform occurrence the transition to be reported source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format...

Page 100: ...mat return_value time in seconds of specified voltage crossing in NR3 format MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 471 MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 471 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the amplitude of the selected waveform in volts in NR3 format MEASure VAVerage interval source ...

Page 101: ... format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value maximum voltage of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VMIN source see page 475 MEASure VMIN source see page 475 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value minimum voltage of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VPP source...

Page 102: ...l CYCLe DISPlay type AC DC source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value calculated dc RMS voltage in NR3 format n a MEASure VTIMe vtime source see page 479 vtime displayed time from trigger in seconds in NR3 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIG...

Page 103: ...2 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value horizontal value of the maximum in NR3 format MEASure XMIN source see page 483 MEASure XMIN source see page 483 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format...

Page 104: ...l n see page 518 failed number of failed waveforms in NR1 format MTESt COUNt RESet see page 519 n a n a n a MTESt COUNt TIME see page 520 time elapsed seconds in NR3 format n a MTESt COUNt WAVeform s see page 521 count number of waveforms in NR1 format MTESt DATA mask see page 522 MTESt DATA see page 522 mask data in IEEE 488 2 format MTESt DELete see page 523 n a n a MTESt ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see p...

Page 105: ...MODe WAVeform s see page 533 count number of waveforms in NR1 format MTESt SCALe BIND 0 OFF 1 ON see page 534 MTESt SCALe BIND see page 534 0 1 MTESt SCALe X1 x1_value see page 535 MTESt SCALe X1 see page 535 x1_value X1 value in NR3 format MTESt SCALe XDELta xdelta_value see page 536 MTESt SCALe XDELta see page 536 xdelta_value X delta value in NR3 format MTESt SCALe Y1 y1_value see page 537 MTES...

Page 106: ...0 POWer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns POWer DESKew see page 552 n a n a POWer EFFiciency APP Ly see page 553 n a n a POWer ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 554 POWer ENABle see page 554 0 1 POWer HARMonics APPL y see page 555 n a n a n a POWer HARMonics DATA see page 556 binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row POWer HARMonics DISP lay display see...

Page 107: ...page 568 n a n a POWer MODulation SOU Rce source see page 569 POWer MODulation SOU Rce see page 569 source V I POWer MODulation TYP E modulation see page 570 POWer MODulation TYP E see page 570 modulation VAVerage ACRMs VRATio PERiod FREQuency PWIDith NWIDth DUTYcycle RISetime FALLtime POWer ONOFf APPLy see page 571 n a n a POWer ONOFf EXIT see page 572 n a n a POWer ONOFf NEXT see page 573 n a n ...

Page 108: ...ity count see page 583 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity see page 583 count integer in NR1 format Legal values are 1 to 100 POWer SIGNals DURati on EFFiciency value suffix see page 584 POWer SIGNals DURati on EFFiciency see page 584 value value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on MODulation value suffix see page 585 POWer SIGNals DURati on MODulation see page 585 value value in NR3 ...

Page 109: ...ue Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VMAXim um ONOFf ON value suffix see page 594 POWer SIGNals VMAXim um ONOFf ON see page 594 value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf OFF value suffix see page 595 POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf OFF see page 595 value Expected steady stage output Voltage value in NR3 format suff...

Page 110: ...1 format POWer SWITch RDS value suffix see page 605 POWer SWITch RDS see page 605 value Rds on value in NR3 format suffix OHM mOHM POWer SWITch VCE value suffix see page 606 POWer SWITch VCE see page 606 value Vce sat value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SWITch VREFere nce percent see page 607 POWer SWITch VREFere nce see page 607 percent percent in NR1 format POWer TRANsient APPL y see page 608 ...

Page 111: ...Lename base_name see page 616 RECall FILename see page 616 base_name quoted ASCII string RECall MASK STARt file_spec see page 617 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string RECall PWD path_name see page 618 RECall PWD see page 618 path_name quoted ASCII string RECall SETup STARt file_spec see page 619 n a file_spec internal_loc file...

Page 112: ...ng SAVE IMAGe STARt file_name see page 627 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE IMAGe FACTors 0 OFF 1 ON see page 628 SAVE IMAGe FACTors see page 628 0 1 SAVE IMAGe FORMat format see page 629 SAVE IMAGe FORMat see page 629 format BMP BMP24bit BMP8bit PNG NONE SAVE IMAGe INKSaver 0 OFF 1 ON see page 630 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver see page 630 0 1 SAVE IMAGe PALette palette see page 631 SAVE IMAGe PALett...

Page 113: ... length see page 640 SAVE WAVeform LENGth see page 640 length 100 to max length an integer in NR1 format SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX 0 OFF 1 ON see page 641 SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX see page 641 0 1 SAVE WAVeform SEGMen ted option see page 642 SAVE WAVeform SEGMen ted see page 642 option ALL CURRent SAVE WMEMory SOURce source see page 643 SAVE WMEMory SOURce see page 643 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m M...

Page 114: ...n a SBUS n A429 BASE base see page 653 SBUS n A429 BASE see page 653 base BINary HEX n a SBUS n A429 COUNt E RRor see page 654 error_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n A429 COUNt R ESet see page 655 n a n a n a SBUS n A429 COUNt W ORD see page 656 word_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n A429 FORMat format see page 657 SBUS n A429 FORMat see page 657 format LDSDi LDSSm LDATa SBUS n A429 SIGNal sign...

Page 115: ...TTern SDI see page 663 string nn where n 0 1 X length always 2 bits SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM string see page 664 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM see page 664 string nn where n 0 1 X length always 2 bits SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe min max see page 665 SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe see page 665 min 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 max 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or st...

Page 116: ...GNal B AUDrate see page 676 baudrate integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b s increments or 5000000 SBUS n CAN SIGNal D EFinition value see page 677 SBUS n CAN SIGNal D EFinition see page 677 value CANH CANL RX TX DIFFerential DIFL DIFH SBUS n CAN SOURce source see page 678 SBUS n CAN SOURce see page 678 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to anal...

Page 117: ...UTo setup see page 687 n a n a SBUS n FLEXray BAUD rate baudrate see page 688 SBUS n FLEXray BAUD rate see page 688 baudrate 2500000 5000000 10000000 SBUS n FLEXray CHAN nel channel see page 689 SBUS n FLEXray CHAN nel see page 689 channel A B n a SBUS n FLEXray COUN t NULL see page 690 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n FLEXray COUN t RESet see page 691 n a n a n a SBUS n FLEXray COUN t SYN...

Page 118: ...cle_count_base integer from 0 63 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe CCRepetitio n cycle_count_repetiti on see page 701 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe CCRepetitio n see page 701 cycle_count_repetition ALL rep rep integer values 2 4 8 16 32 or 64 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe ID frame_id see page 702 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe ID see page 702 frame_id ALL frame frame integer from 1 2047 SBUS n FLEXray ...

Page 119: ... n I2S SOURce D ATA see page 711 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n I2S SOURce W SELect source see page 712 SBUS n I2S SOURce W SELect see page 712 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format ...

Page 120: ...ge 718 base BINary HEX DECimal SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe lower upper see page 719 SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe see page 719 lower 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string upper 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string nondecimal Hnn n where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal SBUS n I2S TWIDth word_siz...

Page 121: ...DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess value see page 727 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess see page 727 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA value see page 728 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA see page 728 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SBUS n I...

Page 122: ... 738 SBUS n LIN SOURce see page 738 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n LIN STANdard std see page 739 SBUS n LIN STANdard see page 739 std LIN13 LIN20 SBUS n LIN SYNCbrea k value see page 740 SBUS n LIN SYNCbrea k see page 740 value integer 11 12 13 SBUS n LIN TRIGger ...

Page 123: ...ry continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 30 SBUS n M1553 Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n M1553 AUTose tup see page 748 n a n a SBUS n M1553 BASE base see page 749 SBUS n M1553 BASE see page 749 base BINary HEX SBUS n M1553 SOURce source see page 750 SBUS n M1553 SOURce see page 750 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n M1553 ...

Page 124: ...e CHIPselect NCHipselect NOTC TIMeout SBUS n SPI SOURce C LOCk source see page 760 SBUS n SPI SOURce C LOCk see page 760 value CHANnel n EXTernal for the DSO models value CHANnel n DIGital d for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n SPI SOURce F RAMe source see page 761 SBUS n SPI SOURce F RAMe see page 761 value CHANnel n EXTernal for t...

Page 125: ...RIGger PATTern MOSI DATA string see page 766 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA see page 766 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh width see page 767 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh see page 767 width integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format SBUS n SPI TRIGger TYPE value see page 768 SBUS n SPI TRIGger TYPE see page 768 value MOSI MISO SB...

Page 126: ...e page 780 SBUS n UART FRAMing see page 780 value OFF decimal nondecimal decimal 8 bit integer from 0 255 0x00 0xff nondecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary SBUS n UART PARity parity see page 781 SBUS n UART PARity see page 781 parity EVEN ODD NONE SBUS n UART POLarit y polarity see page 782 SBUS n UART POLarit y see page 782 polarity HIGH LOW SBUS n U...

Page 127: ...eger from 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary quoted_string any of the 128 valid 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE time_value see page 788 SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE see page 788 time_value time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format SBUS n UART TRIGg...

Page 128: ...Gital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n USB SOURce D IFFerential source see page 798 SBUS n USB SOURce D IFFerential see page 798 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n USB SPEed speed see page 799 SBUS n USB SPEed see page 799 speed LOW FULL HIGH SBUS n USB TRIGger condition see page 800 SBUS n USB TRIGger se...

Page 129: ...see page 807 string nnnnnnnnnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xnnn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress string see page 808 SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress see page 808 string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger PCHeck string see page 809 SBUS n USB TRIGger PCHeck see page 809 string nnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger PID DATA pid see...

Page 130: ...le 33 SBUS n USB Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 34 General SEARch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a SEARch COUNt see page 819 count an integer count value SEARch MODE value see page 820 SEARch MODE see page 820 value EDGE GLITch RUNT TRANsition SERial 1 2 SEARch STATe value see page 821 SEARch STATe see page 821 value 0 OFF 1 ON ...

Page 131: ...ity POSitive NEGative SEARch GLITch QUALif ier qualifier see page 829 SEARch GLITch QUALif ier see page 829 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan RANGe SEARch GLITch RANGe less_than_time suff ix greater_than_time s uffix see page 830 SEARch GLITch RANGe see page 830 less_than_time 15 ns to 10 seconds in NR3 format greater_than_time 10 ns to 9 99 seconds in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps SEARch GLITch SO...

Page 132: ...Sthan SEARch TRANsition SL OPe slope see page 839 SEARch TRANsition SL OPe see page 839 slope NEGative POSitive SEARch TRANsition SO URce source see page 840 SEARch TRANsition SO URce see page 840 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SEARch TRANsition TI ME time suffix see page 841 SEARch TRANsition TI ME see page 841 time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps T...

Page 133: ...see page 849 value DATA IDData IDEither IDRemote ALLerrors OVERload ERRor SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA string see page 850 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA see page 850 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA LENGth length see page 851 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA LENGth see page 851 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID...

Page 134: ... FERRor AERRor Table 41 SEARch SERial FLEXray Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 42 SEARch SERial I2S Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial I2S AU Dio audio_ch see page 861 SEARch SERial I2S AU Dio see page 861 audio_ch RIGHt LEFT EITHer SEARch SERial I2S MO DE value see page 862 SEARch SERial I2S MO DE see page 862 value EQUal...

Page 135: ...ery Options and Query Returns Table 43 SEARch SERial IIC Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial IIC MO DE value see page 867 SEARch SERial IIC MO DE see page 867 value READ7 WRITE7 NACKnowledge ANACk R7Data2 W7Data2 RESTart READEprom SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess value see page 869 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess see page 869 value integer or string string 0...

Page 136: ... SERial LIN PA TTern DATA string see page 876 SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA see page 876 When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t DECimal string n where n 32 bit integer in unsigned decimal returns if data has any don t cares When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t HEX string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA LENGth length see page 877 SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA LENGth s...

Page 137: ... 9 A F binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F Table 45 SEARch SERial M1553 Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 46 SEARch SERial SPI Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial SPI MO DE value see page 884 SEARch SERial SPI MO DE see page 884 value MOSI MISO SEARch SERial SPI PA TTern DATA string see page 885 S...

Page 138: ...ERial UART Q UALifier see page 890 value EQUal NOTequal GREaterthan LESSthan Table 48 SEARch SERial USB Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial USB MO DE condition see page 893 SEARch SERial USB MO DE see page 893 event TOKen DATA HANDshake SPECial ALLerrors PIDerror CRC5error CRC16error GLITcherror STUFFerror SE1error SEARch SERial USB AD DRess string see page 894 S...

Page 139: ...EARch SERial USB PI D HANDshake pid see page 903 SEARch SERial USB PI D HANDshake see page 903 pid ACK NAK STALL NYET SEARch SERial USB PI D SPECial pid see page 904 SEARch SERial USB PI D SPECial see page 904 pid PING PRE ERR SPLit SEARch SERial USB PI D TOKen pid see page 905 SEARch SERial USB PI D TOKen see page 905 pid OUT IN SETup SOF SEARch SERial USB PO RT string see page 906 SEARch SERial ...

Page 140: ...SYSTem LOCK value see page 914 SYSTem LOCK see page 914 value 1 ON 0 OFF SYSTem PRESet see page 915 n a See SYSTem PRESet see page 915 SYSTem PROTection LO CK value see page 918 SYSTem PROTection LO CK see page 918 value 1 ON 0 OFF SYSTem SETup setup_data see page 919 SYSTem SETup see page 919 setup_data data in IEEE 488 2 format SYSTem TIME time see page 921 SYSTem TIME see page 921 time hours mi...

Page 141: ... WINDow POSi tion see page 932 pos time from the trigger event to the zoomed view reference point in NR3 format TIMebase WINDow RANG e range_value see page 933 TIMebase WINDow RANG e see page 933 range value range value in seconds in NR3 format for the zoomed window TIMebase WINDow SCAL e scale_value see page 934 TIMebase WINDow SCAL e see page 934 scale_value scale value in seconds in NR3 format ...

Page 142: ...E GLITch PATTern TV DELay EBURst OR RUNT SHOLd TRANsition SBUS 1 2 return_value mode none none query returns NONE if the TIMebase MODE is ROLL or XY TRIGger NREJect 0 OFF 1 ON see page 945 TRIGger NREJect see page 945 0 1 TRIGger SWEep sweep see page 946 TRIGger SWEep see page 946 sweep AUTO NORMal Table 51 General TRIGger Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 52...

Page 143: ...ANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format Table 52 TRIGger DELay Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 53 TRIGger EBURst Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger EBURst COUNt count see page 955 TRIGger EBURst COUNt see page 955 count integer in NR1 format TRIGger EBURst IDLE time_value s...

Page 144: ...at For digital channels MSO models level 8 V source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d EXTernal for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format TRIGger EDGE REJec t OFF LFReject HFReject see page 963 TRIGger EDGE REJec t see page 963 OFF LFReject HFReject TRIGger EDGE SLOPe polarity see page 964 TRIGger EDGE SLOPe see page 964 p...

Page 145: ...format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger GLITch LEVel level source see page 970 TRIGger GLITch LEVel see page 970 For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers DSO models level external range setting in NR3 format For digital channels MSO models level 8 V source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 t...

Page 146: ...ource see page 974 TRIGger GLITch SOURc e see page 974 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format Table 55 TRIGger GLITch Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 56 TRIGger OR Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger OR string see page 976 TRIGger OR see page 976 string nn n where ...

Page 147: ... PATTern FORM at see page 980 base ASCii HEX TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan greater_than_time s uffix see page 981 TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan see page 981 greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern LESS than less_than_time suff ix see page 982 TRIGger PATTern LESS than see page 982 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ...

Page 148: ...s us ns ps Table 59 TRIGger SHOLd Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe slope see page 992 TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe see page 992 slope NEGative POSitive TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk source see page 993 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk see page 993 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format TRIGger SHOLd SOURce D...

Page 149: ...TRIGger TV Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger TV LINE line number see page 1003 TRIGger TV LINE see page 1003 line number integer in NR1 format TRIGger TV MODE tv mode see page 1004 TRIGger TV MODE see page 1004 tv mode FIEld1 FIEld2 AFIelds ALINes LINE LFIeld1 LFIeld2 LALTernate TRIGger TV POLarity polarity see page 1005 TRIGger TV POLarity see page 1005 polarity POS...

Page 150: ...er ZONE SOURce source see page 1013 TRIGger ZONE SOURce see page 1013 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger ZONE STATe 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1014 TRIGger ZONE STATe see page 1014 0 1 TRIGger ZONE n MODE mode see page 1015 TRIGger ZONE n MODE see page 1015 mode INTersect NOTintersect n 1 2 in NR1 format TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement width height x_center y_center see page 1016 TRI...

Page 151: ...data the syntax would be 800001000 1000 bytes of data NL 8 is the number of digits that follow 00001000 is the number of bytes to be transmitted 1000 bytes of data is the actual data WAVeform FORMat value see page 1031 WAVeform FORMat see page 1031 value WORD BYTE ASCII WAVeform POINts points see page 1032 WAVeform POINts see page 1032 points 100 250 500 1000 points_mode if waveform points mode is...

Page 152: ...nted C OUNt see page 1039 count an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format with Option SGM n a WAVeform SEGMented T TAG see page 1040 time_tag in NR3 format with Option SGM WAVeform SOURce source see page 1041 WAVeform SOURce see page 1041 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS for DSO models source CHANnel n POD 1 2 BUS 1 2 FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format ...

Page 153: ...rrent preamble in NR3 format n a WAVeform YREFerence see page 1054 return_value y reference value in the current preamble in NR1 format Table 63 WAVeform Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns Table 64 WGEN w Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns WGEN w ARBitrary BY Teorder order see page 1059 WGEN w ARBitrary BY Teorder see page 1059 order MSBFirst L...

Page 154: ...Quency frequency see page 1066 WGEN w FREQuency see page 1066 frequency frequency in Hz in NR3 format w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion signal see page 1067 WGEN w FUNCtion see page 1069 signal SINusoid SQUare RAMP PULSe NOISe DC SINC EXPRise EXPFall CARDiac GAUSsian ARBitrary w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion PUL Se WIDTh width see page 1070 WGEN w FUNCtion PUL Se WIDTh see page 1070 wi...

Page 155: ...ee page 1077 WGEN w MODulation F SKey FREQuency see page 1077 frequency hop frequency in Hz in NR3 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F SKey RATE rate see page 1078 WGEN w MODulation F SKey RATE see page 1078 rate FSK modulation rate in Hz in NR3 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion shape see page 1079 WGEN w MODulation F UNCtion see page 1079 shape SINusoid SQUare RAMP w 1...

Page 156: ...w TRACk AMPLit ude 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1091 WGEN w TRACk AMPLit ude see page 1091 0 1 w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w TRACk CSIGna l see page 1092 n a w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w TRACk FREQue ncy 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1093 WGEN w TRACk FREQue ncy see page 1093 0 1 w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w VOLTage amplitude see page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage see page 1094 amplitude amplitude in volts in NR3 format w 1...

Page 157: ...rce CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms WMEMory r SKEW skew see page 1105 WMEMory r SKEW see page 1105 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format skew time in seconds in NR3 format WMEMory r YOFFset offset suffix see page 1106 WMEMory r YOFFset see page 1106 r 1 to ref waveforms i...

Page 158: ...gth Block Response Data on page 159 Number Format NR1 specifies integer data NR3 specifies exponential data in floating point format for example 1 0E 3 NL Line Terminator NL new line or linefeed ASCII decimal 10 The line terminator or a leading colon will send the parser to the root of the command tree Optional Syntax Terms Items enclosed in square brackets are optional Braces When several items a...

Page 159: ... example when using the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic the command myScope WriteString CHANNEL1 LABEL One has a quoted ASCII string of One In order to read quoted ASCII strings from query return values some programming languages require special handling or syntax Definite Length Block Response Data Definite length block response data allows any type of device dependent data to be transmi...

Page 160: ...00 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 4 Commands Quick Reference 800001000 1000 bytes of data NL 8 is the number of digits that follow 00001000 is the number of bytes to be transmitted 1000 bytes of data is the actual data ...

Page 161: ...er Request 5 32 CME Command Error 4 16 EXE Execution Error 3 8 DDE Dev Dependent Error 2 4 QYE Query Error 1 2 RQL Request Control 0 1 OPC Operation Complete n a ESR see page 168 status 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format n a IDN see page 168 AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES model serial number X XX XX model the model number of the instrument serial number the serial number of the instrument X XX XX the softwar...

Page 162: ...o reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Spectrum Visualizer reserved reserved USB 2 0 Low Full Speed USB 2 0 High Speed All field 0 All reserved 0 MSO 0 MSO Xilinx FPGA Probe 0 FPGAX Memory 0 MEMUP Low Speed Serial 0 EMBD Automotive Serial 0 AUTO FlexRay Serial 0 FLEX Power Measurements 0 PWR RS 232 UART Serial 0 COMP Mask Test 0 MASK Bandwidth 0 BW20 BW50 I2S Serial 0 AUDIO Educat...

Page 163: ...V Message Available 3 8 Not used 2 4 MSG Message 1 2 USR User 0 1 TRG Trigger n a STB see page 182 value 0 to 255 an integer in NR1 format as shown in the following Bit Weight Name 1 Indicates 7 128 OPER Operation status condition occurred 6 64 RQS Instrument is MSS requesting service 5 32 ESB Enabled event status condition occurred 4 16 MAV Message available 3 8 Not used 2 4 MSG Message displayed...

Page 164: ...ceived by the instrument the instrument remains in the selected subsystem For example if the program message ACQuire TYPE AVERage CLS COUNt 256 is received by the instrument the instrument sets the acquire type then clears the status information and sets the average count In contrast if a root level command or some other subsystem command is within the program message you must re enter the origina...

Page 165: ...error queue and the Request for OPC flag See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 166 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 168 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 SYSTem ERRor on page 913 NOTE If the CLS command immediately follows a program message terminator the output queue and the MAV message availab...

Page 166: ...7 Standard Event Status Enable ESE Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Enables 7 PON Power On Event when an OFF to ON transition occurs 6 URQ User Request Event when a front panel key is pressed 5 CME Command Error Event when a command error is detected 4 EXE Execution Error Event when an execution error is detected 3 DDE Device Dependent Error Event when a device dependent error is detected...

Page 167: ...urns the current contents of the Standard Event Status Enable Register Return Format mask_argument NL mask_argument 0 255 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 168 OPC Operation Complete on page 172 CLS Clear Status on page 165 ...

Page 168: ... NR1 format Table 68 Standard Event Status Register ESR Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 7 PON Power On An OFF to ON transition has occurred 6 URQ User Request A front panel key has been pressed 5 CME Command Error A command error has been detected 4 EXE Execution Error An execution error has been detected 3 DDE Device Dependent Error A device dependent error has been detected 2...

Page 169: ...e 169 See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 166 OPC Operation Complete on page 172 CLS Clear Status on page 165 SYSTem ERRor on page 913 NOTE Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears it High or 1 indicates the bit is true ...

Page 170: ...N query identifies the instrument type and software version Return Format AGILENT TECHNOLOGIES model serial number X XX XX NL model the model number of the instrument serial number the serial number of the instrument X XX XX the software revision of the instrument See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 OPT Option Identification on page 173 ...

Page 171: ...e instrument settings at a later time Return Format learn_string NL learn_string SYST SET setup_data setup_data binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format learn string specifies the current instrument setup The block size is subject to change with different firmware revisions See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 RCL Recall on page 175 SAV Save on page 179 SYSTem SETup on page 919 NOTE ...

Page 172: ...ister when all pending device operations have finished Query Syntax OPC The OPC query places an ASCII 1 in the output queue when all pending device operations have completed The interface hangs until this query returns Return Format complete NL complete 1 See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 ESE Standard Event Status Enable on page 166 ESR Standard Event Status Register on page 168...

Page 173: ...served Bandwidth reserved reserved reserved I2S Serial reserved Educator s Kit Waveform Generator MIL 1553 ARINC 429 Serial Extended Video reserved reserved reserved reserved Digital Voltmeter Spectrum Visualizer reserved reserved USB 2 0 Low Full Speed USB 2 0 High Speed All field 0 All reserved 0 MSO 0 MSO Xilinx FPGA Probe 0 FPGAX Memory 0 MEMUP Low Speed Serial 0 EMBD Automotive Serial 0 AUTO ...

Page 174: ...U2H The MSO field indicates whether the unit is a mixed signal oscilloscope The OPT query returns the following See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 IDN Identification Number on page 170 Module Module Id No modules attached 0 0 0 0 MSO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 175: ...s Programmer s Guide 175 RCL Recall see page 1208 Command Syntax RCL value value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the specified save recall register See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 SAV Save on page 179 ...

Page 176: ...e no user settings that remain unchanged To perform the equivalent of the front panel s Default Setup key where some user settings like preferences remain unchanged use the SYSTem PRESet command Reset conditions are Acquire Menu Mode Normal Averaging Off Averages 8 Analog Channel Menu Channel 1 On Channel 2 Off Volts division 5 00 V Offset 0 00 Coupling DC Probe attenuation AutoProbe if AutoProbe ...

Page 177: ...ld TTL 1 4 V Display Menu Persistence Off Grid 20 Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time division 100 us Main time base delay 0 00 s Delay time division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0 00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0 0 V Slope Positive ...

Page 178: ...ork as expected Most of the following initialization commands are initialized by RST It is not necessary to reinitialize them unless the default setting is not suitable for your application myScope WriteString RST Reset the oscilloscope to the defaults See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 HF Reject and noise reject Off Holdoff 40 ns External probe ...

Page 179: ... Save see page 1208 Command Syntax SAV value value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 The SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in a save register The data parameter specifies the register where the data will be saved See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 RCL Recall on page 175 ...

Page 180: ...gister The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register A one in the Service Request Enable Register enables the corresponding bit in the Status Byte Register A zero disables the bit URP 2SHUDWLRQ 6WDWXV 5HJLVWHUV 23 5 75 0 9 6 546 066 75 5HJ 7 5 7ULJJH U YHQW 5HJLVWHU 65 65 67 6WD WXV WH 5HJLVWHU 6HUYLFH 5HTXHVW QDEO 0DVN 5HJLVWHU 2X...

Page 181: ...9 Service Request Enable Register SRE Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Enables 7 OPER Operation Status Register Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Operation Status Register OPER occur 6 Not used 5 ESB Event Status Bit Interrupts when enabled conditions in the Standard Event Status Register ESR occur 4 MAV Message Available Interrupts when messages are in the Output Queue 3 Not used...

Page 182: ... bit is reported on bit 6 instead of the RQS request service bit The MSS indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for requesting service Return Format value NL value 0 255 an integer in NR1 format URP 2SHUDWLRQ 6WDWXV 5HJLVWHUV 23 5 75 0 9 6 546 066 75 5HJ 7 5 7ULJJH U YHQW 5HJLVWHU 65 65 67 6WD WXV WH 5HJLVWHU 6HUYLFH 5HTXHVW QDEO 0DVN 5HJLVWHU 2XWSXW 4XHXH 654 URP 6WD QGDUG YH...

Page 183: ...ce When polled that the device is requesting service MSS Master Summary Status When read by STB whether the device has a reason for requesting service 5 ESB Event Status Bit An enabled condition in the Standard Event Status Register ESR has occurred 4 MAV Message Available There are messages in the Output Queue 3 Not used always 0 2 MSG Message An advisory has been displayed on the oscilloscope 1 ...

Page 184: ...mmer s Guide 5 Common Commands TRG Trigger see page 1208 Command Syntax TRG The TRG command has the same effect as the DIGitize command with no parameters See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 DIGitize on page 199 RUN on page 220 STOP on page 224 ...

Page 185: ...a self test on the instrument The result of the test is placed in the output queue A zero indicates the test passed and a non zero indicates the test failed If the test fails refer to the troubleshooting section of the Service Guide Return Format result NL result 0 or non zero value an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 ...

Page 186: ...es Programmer s Guide 5 Common Commands WAI Wait To Continue see page 1208 Command Syntax WAI The WAI command has no function in the oscilloscope but is parsed for compatibility with other instruments See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 ...

Page 187: ...nteger in NR1 format levels logical highs or lows 32 bit integer in NR1 format n a AER see page 192 0 1 an integer in NR1 format AUToscale source source see page 193 n a source CHANnel n for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d POD1 POD2 for MSO models source can be repeated up to 5 times n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format AUToscale AMODE value see page 1...

Page 188: ...FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS 1 2 for MSO models source can be repeated up to 5 times n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format HWEenable n see page 201 HWEenable see page 201 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERregister CONDiti on see page 203 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format n a HWERegister EVENt see page 204 n 16 bit integer in NR1 format MTEenab...

Page 189: ...teger in NR1 format See OVLenable for value PRINt options see page 219 n a options print option print option print option COLor GRAYscale PRINter0 BMP8bit BMP PNG NOFactors FACTors print option can be repeated up to 5 times RUN see page 220 n a n a n a SERial see page 221 return value unquoted string containing serial number SINGle see page 222 n a n a n a STATus display see page 223 0 1 display C...

Page 190: ...After executing a root level command the parser is positioned at the root of the command tree n a TER see page 225 0 1 VIEW source see page 226 n a source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS 1 2 WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d POD 1 2 BUS 1 2 FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS 1 2 WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR...

Page 191: ...ger in NR1 format bit 0 DIGital 0 bit 15 DIGital 15 See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 POD n THReshold on page 545 DIGital d THReshold on page 307 NOTE Because the ACTivity query returns edge activity since the last ACTivity query you must send this query twice before the edge activity result is valid NOTE A bit 0 zero in the edges result indicates that no edges were detected on th...

Page 192: ...ion Status Event Register A Service Request can be generated when the Wait Trig bit transitions and the appropriate enable bits have been set in the Operation Status Enable Register OPEE and the Service Request Enable Register SRE Return Format value NL value 0 1 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register on page 209 OPERegiste...

Page 193: ...pecified those specified sources will be enabled and all others blanked The autoscale channels mode see AUToscale CHANnels on page 196 is set to DISPlayed channels Then the autoscale is performed When the AUToscale command is sent the following conditions are affected and actions are taken Thresholds Channels with activity around the trigger point are turned on others are turned off Channels are r...

Page 194: ...o Root Commands on page 190 AUToscale CHANnels on page 196 AUToscale AMODE on page 195 Example Code AUTOSCALE This command evaluates all the input signals and sets the correct conditions to display all of the active signals myScope WriteString AUToscale Same as pressing Auto Scale key See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 195: ...al acquisition type and the RTIMe real time acquisition mode When CURRent is selected the current acquisition type and mode are kept on subsequent AUToscales Use the ACQuire TYPE and ACQuire MODE commands to set the acquisition type and mode Query Syntax AUToscale AMODE The AUToscale AMODE query returns the autoscale acquire mode setting Return Format value NL value NORM CURR See Also Introduction...

Page 196: ...selected all channels that meet the requirements of AUToscale will be displayed When DISPlayed is selected only the channels that are turned on are autoscaled Use the VIEW or BLANk root commands to turn channels on or off Query Syntax AUToscale CHANnels The AUToscale CHANnels query returns the autoscale channels setting Return Format value NL value ALL DISP See Also Introduction to Root Commands o...

Page 197: ...ug option changes the behavior of AUToscale to let you make quick visual comparisons to determine whether the signal being probed is a DC voltage ground or an active AC signal Channel coupling is maintained for easy viewing of oscillating signals Query Syntax AUToscale FDEBug The AUToscale FDEBug query returns the current autoscale fast debug setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Int...

Page 198: ...function serial decode bus or reference waveform location The BLANk command with no parameter turns off all sources See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 DISPlay CLEar on page 315 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 DIGital d DISPlay on page 303 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 347 POD n DISPlay on page 543 SBUS n DISPlay on page 648 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 STATus on page 223 VIEW on page ...

Page 199: ...auses the instrument to acquire waveforms according to the settings of the ACQuire commands subsystem When the acquisition is complete the instrument is stopped If no argument is given DIGitize acquires the channels currently displayed If no channels are displayed all channels are acquired See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 RUN on page 220 SINGle on page 222 STOP on page 224 TIMeba...

Page 200: ...X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 6 Root Commands Example Code Capture an acquisition using DIGitize myScope WriteString DIGitize CHANnel1 See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 201: ...ble register as an integer number Return Format value NL value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 AER Arm Event Register on page 192 CHANnel n PROTection on page 278 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 Table 72 Hardware Event Enable Register HWEenable Bit Name Description When Set 1...

Page 202: ... Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 6 Root Commands OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 ...

Page 203: ...Register on page 209 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 Table 73 Hardware Event Condition Register Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 15 13 Not used 12 PLL Locked PLL Locked This bit ...

Page 204: ...page 209 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 211 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 Table 74 Hardware Event Event Register Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 15 13 Not used 12 PLL Locked PLL Locked This bit is for i...

Page 205: ... the Mask Test Event Enable register as an integer number Return Format value NL value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 AER Arm Event Register on page 192 Table 75 Mask Test Event Enable Register MTEenable Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Enables 15 11 Not used 10 Auto Mask Auto Mask Created Auto mask creation completed 9 Not used 8 Started Mask Tes...

Page 206: ...ot Commands CHANnel n PROTection on page 278 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 ...

Page 207: ...09 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 211 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 Table 76 Mask Test Event Event Register Bit Name Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 15 11 Not used 10 Auto Mask Auto Mask Created Auto mask creation completed 9 Not used 8 Started Mask Testing Started Mask testing star...

Page 208: ...208 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 6 Root Commands STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 ...

Page 209: ...operation completes 12 HWE Hardware Event Event when hardware event occurs 11 OVLR Overload Event when 50Ω input overload occurs 10 Not used 9 MTE Mask Test Event Event when mask test event occurs 8 6 Not used 5 Wait Trig Wait Trig Event when the trigger is armed 4 Not used 3 Run Running Event when the oscilloscope is running not stopped 2 0 Not used Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscill...

Page 210: ... number Return Format value NL value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 AER Arm Event Register on page 192 CHANnel n PROTection on page 278 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable...

Page 211: ...ware Event Event when hardware event occurs 11 OVLR Overload A 50Ω input overload has occurred 10 Not used 9 MTE Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred 8 6 Not used 5 Wait Trig Wait Trig The trigger is armed set by the Trigger Armed Event Register TER 4 Not used 3 Run Running The oscilloscope is running not stopped 2 0 Not used Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscilloscope not stop...

Page 212: ...on Status Enable Register on page 209 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register on page 207 MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Register on page 205 ...

Page 213: ...e event occurs 11 OVLR Overload A 50Ω input overload has occurred 10 Not used 9 MTE Mask Test Event A mask test event has occurred 8 6 Not used 5 Wait Trig Wait Trig The trigger is armed set by the Trigger Armed Event Register TER 4 Not used 3 Run Running The oscilloscope has gone from a stop state to a single or running state 2 0 Not used Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscilloscope not ...

Page 214: ...tatus Enable Register on page 209 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 211 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register on page 207 MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Register on page 205 ...

Page 215: ...and 1 GHz bandwidth oscilloscope models On these same bandwidth models if there are only two analog channels you can also set external trigger input impedance to 50Ω Table 80 Overload Event Enable Register OVL Bit Description When Set 1 High True Enables 15 10 Not used 9 Channel 4 Fault Event when fault occurs on Channel 4 input 8 Channel 3 Fault Event when fault occurs on Channel 3 input 7 Channe...

Page 216: ...OTection on page 278 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register on page 209 OPERegister CONDition Operation Status Condition Register on page 211 OPERegister EVENt Operation Status Event Register on page 213 OVLRegister Overload Event Register on page 217 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 1 Channel 2 OVL Event when overload occurs on Channel 2 input 0 Channel 1 OVL...

Page 217: ...nal trigger input impedance to 50Ω Table 81 Overload Event Register OVLR Bit Description When Set 1 High True Indicates 15 10 Not used 9 Channel 4 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 4 input 8 Channel 3 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input 7 Channel 2 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input 6 Channel 1 Fault Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input 5 4 Not used 3 Channel 4 OVL Overload has...

Page 218: ...s value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 CHANnel n PROTection on page 278 OPEE Operation Status Enable Register on page 209 OVLenable Overload Event Enable Register on page 215 STB Read Status Byte on page 182 SRE Service Request Enable on page 180 ...

Page 219: ... PNG NOFactors FACTors The print option parameter may be repeated up to 5 times The PRINt command formats the output according to the currently selected format device If an option is not specified the value selected in the Print Config menu is used See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy GRAYscale on pag...

Page 220: ...Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 SINGle on page 222 STOP on page 224 Example Code RUN_STOP not executed in this example RUN starts the data acquisition for the active waveform display STOP stops the data acquisition and turns off AUTOSTORE myScope WriteString RUN Start data acquisition myScope WriteString STOP Stop the data acquisition See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Prog...

Page 221: ...n 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 221 SERial see page 1208 Query Syntax SERial The SERial query returns the serial number of the instrument Return Format Unquoted string NL See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 ...

Page 222: ...ot Commands SINGle see page 1208 Command Syntax SINGle The SINGle command causes the instrument to acquire a single trigger of data This is the same as pressing the Single key on the front panel See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 RUN on page 220 STOP on page 224 ...

Page 223: ...igital channels 1 in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The STATus query reports whether the channel function serial decode bus or reference waveform location specified by source is displayed Return Format value NL value 1 0 See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 BLANk on page 198 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 DIGital d DISPlay on page 303 FUNCtion m DISP...

Page 224: ...Root Commands STOP see page 1208 Command Syntax STOP The STOP command stops the acquisition This is the same as pressing the Stop key on the front panel See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 RUN on page 220 SINGle on page 222 Example Code Example Code on page 220 ...

Page 225: ...rred The Trigger Event Register is summarized in the TRG bit of the Status Byte Register STB A Service Request SRQ can be generated when the TRG bit of the Status Byte transitions and the TRG bit is set in the Service Request Enable register The Trigger Event Register must be cleared each time you want a new service request to be generated Return Format value NL value 1 0 a 16 bit integer in NR1 f...

Page 226: ...ion serial decode bus or reference waveform location See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 BLANk on page 198 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 DIGital d DISPlay on page 303 FUNCtion m DISPlay on page 347 POD n DISPlay on page 543 SBUS n DISPlay on page 648 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 STATus on page 223 Example Code VIEW_BLANK not executed in this example VIEW turns on starts displaying...

Page 227: ...230 count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format ACQuire MODE mode see page 231 ACQuire MODE see page 231 mode RTIMe ETIMe SEGMented n a ACQuire POINts see page 232 points an integer in NR1 format ACQuire RSIGnal ref_signal_mode see page 233 ACQuire RSIGnal see page 233 ref_signal_mode OFF OUT IN ACQuire SEGMented AN ALyze see page 234 n a n a with Option SGM ACQuire SEGMented CO UNt count see p...

Page 228: ...ESolution command sets the oscilloscope in the high resolution mode also known as smoothing This mode is used to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds where the digitizer samples faster than needed to fill memory for the displayed time range Instead of decimating samples they are averaged together to provide the value for one display point The slower the sweep speed the greater the number of samples...

Page 229: ... for the COMPlete command is 100 All time buckets must contain data for the acquisition to be considered complete Query Syntax ACQuire COMPlete The ACQuire COMPlete query returns the completion criteria 100 for the currently selected mode Return Format completion_criteria NL completion_criteria 100 an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 227 ACQuire TYPE on page ...

Page 230: ...ny value from 2 to 65536 Query Syntax ACQuire COUNT The ACQuire COUNT query returns the currently selected count value for averaging mode Return Format count_argument NL count_argument an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 227 ACQuire TYPE on page 240 DIGitize on page 199 WAVeform COUNt on page 1028 NOTE The ACQuire COUNt 1 command has been depr...

Page 231: ...d sets the oscilloscope in equivalent time mode Available with 4000 X Series 1 GHz and 1 5 GHz bandwidth models only The ACQuire MODE SEGMented command sets the oscilloscope in segmented memory mode Query Syntax ACQuire MODE The ACQuire MODE query returns the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope Return Format mode_argument NL mode_argument RTIM ETIM SEGM See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands o...

Page 232: ...t signal The number of points acquired is not directly controllable To set the number of points to be transferred from the oscilloscope use the command WAVeform POINts The WAVeform POINts query will return the number of points available to be transferred from the oscilloscope Return Format points_argument NL points_argument an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page...

Page 233: ...mple clock to the oscilloscope A 10 MHz square or sine wave signal is input to the BNC connector labeled 10 MHz REF The amplitude must be from 5 dBm to 17 dBm 356 mVpp to 4 48 Vpp Query Syntax ACQuire RSIGnal The ACQuire RSIGnal query returns the current 10 MHz reference signal mode Return Format ref_signal_mode NL ref_signal_mode OFF OUT IN See Also TIMebase REFClock on page 928 The Agilent Infin...

Page 234: ... It corresponds to the front panel Analyze Segments softkey which appears in both the Measurement Statistics and Segmented Memory Menus In order to use this command the oscilloscope must be stopped and in segmented acquisition mode with either quick measurements or infinite persistence on See Also ACQuire MODE on page 231 ACQuire SEGMented COUNt on page 235 Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page...

Page 235: ...ned by the WAVeform SEGMented COUNt query The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth of your oscilloscope For example an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows a maximum of 250 segments Query Syntax ACQuire SEGMented COUNt The ACQuire SEGMented COUNt query returns the current count setting Return Format count NL count an integer from 2 to 1000 w 4M memory in NR1 format See Also ...

Page 236: ...ag of the currently indexed memory segment is returned by the WAVeform SEGMented TTAG query The maximum number of segments may be limited by the memory depth of your oscilloscope For example an oscilloscope with 1M memory allows a maximum of 250 segments Query Syntax ACQuire SEGMented INDex The ACQuire SEGMented INDex query returns the current segmented memory index setting Return Format index NL ...

Page 237: ...ode strQueryResult Set the number of segments to 25 myScope WriteString ACQuire SEGMented COUNt 25 myScope WriteString ACQuire SEGMented COUNt strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Acquisition memory segments strQueryResult If data will be acquired within the IO timeout myScope IO Timeout 10000 myScope WriteString DIGitize Debug Print DIGitize blocks until all segments acquired myScope Wri...

Page 238: ...Str lngI myScope WriteString ACQuire SEGMented INDex strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Acquisition memory segment index strQueryResult Display the segment time tag myScope WriteString WAVeform SEGMented TTAG dblTimeTag myScope ReadNumber Debug Print Segment CStr lngI time tag _ FormatNumber dblTimeTag 12 Next lngI Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End S...

Page 239: ... page 1208 Query Syntax ACQuire SRATe The ACQuire SRATe query returns the current oscilloscope acquisition sample rate The sample rate is not directly controllable Return Format sample_rate NL sample_rate sample rate in NR3 format See Also Introduction to ACQuire Commands on page 227 ACQuire POINts on page 232 ...

Page 240: ... than needed to fill memory for the displayed time range For example if the digitizer samples at 200 MSa s but the effective sample rate is 1 MSa s because of a slower sweep speed only 1 out of every 200 samples needs to be stored Instead of storing one sample and throwing others away the 200 samples are averaged together to provide the value for one display point The slower the sweep speed the gr...

Page 241: ...27 ACQuire COUNt on page 230 ACQuire MODE on page 231 DIGitize on page 199 WAVeform FORMat on page 1031 WAVeform TYPE on page 1046 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 Example Code AQUIRE_TYPE Sets the acquisition mode which can be NORMAL PEAK or AVERAGE myScope WriteString ACQuire TYPE NORMal See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 242: ...242 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 7 ACQuire Commands ...

Page 243: ...S n BIT m 0 OFF 1 ON see page 245 BUS n BIT m see page 245 0 1 n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format m 0 15 an integer in NR1 format BUS n BITS channel_list 0 OFF 1 ON see page 246 BUS n BITS see page 246 channel_list 0 1 channel_list m m m where is separator and is range n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format m 0 15 an integer in NR1 format BUS n CLEar see page 248 n a n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format BU...

Page 244: ...issued following a RST command BUS1 DISP 0 LAB BUS1 MASK 255 BUS n LABel string see page 250 BUS n LABel see page 250 string quoted ASCII string up to 10 characters n 1 or 2 an integer in NR1 format BUS n MASK mask see page 251 BUS n MASK see page 251 mask 32 bit integer in decimal nondecimal or string nondecimal Hnn n where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string ...

Page 245: ...selected bus If the parameter is a 1 ON the bit is included in the definition If the parameter is a 0 OFF the bit is excluded from the definition Note BIT0 15 correspond to DIGital0 15 Query Syntax BUS n BIT m The BUS n BIT m query returns the value indicating whether the specified bit is included or excluded from the specified bus definition Return Format display NL display 0 1 See Also Introduct...

Page 246: ...us definition If the parameter is a 0 OFF then the bits in the channel list are excluded from the definition of the selected bus Query Syntax BUS n BITS The BUS n BITS query returns the definition for the specified bus Return Format channel_list display NL channel_list m m m where commas separate bits and colons define bit ranges display 0 1 See Also Introduction to BUS n Commands on page 244 BUS ...

Page 247: ... BUS n Commands 8 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 247 Include digital channels 1 through 5 8 and 14 in bus 1 myScope WriteString BUS1 BITS 1 5 8 14 ON ...

Page 248: ...suffix to BUS and defines the bus that is affected by the command The BUS n CLEar command excludes all of the digital channels from the selected bus definition See Also Introduction to BUS n Commands on page 244 BUS n BIT m on page 245 BUS n BITS on page 246 BUS n DISPlay on page 249 BUS n LABel on page 250 BUS n MASK on page 251 NOTE This command is only valid for the MSO models ...

Page 249: ... affected by the command The BUS n DISPlay command enables or disables the view of the selected bus Query Syntax BUS n DISPlay The BUS n DISPlay query returns the display value of the selected bus Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to BUS n Commands on page 244 BUS n BIT m on page 245 BUS n BITS on page 246 BUS n CLEar on page 248 BUS n LABel on page 250 BUS n MASK on page 251 ...

Page 250: ...he BUS n LABel query returns the name of the specified bus Return Format quoted_string NL quoted_string any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to BUS n Commands on page 244 BUS n BIT m on page 245 BUS n BITS on page 246 BUS n CLEar on page 248 BUS n DISPlay on page 249 BUS n MASK on page 251 CHANnel n LABel on page 271 DISPlay LABList on page 318 DIGital...

Page 251: ...the bus that is affected by the command The BUS n MASK command defines the bits included and excluded in the selected bus according to the mask Set a mask bit to a 1 to include that bit in the selected bus and set a mask bit to a 0 to exclude it Query Syntax BUS n MASK The BUS n MASK query returns the mask value for the specified bus Return Format mask NL in decimal format See Also Introduction to...

Page 252: ...252 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 8 BUS n Commands ...

Page 253: ...ng quoted ASCII string up to 32 characters CALibrate OUTPut signal see page 257 CALibrate OUTPut see page 257 signal TRIGgers MASK WAVEgen WGEN1 WGEN2 Note WAVE and WGEN1 are equivalent Note WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs n a CALibrate PROTected see page 258 PROTected UNPRotected CALibrate STARt see page 259 n a n a n a CALibrate STATus see page 260 return value status_code ...

Page 254: ...ds The CALibrate subsystem provides utility commands for Determining the state of the calibration factor protection switch CAL PROTECT Saving and querying the calibration label string Reporting the calibration time and date Reporting changes in the temperature since the last calibration Starting the user calibration procedure ...

Page 255: ...scopes Programmer s Guide 255 CALibrate DATE see page 1208 Query Syntax CALibrate DATE The CALibrate DATE query returns the date of the last calibration Return Format date NL date year month day in NR1 format NL See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 ...

Page 256: ... CALibrate LABel command saves a string that is up to 32 characters in length into the instrument s non volatile memory The string may be used to record calibration dates or other information as needed Query Syntax CALibrate LABel The CALibrate LABel query returns the contents of the calibration label string Return Format string NL string unquoted ASCII string of up to 32 characters in length See ...

Page 257: ...ASK signal from mask test indicating a failure WAVEgen WGEN1 WGEN2 waveform generator sync output signal This signal depends on the WGEN w FUNCtion setting Query Syntax CALibrate OUTPut The CALibrate OUTPut query returns the current source of the TRIG OUT BNC signal Return Format signal NL signal TRIG MASK WAVE WGEN2 See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 WGEN w FUNCtion on page 1...

Page 258: ...Query Syntax CALibrate PROTected The CALibrate PROTected query returns the rear panel calibration protect CAL PROTECT button state The value PROTected indicates calibration is disabled and UNPRotected indicates calibration is enabled Return Format switch NL switch PROT UNPR See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 ...

Page 259: ...ARt command starts the user calibration procedure See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 CALibrate PROTected on page 258 NOTE Before starting the user calibration procedure you must set the rear panel CALIBRATION switch to UNPROTECTED and you must connect BNC cables from the TRIG OUT connector to the analog channel inputs See the User s Guide for details ...

Page 260: ... STATus query returns the summary results of the last user calibration procedure Return Format return value NL return value status_code status_string status_code an integer status code status_string an ASCII status string The status codes and strings can be See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 Status Code Status String 0 Calibrated 1 Not Calibrated ...

Page 261: ...Perature see page 1208 Query Syntax CALibrate TEMPerature The CALibrate TEMPerature query returns the change in temperature since the last user calibration procedure Return Format return value NL return value degrees C delta since last cal in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 ...

Page 262: ... Guide 9 CALibrate Commands CALibrate TIME see page 1208 Query Syntax CALibrate TIME The CALibrate TIME query returns the time of the last calibration Return Format date NL date hour minutes seconds in NR1 format See Also Introduction to CALibrate Commands on page 254 ...

Page 263: ...68 CHANnel n DISPlay see page 268 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n IMPedance impedance see page 269 CHANnel n IMPedance see page 269 impedance ONEMeg FIFTy n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n INVert 0 OFF 1 ON see page 270 CHANnel n INVert see page 270 0 1 n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n LABel string see page 271 CHANnel n LABel see page 271 string any s...

Page 264: ... 277 CHANnel n PROBe STY Pe see page 277 signal type DIFFerential SINGle n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 278 CHANnel n PROTectio n see page 278 NORM TRIP n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format CHANnel n RANGe range suffix see page 279 CHANnel n RANGe see page 279 range Vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V mV n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format C...

Page 265: ... A label command provides identifying annotations of up to 10 characters You can toggle the channel displays on and off with the CHANnel n DISPlay command as well as with the root level commands VIEW and BLANk Reporting the Setup Use CHANnel1 CHANnel2 CHANnel3 or CHANnel4 to query setup information for the CHANnel n subsystem Return Format The following are sample responses from the CHANnel n quer...

Page 266: ...analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n BWLimit command controls an internal low pass filter When the filter is on the bandwidth of the specified channel is limited to approximately 25 MHz Query Syntax CHANnel n BWLimit The CHANnel n BWLimit query returns the current setting of the low pass filter Return Format bwlimit NL bwlimit 1 0 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 ...

Page 267: ...nalog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n COUPling command selects the input coupling for the specified channel The coupling for each analog channel can be set to AC or DC Query Syntax CHANnel n COUPling The CHANnel n COUPling query returns the current coupling for the specified channel Return Format coupling value NL coupling value AC DC See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 ...

Page 268: ...R1 format The CHANnel n DISPlay command turns the display of the specified channel on or off Query Syntax CHANnel n DISPlay The CHANnel n DISPlay query returns the current display setting for the specified channel Return Format display value NL display value 1 0 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 VIEW on page 226 BLANk on page 198 STATus on page 223 POD n DISPlay on page 543 D...

Page 269: ... NR1 format The CHANnel n IMPedance command selects the input impedance setting for the specified analog channel The legal values for this command are ONEMeg 1 MΩ and FIFTy 50Ω Query Syntax CHANnel n IMPedance The CHANnel n IMPedance query returns the current input impedance setting for the specified channel Return Format impedance value NL impedance value ONEM FIFT See Also Introduction to CHANne...

Page 270: ... analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n INVert command selects whether or not to invert the input signal for the specified channel The inversion may be 1 ON inverted or 0 OFF not inverted Query Syntax CHANnel n INVert The CHANnel n INVert query returns the current state of the channel inversion Return Format invert value NL invert value 0 1 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page ...

Page 271: ...ng NL string quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 DISPlay LABel on page 317 DIGital d LABel on page 304 DISPlay LABList on page 318 BUS n LABel on page 250 Example Code LABEL This command allows you to write a name 10 characters maximum next to the channel number It is not necessary but can be useful for organizing the display myScope WriteString CHANnel1 LAB...

Page 272: ...values varies with the value set by the CHANnel n RANGe and CHANnel n SCALe commands If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Legal values are affected by the probe attenuation setting Query Syntax CHANnel n OFFSet The CHANnel n OFFSet query returns the current offset value for the selected channel Return Format of...

Page 273: ...ger levels If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope the attenuation value cannot be changed from the sensed value Attempting to set the oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces an error Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe The CHANnel n PROBe query returns the current probe attenuation factor for the selected channel Return Format attenuation NL attenuation p...

Page 274: ...ND12 Single ended 12dB SEND20 Single ended 20dB DIFF0 Differential 0dB DIFF6 Differential 6dB DIFF12 Differential 12dB DIFF20 Differential 20dB Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe HEAD TYPE The CHANnel n PROBe HEAD TYPE query returns the current probe head type setting for the selected channel Return Format head_param NL head_param SEND0 SEND6 SEND12 SEND20 DIFF0 DIFF6 DIFF12 DIFF20 NONE See Also Introdu...

Page 275: ...l n PROBe ID query returns the type of probe attached to the specified oscilloscope channel Return Format probe id NL probe id unquoted ASCII string up to 11 characters Some of the possible returned values are 1131A 1132A 1134A 1147A 1153A 1154A 1156A 1157A 1158A 1159A AutoProbe E2621A E2622A E2695A E2697A HP1152A HP1153A NONE Probe Unknown Unsupported See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands o...

Page 276: ...nd sets the channel to channel skew factor for the specified channel Each analog channel can be adjusted or 100 ns for a total of 200 ns difference between channels You can use the oscilloscope s probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channels Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe SKEW The CHANnel n PROBe SKEW query returns the current probe skew setting for the selected channel Return For...

Page 277: ...bes and determines how offset is applied When single ended is selected the CHANnel n OFFset command changes the offset value of the probe amplifier When differential is selected the CHANnel n OFFset command changes the offset value of the channel amplifier Query Syntax CHANnel n PROBe STYPe The CHANnel n PROBe STYPe query returns the current probe signal type setting for the selected channel Retur...

Page 278: ... the overload protection It allows the channel to be used again in 50Ω mode after the signal that caused the overload has been removed from the channel input Reset the analog channel input impedance to 50Ω see CHANnel n IMPedance on page 269 after clearing the overvoltage protection Query Syntax CHANnel n PROTection The CHANnel n PROTection query returns the state of the input protection for CHANn...

Page 279: ...ged the range value is multiplied by the probe attenuation factor Query Syntax CHANnel n RANGe The CHANnel n RANGe query returns the current full scale range setting for the specified channel Return Format range_argument NL range_argument vertical full scale range value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 CHANnel n SCALe on page 280 CHANnel n PROBe on page 273 Exa...

Page 280: ...command sets the vertical scale or units per division of the selected channel If the probe attenuation is changed the scale value is multiplied by the probe s attenuation factor Query Syntax CHANnel n SCALe The CHANnel n SCALe query returns the current scale setting for the specified channel Return Format scale value NL scale value vertical units per division in NR3 format See Also Introduction to...

Page 281: ... connected probe Select VOLT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select Query Syntax CHANnel n UNITs The CHANnel n UNITs query returns the current units setting for the specified channel Return Format units NL units VOLT AMP See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 ...

Page 282: ...1 ON 0 OFF n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The CHANnel n VERNier command specifies whether the channel s vernier fine vertical adjustment setting is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax CHANnel n VERNier The CHANnel n VERNier query returns the current state of the channel s vernier setting Return Format vernier value NL vernier value 0 1 See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 ...

Page 283: ...SOURc e DIFFerential source see page 287 COMPliance USB SOURc e DIFFerential see page 287 source CHANnel n COMPliance USB SOURc e DMINus source see page 288 COMPliance USB SOURc e DMINus see page 288 source CHANnel n COMPliance USB SOURc e DPLus source see page 289 COMPliance USB SOURc e DPLus see page 289 source CHANnel n COMPliance USB TEST test see page 290 COMPliance USB TEST see page 290 test...

Page 284: ...that is capture acquisitions that meet the trigger condition If you are testing the signal quality of real world packets instead of USB compliance test packets you may need to adjust the auto setup Note that gating of measurements can only be done via the oscilloscope s horizontal controls This can be done after the COMPliance USB AUTosetup command and before the COMPliance USB RUN command The hor...

Page 285: ...are running analyzes the data on screen and then displays the results The analyzed acquisition remains on screen and can be viewed by moving or dismissing the results dialog You can run tests when the oscilloscope is already stopped This is useful in the case of embedded hosts and other cases where the device under test DUT may not easily be placed in a test mode and you want to analyze already ac...

Page 286: ...nnel that is probing the adjacent D or D signal When the Device Full Speed Signal Quality test is selected the specified channel probes the adjacent D signal When the Device Low Speed Signal Quality test is selected this specified channel probes the adjacent D signal Query Syntax COMPliance USB SOURce ADJacent The COMPliance USB SOURce ADJacent query returns the specified analog input channel Retu...

Page 287: ...channels in NR1 format The COMPliance USB SOURce DIFFerential command specifies the analog input channel whose differential probe is connected to the Hi Speed signal to be tested Query Syntax COMPliance USB SOURce DIFFerential The COMPliance USB SOURce DIFFerential query returns the specified analog input channel Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also COMPliance USB TEST on page 290 COMPli...

Page 288: ...og input channel that is probing the D signal On 4 channel oscilloscopes you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D and D signals This provides the maximum sample rate Channels 1 and 2 are one pair and channels 3 and 4 are the other pair Query Syntax COMPliance USB SOURce DMINus The COMPliance USB SOURce DMINus query returns the specified analog input channel Return Format source NL s...

Page 289: ...g input channel that is probing the D signal On 4 channel oscilloscopes you are forced to use different channel pairs for the D and D signals This provides the maximum sample rate Channels 1 and 2 are one pair and channels 3 and 4 are the other pair Query Syntax COMPliance USB SOURce DPLus The COMPliance USB SOURce DPLus query returns the specified analog input channel Return Format source NL sour...

Page 290: ...ts require two or three single ended probes Hi Speed tests are available only on 1 5 GHz bandwidth oscilloscopes and a differential probe or SMA cable connections are required Note that the N2750A Series InfiniiMode differential probes cannot be used with the Hi Speed Signal Quality test fixtures because they have damping resistors and the USB test fixture also has damping resistors specifically d...

Page 291: ...ify the analog input channel connected to the differential probe SINGleended specifies that two single ended SMA cables are used to probe the signal under test In this case use the COMPliance USB SOURce DPLus command to specify the analog input channel that is probing the D signal and use the COMPliance USB SOURce DMINus command to specify the analog input channel that is probing the D signal Quer...

Page 292: ...liance USB TEST TYPE type type NEARend FARend When a Hi Speed test has been selected the COMPliance USB TEST TYPE command selects whether the test type is near end or far end Query Syntax COMPliance USB TEST TYPE The COMPliance USB TEST TYPE query returns the selected test type Return Format type NL type NEAR FAR See Also COMPliance USB TEST on page 290 ...

Page 293: ...e DEMO subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the DEMO query In this case the query was issued following the RST command DEMO FUNC SIN OUTP 0 Table 87 DEMO Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns DEMO FUNCtion signal see page 294 DEMO FUNCtion see page 297 signal SINusoid NOISy PHASe RINGing SINGle AM CLK GLITch BURSt MSO RUNT TRANsition RFBurst SHOLd LFSi...

Page 294: ...Vpp 0 0 V offset 1 kHz sine wave 2 4 Vpp 0 0 V offset phase shifted by the amount entered using the DEMO FUNCtion PHASe PHASe on page 298 command RINGing 500 kHz digital pulse 3 Vpp 1 5 V offset and 500 ns pulse width with ringing Off SINGle 500 ns wide digital pulse with ringing 3 Vpp 1 5 V offset Press the front panel Set Off Single Shot softkey to cause the selected single shot signal to be out...

Page 295: ...fset Data signal 3 5 Vpp 1 75 V offset LFSine 30 Hz sine wave 2 7 Vpp 0 V offset with very narrow glitch near each positive peak Off FMBurst FM burst modulated from 100 kHz to 1 MHz 5 0 Vpp 600 mV offset Off ETE 100 kHz pulse 400 ns wide 3 3 Vpp 1 65 V offset 600 ns analog burst 3 3 Vpp 0 7 V offset followed by 3 6 956 s digital burst 3 3 Vpp 1 65 V offset at a 100 kHz repetitive rate CAN CAN_L 12...

Page 296: ...outed to digital input D7 WS TTL level low for left channel high for right channel internally routed to digital input Off CANLin CAN_L 250 kbps dominant low 2 8 Vpp 1 4 V offset LIN 19 2 kbps 2 8 Vpp 1 4 V offset ARINc ARINC 429 100 kbps 5 Vpp 0 V offset Off FLEXray FlexRay 10 Mbps 2 8 Vpp 0 V offset Off MIL MIL STD 1553 RT to RT transfer received 1 3 Vpp transmitted 4 8 Vpp 0 V offset Off MIL2 MI...

Page 297: ...x DEMO FUNCtion The DEMO FUNCtion query returns the currently selected demo signal type Return Format signal NL signal SIN NOIS PHAS RING SINGl AM CLK GLIT BURS MSO RUNT TRAN RFB SHOL LFS FMB ETE CAN LIN UART I2C SPI I2S CANL ARIN FLEX MIL MIL2 USB NMON See Also Introduction to DEMO Commands on page 293 ...

Page 298: ...60 in NR3 format For the phase shifted sine demo signals the DEMO FUNCtion PHASe PHASe command specifies the phase shift in the second sine waveform Query Syntax DEMO FUNCtion PHASe PHASe The DEMO FUNCtion PHASe PHASe query returns the currently set phase shift Return Format angle NL angle angle in degrees from 0 to 360 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to DEMO Commands on page 293 DEMO FUNCtion...

Page 299: ...MO OUTPut on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The DEMO OUTPut command specifies whether the demo signal output is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax DEMO OUTPut The DEMO OUTPut query returns the current state of the demo signal output setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to DEMO Commands on page 293 DEMO FUNCtion on page 294 ...

Page 300: ...300 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 12 DEMO Commands ...

Page 301: ...LABel see page 304 d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format string any series of 10 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks DIGital d POSition position see page 305 DIGital d POSition see page 305 d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format position 0 7 if display size large 0 15 if size medium 0 31 if size small Returns 1 when there is no space to display the digital waveform DIGital d SI...

Page 302: ...els They also control threshold settings for groups of digital channels or pods Reporting the Setup Use DIGital d to query setup information for the DIGital subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the DIGital0 query In this case the query was issued following a RST command DIG0 DISP 0 THR 1 40E 00 LAB D0 POS 0 NOTE These commands are only valid for the MSO models ...

Page 303: ...y command turns digital display on or off for the specified channel Query Syntax DIGital d DISPlay The DIGital d DISPlay query returns the current digital display setting for the specified channel Return Format display NL display 0 1 See Also Introduction to DIGital d Commands on page 301 POD n DISPlay on page 543 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 VIEW on page 226 BLANk on page 198 STATus on page 223 ...

Page 304: ...t in non volatile memory replacing the oldest label in the list Query Syntax DIGital d LABel The DIGital d LABel query returns the name of the specified channel Return Format label string NL label string any series of 10 or less characters as a quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to DIGital d Commands on page 301 CHANnel n LABel on page 271 DISPlay LABList on page 318 BUS n LABel on page 250...

Page 305: ...ses serial decode waveforms or the zoomed time base are displayed Query Syntax DIGital d POSition The DIGital d POSition query returns the position of the specified channel If the returned value is 1 this indicates there is no space to display the digital waveform for example when all serial lanes digital buses and the zoomed time base are displayed Return Format position NL position integer in NR...

Page 306: ...els on the display Sizes are set for all digital channels Therefore if you set the size on digital channel 0 for example the same size is set on all other as well Query Syntax DIGital d SIZE The DIGital d SIZE query returns the size setting for the specified digital channels Return Format size_value NL size_value SMAL MED LARG See Also Introduction to DIGital d Commands on page 301 POD n SIZE on p...

Page 307: ...mmand sets the logic threshold value for all channels in the same pod as the specified channel The threshold is used for triggering purposes and for displaying the digital data as high above the threshold or low below the threshold Query Syntax DIGital d THReshold The DIGital d THReshold query returns the threshold value for the specified channel Return Format value NL value threshold value in NR3...

Page 308: ...308 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 13 DIGital d Commands ...

Page 309: ... color see page 313 DISPlay ANNotation C OLor see page 313 color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARKer WHITe RED DISPlay ANNotation T EXT string see page 314 DISPlay ANNotation T EXT see page 314 string quoted ASCII string up to 254 characters DISPlay CLEar see page 315 n a n a n a DISPlay DATA format palett e see page 316 format BMP BMP8bit PNG palette COLor GRAYscale display data data in IEEE 488 ...

Page 310: ...ation for the DISPlay subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the DISPlay query In this case the query was issued following a RST command DISP LAB 0 VECT 1 PERS MIN DISPlay SIDebar sidebar see page 320 n a sidebar SUMMary CURSors MEASurements DVM NAVigate CONTrols DISPlay PERSistence value see page 321 DISPlay PERSistence see page 321 value MINimum INFinite time time second...

Page 311: ...the annotation appears in the upper left corner of the oscilloscope s display The annotation is useful for documentation purposes to add notes before capturing screens Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation The DISPlay ANNotation query returns the annotation setting Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also DISPlay ANNotation TEXT on page 314 DISPlay ANNotation COLor on page 313 DISPlay ANNotation BACKgr...

Page 312: ...n OPAQue the annotation has a solid background INVerted the annotation s foreground and background colors are switched TRANsparent the annotation has a transparent background Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation BACKground The DISPlay ANNotation BACKground query returns the specified annotation background mode Return Format mode NL mode OPAQ INV TRAN See Also DISPlay ANNotation on page 311 DISPlay ANNo...

Page 313: ...notation color You can choose white red or colors that match analog channels digital channels math waveforms reference waveforms or markers Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation COLor The DISPlay ANNotation COLor query returns the specified annotation color Return Format color NL color CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 DIG MATH REF MARK WHIT RED See Also DISPlay ANNotation on page 311 DISPlay ANNotation TEXT on page 314 ...

Page 314: ...line character but the actual backslash and n characters in the string Carriage returns lessen the number of characters available for the annotation string Use DISPlay ANNotation TEXT to remotely clear the annotation text Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string Query Syntax DISPlay ANNotation TEXT The DISPlay ANNotation TEXT query returns the specified annotation...

Page 315: ...The DISPlay CLEar command clears the display and resets all associated measurements If the oscilloscope is stopped all currently displayed data is erased If the oscilloscope is running all of the data for active channels and functions is erased however new data is displayed on the next acquisition See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 310 ...

Page 316: ...ion to DISPlay Commands on page 310 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 PRINt on page 219 RCL Recall on page 175 SAV Save on page 179 VIEW on page 226 Example Code IMAGE_TRANSFER In this example we will query for the image data with DISPlay DATA read the data and then save it to a file Dim byteData As Byte myScope IO Timeout 15000 myScope WriteString DISPlay DATA BMP COLOR byteData myScope ReadIEEEBlock...

Page 317: ... and off Query Syntax DISPlay LABel The DISPlay LABel query returns the display mode of the analog and digital labels Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 310 CHANnel n LABel on page 271 Example Code DISP_LABEL Turns label names ON or OFF on the analyzer display myScope WriteString DISPlay LABel ON Turn on labels See complete example programs at Chapte...

Page 318: ... LABList query returns the label list Return Format binary block NL binary block an ordered list of up to 75 labels a maximum of 10 characters each separated by newline characters See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page 310 DISPlay LABel on page 317 CHANnel n LABel on page 271 DIGital d LABel on page 304 BUS n LABel on page 250 NOTE Labels that begin with the same alphabetic base string ...

Page 319: ...t InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 319 DISPlay MENU see page 1208 Command Syntax DISPlay MENU menu menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POWer The DISPlay MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu ...

Page 320: ...pes Programmer s Guide 14 DISPlay Commands DISPlay SIDebar see page 1208 Command Syntax DISPlay SIDebar sidebar sidebar SUMMary CURSors MEASurements DVM NAVigate CONTrols The DISPlay SIDebar command specifies the sidebar dialog to display on the screen ...

Page 321: ... the persistence setting MINimum indicates zero persistence INFinite indicates infinite persistence time for variable persistence that is you can specify how long acquisitions remain on the screen Use the DISPlay CLEar command to erase points stored by persistence Query Syntax DISPlay PERSistence The DISPlay PERSistence query returns the specified persistence value Return Format value NL value MIN...

Page 322: ...command turns vector display on or off When vectors are turned on the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points On the 1 GHz and 1 5 GHz bandwidth models you can turn off vectors to view just waveform data points Query Syntax DISPlay VECTors The DISPlay VECTors query returns the vectors setting Return Format vectors NL vectors 1 0 See Also Introduction to DISPlay Commands on page ...

Page 323: ...nd Query Returns DVM ARANge 0 OFF 1 ON see page 324 DVM ARANge see page 324 0 1 n a DVM CURRent see page 325 dvm_value floating point number in NR3 format DVM ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON see page 326 DVM ENABle see page 326 0 1 n a DVM FREQuency see page 325 freq_value floating point number in NR3 format DVM MODE mode see page 328 DVM MODE see page 328 dvm_mode ACRMs DC DCRMs FREQuency DVM SOURce source see...

Page 324: ...ical scale vertical ground level position and trigger threshold voltage level used for the counter frequency measurement are automatically adjusted The Auto Range capability overrides attempted adjustments of the channel s vertical scale and position When off you can adjust the channel s vertical scale and position normally Query Syntax DVM ARANge The DVM ARANge query returns a flag indicating whe...

Page 325: ... see page 1208 Query Syntax DVM CURRent The DVM CURRent query returns the displayed 3 digit DVM value based on the current mode Return Format dvm_value NL dvm_value floating point number in NR3 format See Also DVM SOURce on page 329 DVM ENABle on page 326 DVM MODE on page 328 DVM FREQuency on page 327 ...

Page 326: ... setting OFF 0 ON 1 The DVM ENABle command turns the digital voltmeter DVM analysis feature on or off Query Syntax DVM ENABle The DVM ENABle query returns a flag indicating whether the digital voltmeter DVM analysis feature is on or off Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also DVM SOURce on page 329 DVM MODE on page 328 DVM ARANge on page 324 ...

Page 327: ...08 Query Syntax DVM FREQuency The DVM FREQuency query returns the displayed 5 digit frequency value that is displayed below the main DVM value Return Format freq_value NL freq_value floating point number in NR3 format See Also DVM SOURce on page 329 DVM ENABle on page 326 DVM MODE on page 328 DVM CURRent on page 325 ...

Page 328: ...e value of the acquired data with the DC component removed DC displays the DC value of the acquired data DCRMs displays the root mean square value of the acquired data FREQuency displays the frequency counter measurement Query Syntax DVM MODE The DVM MODE query returns the selected DVM mode Return Format dvm_mode NL dvm_mode ACRM DC DCRM FREQ See Also DVM ENABle on page 326 DVM SOURce on page 329 ...

Page 329: ... channel on which digital voltmeter DVM measurements are made The selected channel does not have to be on displaying a waveform in order for DVM measurements to be made Query Syntax DVM SOURce The DVM SOURce query returns the selected DVM input source Return Format source NL source CHAN n n 1 2 or 1 4 in NR1 format See Also DVM ENABle on page 326 DVM MODE on page 328 DVM ARANge on page 324 DVM CUR...

Page 330: ...330 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 15 DVM Commands ...

Page 331: ...orting the Setup Use EXTernal to query setup information for the EXTernal subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the EXTernal query In this case the query was issued following a RST command EXT BWL 0 RANG 8 0E 00 UNIT VOLT PROB 1 000E 00 Table 91 EXTernal Trigger Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns EXTernal BWLimit bwlimit see page 332 EXTernal BWLimit...

Page 332: ...for product compatibility The only legal value is 0 or OFF Use the TRIGger HFReject command to limit bandwidth on the external trigger input Query Syntax EXTernal BWLimit The EXTernal BWLimit query returns the current setting of the low pass filter always 0 Return Format bwlimit NL bwlimit 0 See Also Introduction to EXTernal Trigger Commands on page 331 Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935...

Page 333: ...nce constants for scaling the display factors and for setting trigger levels If an AutoProbe probe is connected to the oscilloscope the attenuation value cannot be changed from the sensed value Attempting to set the oscilloscope to an attenuation value other than the sensed value produces an error Query Syntax EXTernal PROBe The EXTernal PROBe query returns the current probe attenuation factor for...

Page 334: ...using 1 1 probe attenuation the range is either 1 6 V or 8 V The range is automatically recalculated when the external trigger probe attenuation factor is changed Query Syntax EXTernal RANGe The EXTernal RANGe query returns the current full scale range setting for the external trigger Return Format range_argument NL range_argument external trigger range value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to...

Page 335: ...LT for a voltage probe and select AMPere for a current probe Measurement results channel sensitivity and trigger level will reflect the measurement units you select Query Syntax EXTernal UNITs The CHANnel n UNITs query returns the current units setting for the external trigger Return Format units NL units VOLT AMP See Also Introduction to EXTernal Trigger Commands on page 331 Introduction to TRIGg...

Page 336: ...336 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 16 EXTernal Trigger Commands ...

Page 337: ...NCtion m BUS SLOP e slope see page 343 FUNCtion m BUS SLOP e see page 343 slope NEGative POSitive EITHer m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m BUS YINC rement value see page 344 FUNCtion m BUS YINC rement see page 344 value value per bus code in NR3 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m BUS YORi gin value see page 345 FUNCtion m BUS YORi gin see page 345 value value at bus code 0 in NR3 format m 1 4 in N...

Page 338: ...rmat m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset input_offset see page 354 FUNCtion m INTegrat e IOFFset see page 354 input_offset DC offset correction in NR3 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m LINear G AIN value see page 355 FUNCtion m LINear G AIN see page 355 value A in Ax B value in NR3 format m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m LINear O FFSet value see page 356 FUNCtion m LINear O FFSet s...

Page 339: ...t sensitivity of the selected function m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m SCALe scale value suffix see page 363 FUNCtion m SCALe see page 363 scale value integer in NR1 format suffix V dB m 1 4 in NR1 format FUNCtion m SOURce1 source see page 364 FUNCtion m SOURce1 see page 364 source CHANnel n FUNCtion c MATH c BUS b n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format c 1 2 3 must be lower than m b 1 2 m 1 4 in NR1...

Page 340: ...ng the FUNCtion m OPERation command Depending on the selected operation there may be other commands for specifying options for that operation See FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 The SOURce1 DISPlay RANGe and OFFSet or REFerence commands apply to any function Reporting the Setup Use FUNCtion m to query setup information for the FUNCtion subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response fr...

Page 341: ...ERage COUNt command sets the number of waveforms to be averaged together The number of averages can be set from 2 to 65536 in increments of powers of 2 Increasing the number of averages will increase resolution and reduce noise Query Syntax FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt The FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt query returns the number of waveforms to be averaged together Return Format count NL count an integer fro...

Page 342: ...ource DIGital d d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The FUNCtion m BUS CLOCk command selects the clock signal source for the Chart Logic Bus State operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m BUS CLOCk The FUNCtion m BUS CLOCk query returns the source selected for the clock signal Return Format source NL source DIGital d d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 343: ...S SLOPe slope m 1 4 in NR1 format slope NEGative POSitive EITHer The FUNCtion m BUS SLOPe command specifies the clock signal edge for the Chart Logic Bus State operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m BUS SLOPe The FUNCtion m BUS SLOPe query returns the clock edge setting Return Format slope NL slope NEGative POSitive EITHer See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 344: ... value value per bus code in NR3 format The FUNCtion m BUS YINCrement command specifies the value associated with each increment in Chart Logic Bus data Query Syntax FUNCtion m BUS YINCrement The FUNCtion m BUS YINCrement query returns the value associated with each increment in Chart Logic Bus data Return Format value NL value value per bus code in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page...

Page 345: ... NR1 format value value at bus code 0 in NR3 format The FUNCtion m BUS YORigin command specifies the value associated with Chart Logic Bus data equal to zero Query Syntax FUNCtion m BUS YORigin The FUNCtion m BUS YORigin query returns the value for associated with data equal to zero Return Format value NL value value at bus code 0 in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 346: ...n m BUS YUNits units m 1 4 in NR1 format units VOLT AMPere NONE The FUNCtion m BUS YUNits command specifies the vertical units for the Chart Logic Bus operations Query Syntax FUNCtion m BUS YUNits The FUNCtion m BUS YUNits query returns the Chart Logic Bus vertical units Return Format units NL units VOLT AMP NONE See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 347: ...he display of the function on or off When ON is selected the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands When OFF is selected function is neither calculated nor displayed Query Syntax FUNCtion m DISPlay The FUNCtion m DISPlay query returns whether the function display is on or off Return Format display NL display 1 0 See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 VIE...

Page 348: ...Ter The FUNCtion m FFT CENTer query returns the current center frequency in Hertz Return Format frequency NL frequency the current center frequency in NR3 format The range of legal values is from 0 Hz to 25 GHz See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 FUNCtion m FFT SPAN on page 349 TIMebase RANGe on page 927 TIMebase SCALe on page 930 NOTE After a RST Reset or AUToscale command th...

Page 349: ...ht graticule when FFT Fast Fourier Transform is selected Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT SPAN The FUNCtion m FFT SPAN query returns the current frequency span in Hertz Return Format span NL span the current frequency span in NR3 format Legal values are 1 Hz to 100 GHz See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 FUNCtion m FFT CENTer on page 348 TIMebase RANGe on page 927 TIMebase SCALe on...

Page 350: ...VTYPe units m 1 4 in NR1 format units DECibel VRMS The FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe command specifies FFT vertical units as DECibel or VRMS Query Syntax FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe The FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe query returns the current FFT vertical units Return Format units NL units DEC VRMS See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 351: ...oach zero smoothly at the start and end of the record are employed as filters to the FFTs Each window is useful for certain classes of input signals RECTangular useful for transient signals and signals where there are an integral number of cycles in the time record HANNing useful for frequency resolution and general purpose use It is good for resolving two frequencies that are close together or fo...

Page 352: ...toff frequency value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass command sets the high pass filter s 3 dB cutoff frequency The high pass filter is a single pole high pass filter Query Syntax FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass The FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass query returns the high pass filter s cutoff frequency Return Format 3dB_freq NL 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format See Also FU...

Page 353: ...utoff frequency value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass command sets the low pass filter s 3 dB cutoff frequency The low pass filter is a 4th order Bessel Thompson filter Query Syntax FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass The FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass query returns the low pass filter s cutoff frequency Return Format 3dB_freq NL 3dB_freq 3dB cutoff frequency value in NR3 format See Also FUN...

Page 354: ...NCtion m INTegrate IOFFset command lets you enter a DC offset correction factor for the integrate math waveform input signal This DC offset correction lets you level a ramp ed waveform Query Syntax FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset The FUNCtion m INTegrate IOFFset query returns the current input offset value Return Format input_offset NL input_offset DC offset correction in NR3 format See Also Introduc...

Page 355: ...Ction m LINear GAIN value m 1 4 in NR1 format value A in Ax B value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m LINear GAIN command specifies the A value in the Ax B operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m LINear GAIN The FUNCtion m LINear GAIN query returns the gain value Return Format value NL value A in Ax B value in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 356: ...n m LINear OFFSet value m 1 4 in NR1 format value B in Ax B value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet command specifies the B value in the Ax B operation Query Syntax FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet The FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet query returns the offset value Return Format value NL value B in Ax B value in NR3 format See Also FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 357: ...urrent scale of the selected function but will vary by function If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Query Syntax FUNCtion m OFFSet The FUNCtion m OFFSet query outputs the current offset value for the selected function Return Format offset NL offset the value at center screen in NR3 format See Also Introduction...

Page 358: ... perform their function on two analog channel sources Transforms DIFF Differentiate INTegrate The INTegrate IOFFset command lets you specify a DC offset correction factor FFT The SPAN CENTer VTYPe and WINDow commands are used for FFT functions When FFT is selected the horizontal cursors change from time to frequency Hz and the vertical cursors change from volts to decibel dB LINear Ax B The LINear...

Page 359: ...ents for each following acquisition until it reaches the selected number of averages where it holds Filters operate on a single analog channel source or on a lower math function Visualizations MAGNify Operates on a single analog channel source or on a lower math function TRENd Measurement trend Operates on a single analog channel source The TRENd MEASurement command selects the measurement whose t...

Page 360: ... m FFT CENTer on page 348 FUNCtion m FFT VTYPe on page 350 FUNCtion m FFT WINDow on page 351 FUNCtion m LINear GAIN on page 355 FUNCtion m LINear OFFSet on page 356 FUNCtion m FREQuency LOWPass on page 353 FUNCtion m FREQuency HIGHpass on page 352 FUNCtion m AVERage COUNt on page 341 FUNCtion m TRENd MEASurement on page 367 FUNCtion m BUS YINCrement on page 344 FUNCtion m BUS YORigin on page 345 F...

Page 361: ...tical axis value in NR3 format The FUNCtion m RANGe command defines the full scale vertical axis for the selected function Query Syntax FUNCtion m RANGe The FUNCtion m RANGe query returns the current full scale range value for the selected function Return Format range NL range the full scale vertical axis value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 FUNCtion m SCALe...

Page 362: ...rent scale of the selected function but will vary by function If you set the reference level to a value outside of the legal range the level is automatically set to the nearest legal value Query Syntax FUNCtion m REFerence The FUNCtion m REFerence query outputs the current reference level value for the selected function Return Format level NL level the current reference level in NR3 format See Als...

Page 363: ...suffix V dB The FUNCtion m SCALe command sets the vertical scale or units per division of the selected function Legal values for the scale depend on the selected function Query Syntax FUNCtion m SCALe The FUNCtion m SCALe query returns the current scale value for the selected function Return Format scale value NL scale value integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on pag...

Page 364: ...n c is lower than m In other words higher math functions can operate on lower math functions when using operators other than the simple arithmetic operations For example if FUNCtion1 OPERation is a SUBTract of CHANnel1 and CHANnel2 the FUNCtion2 OPERation could be set up as a FFT operation on the FUNCtion1 source These are called cascaded math functions To cascade math functions select the lower m...

Page 365: ...000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 365 value CHAN n FUNCtion c MATH c BUS b n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format c 1 2 3 must be lower than m b 1 2 See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Commands on page 340 FUNCtion m OPERation on page 358 ...

Page 366: ... m SOURce1 command specifies the first source The FUNCtion m SOURce2 setting is not used for the transform functions filter functions or visualization functions except when the measurement trend visualization s measurement requires two sources Query Syntax FUNCtion m SOURce2 The FUNCtion m SOURce2 query returns the currently specified second source for math operations Return Format value NL value ...

Page 367: ...AVerage ACRMs VRATio PERiod FREQuency PWIDth NWIDth DUTYcycle RISetime FALLtime The FUNCtion m TRENd MEASurement command selects the measurement whose trend is shown in the math waveform Query Syntax FUNCtion m TRENd MEASurement The FUNCtion m TRENd MEASurement query returns the selected measurement Return Format type NL type VAV ACRM VRAT PER FREQ PWID NWID DUTY RIS FALL See Also FUNCtion m OPERa...

Page 368: ...368 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 17 FUNCtion m Commands ...

Page 369: ...dex name index integer index of printer in list name name of printer in list HARDcopy FACTors 0 OFF 1 ON see page 373 HARDcopy FACTors see page 373 0 1 HARDcopy FFEed 0 OFF 1 ON see page 374 HARDcopy FFEed see page 374 0 1 HARDcopy INKSaver 0 OFF 1 ON see page 375 HARDcopy INKSaver see page 375 0 1 HARDcopy LAYout layout see page 376 HARDcopy LAYout see page 376 layout LANDscape PORTrait HARDcopy ...

Page 370: ...sued following the RST command HARD APR AREA SCR FACT 0 FFE 0 INKS 1 PAL NONE LAY PORT HARDcopy NETWork PAS Sword password see page 380 n a password quoted ASCII string HARDcopy NETWork SLO T slot see page 381 HARDcopy NETWork SLO T see page 381 slot NET0 NET1 HARDcopy NETWork USE Rname username see page 382 HARDcopy NETWork USE Rname see page 382 username quoted ASCII string HARDcopy PALette pale...

Page 371: ...Currently the only legal choice is SCReen Query Syntax HARDcopy AREA The HARDcopy AREA query returns the selected display area Return Format area NL area SCR See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy APRinter on page 372 HARDcopy PRINter LIST on page 384 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy FFEed on page 374 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 HARDcopy L...

Page 372: ...ex name index integer index of printer in list name name of printer in list The HARDcopy APRinter command sets the active printer Query Syntax HARDcopy APRinter The HARDcopy APRinter query returns the name of the active printer Return Format name NL name name of printer in list See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy PRINter LIST on page 384 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 ...

Page 373: ...the scale factors are output on the hardcopy dump Query Syntax HARDcopy FACTors The HARDcopy FACTors query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope instrument settings are output on the hardcopy Return Format factors NL factors 0 1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy FFEed on page 374 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 HARDcopy LAYout on page...

Page 374: ... output between the screen image and factors of a hardcopy dump Query Syntax HARDcopy FFEed The HARDcopy FFEed query returns a flag indicating whether a formfeed is output at the end of the hardcopy dump Return Format ffeed NL ffeed 0 1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 HARDcopy LAYout on pag...

Page 375: ...controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not Query Syntax HARDcopy INKSaver The HARDcopy INKSaver query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy FFEed on page 374 HARDcopy LAYout on page 376 HARDcopy PALe...

Page 376: ...he HARDcopy LAYout command sets the hardcopy layout mode Query Syntax HARDcopy LAYout The HARDcopy LAYout query returns the selected hardcopy layout mode Return Format layout NL layout LAND PORT See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy PALette on page 383 HARDcopy FFEed on page 374 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 ...

Page 377: ...mat The network printer slot is selected by the HARDcopy NETWork SLOT command To apply the entered address use the HARDcopy NETWork APPLy command Query Syntax HARDcopy NETWork ADDRess The HARDcopy NETWork ADDRess query returns the specified address for the currently selected network printer slot Return Format address NL address quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page...

Page 378: ...NETWork APPLy The HARDcopy NETWork APPLy command applies the network printer settings and makes the printer connection See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy NETWork SLOT on page 381 HARDcopy NETWork ADDRess on page 377 HARDcopy NETWork DOMain on page 379 HARDcopy NETWork USERname on page 382 HARDcopy NETWork PASSword on page 380 ...

Page 379: ...The domain name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots Query Syntax HARDcopy NETWork DOMain The HARDcopy NETWork DOMain query returns the current Windows network domain name Return Format domain NL domain quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy NETWork SLOT on page 381 HARDcopy NETWork APPLy on page 378 HARDcopy NETWork ADDRess on pag...

Page 380: ...he HARDcopy NETWork PASSword command sets the password for the specified Windows network domain and user name The password setting is a common setting for both network printer slots See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy NETWork USERname on page 382 HARDcopy NETWork DOMain on page 379 HARDcopy NETWork SLOT on page 381 HARDcopy NETWork APPLy on page 378 HARDcopy NETWork ADD...

Page 381: ...ddress and apply commands There are two network printer slots to choose from Query Syntax HARDcopy NETWork SLOT The HARDcopy NETWork SLOT query returns the currently selected network printer slot Return Format slot NL slot NET0 NET1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy NETWork APPLy on page 378 HARDcopy NETWork ADDRess on page 377 HARDcopy NETWork DOMain on page 379 HARD...

Page 382: ...he Windows network domain The user name setting is a common setting for both network printer slots Query Syntax HARDcopy NETWork USERname The HARDcopy NETWork USERname query returns the currently set user name Return Format username NL username quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy NETWork DOMain on page 379 HARDcopy NETWork PASSword on page 380 HARDco...

Page 383: ...print driver cannot print color images to color laser printers so the COLor option is not available when connected to laser printers Query Syntax HARDcopy PALette The HARDcopy PALette query returns the selected hardcopy palette color Return Format palette NL palette COL GRAY NONE See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy...

Page 384: ...HARDcopy PRINter LIST query returns a list of available printers The list can be empty Return Format list NL list printer_spec printer_spec printer_spec index active name index integer index of printer active Y N name name of printer for example DESKJET 950C See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy APRinter on page 372 HARDcopy STARt on page 385 ...

Page 385: ...d Syntax HARDcopy STARt The HARDcopy STARt command starts a print job See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy APRinter on page 372 HARDcopy PRINter LIST on page 384 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy FFEed on page 374 HARDcopy INKSaver on page 375 HARDcopy LAYout on page 376 HARDcopy PALette on page 383 ...

Page 386: ...386 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 18 HARDcopy Commands ...

Page 387: ... return data from the Lister display Table 94 LISTer Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a LISTer DATA see page 388 binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row LISTer DISPlay OFF 0 SBUS1 ON 1 SBUS2 2 ALL see page 389 LISTer DISPlay see page 389 OFF SBUS1 SBUS2 ALL LISTer REFerence time_ref see page 390 LISTer REFerence see page 390 time_ref TRIGger...

Page 388: ...page 1208 Query Syntax LISTer DATA The LISTer DATA query returns the lister data Return Format binary block NL binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also Introduction to LISTer Commands on page 387 LISTer DISPlay on page 389 Definite Length Block Response Data on page 159 ...

Page 389: ...ay in the Lister or whether the Lister is off ON or 1 is the same as SBUS1 When set to ALL the decode information for different buses is interleaved in time Serial bus decode must be on before it can be displayed in the Lister Query Syntax LISTer DISPlay The LISTer DISPlay query returns the Lister display setting Return Format value NL value OFF SBUS1 SBUS2 ALL See Also Introduction to LISTer Comm...

Page 390: ... REFerence command selects whether the time value for a Lister row is relative to the trigger ot the previous Lister row Query Syntax LISTer REFerence The LISTer REFerence query returns the Lister time reference setting Return Format time_ref NL time_ref TRIGger PREVious See Also Introduction to LISTer Commands on page 387 SBUS n DISPlay on page 648 LISTer DATA on page 388 LISTer DISPlay on page 3...

Page 391: ...osition position suffix see page 395 MARKer X1Position see page 395 position X1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps Hz kHz MHz return_value X1 cursor position value in NR3 format MARKer X1Y1source source see page 396 MARKer X1Y1source see page 396 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 f...

Page 392: ...rn_value source n a MARKer XDELta see page 399 return_value X cursors delta value in NR3 format MARKer XUNits mode see page 400 MARKer XUNits see page 400 units SEConds HERTz DEGRees PERCent MARKer XUNits USE see page 401 n a n a MARKer Y1Position position suffix see page 402 MARKer Y1Position see page 402 position Y1 cursor position value in NR3 format suffix V mV dB return_value Y1 cursor positi...

Page 393: ...niiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 393 The following is a sample response from the MARKer query In this case the query was issued following a RST and MARKer MODE MANual command MARK X1Y1 CHAN1 X2Y2 CHAN1 MODE MAN ...

Page 394: ...g the measurement source remotely always sets the marker sources WAVeform the Y1 cursor tracks the voltage value at the X1 cursor of the waveform specified by the X1Y1source and the Y2 cursor does the same for the X2 cursor and its X2Y2source BINary logic levels of displayed waveforms at the current X1 and X2 cursor positions are displayed in the Cursor sidebar dialog in binary HEX logic levels of...

Page 395: ...d Query Syntax MARKer X1Position The MARKer X1Position query returns the current X1 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure TSTArt command query Return Format position NL position X1 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X2Position on page 397 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source ...

Page 396: ...de Setting the source for one pair of markers for example X1Y1 sets the source for the other for example X2Y2 If the marker mode is currently WAVeform the X1Y1 source can be set separate from the X2Y2 source If MARKer MODE is set to OFF or MANual setting MEASure SOURce to CHANnel n FUNCtion MATH or WMEMory r will also set MARKer X1Y1source and MARKer X2Y2source to this value Query Syntax MARKer X1...

Page 397: ...RKer XUNits command Query Syntax MARKer X2Position The MARKer X2Position query returns current X2 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure TSTOp command query Return Format position NL position X2 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X1Position on page 395 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MARKe...

Page 398: ...de Setting the source for one pair of markers for example X2Y2 sets the source for the other for example X1Y1 If the marker mode is currently WAVeform the X2Y2 source can be set separate from the X1Y1 source If MARKer MODE is set to OFF or MANual setting MEASure SOURce to CHANnel n FUNCtion MATH or WMEMory r will also set MARKer X1Y1source and MARKer X2Y2source to this value Query Syntax MARKer X2...

Page 399: ...ts are set by the MARKer XUNits command Return Format value NL value difference value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X1Position on page 395 MARKer X2Position on page 397 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MARKer XUNits on page 400 NOTE If the front panel cursors are off the marker position values are not de...

Page 400: ... 360 degrees PERCent for making ratio measurements Use the MARKer XUNits USE command to set the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent Changing X units affects the input and output values of the MARKer X1Position MARKer X2Position and MARKer XDELta commands queries Query Syntax MARKer XUNits The MARKer XUNits query returns the current X cursors units Return For...

Page 401: ... MARKer XUNits USE command sets the current X1 location as 0 percent and the current X2 location as 100 percent Once the 0 and 360 degree or 0 and 100 percent locations are set inputs to and outputs from the MARKer X1Position MARKer X2Position and MARKer XDELta commands queries are relative to the set locations See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer XUNits on page 400 MARKer X...

Page 402: ...ons cannot be set Query Syntax MARKer Y1Position The MARKer Y1Position query returns current Y1 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure VSTArt command query Return Format position NL position Y1 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MARKer...

Page 403: ...ions cannot be set Query Syntax MARKer Y2Position The MARKer Y2Position query returns current Y2 cursor position This is functionally equivalent to the obsolete MEASure VSTOp command query Return Format position NL position Y2 cursor position in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MARKer...

Page 404: ... MARKer YUNits command Return Format value NL value difference value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer MODE on page 394 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MARKer Y1Position on page 402 MARKer Y2Position on page 403 MARKer YUNits on page 405 NOTE If the front panel cursors are off or are set to Binary or Hex Mode the marker position v...

Page 405: ...current Y1 location as 0 percent and the current Y2 location as 100 percent Changing Y units affects the input and output values of the MARKer Y1Position MARKer Y2Position and MARKer YDELta commands queries Query Syntax MARKer YUNits The MARKer YUNits query returns the current Y cursors units Return Format units NL units BASE PERC See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer YUNits ...

Page 406: ...nd the current Y2 location as 100 percent Once the 0 and 100 percent locations are set inputs to and outputs from the MARKer Y1Position MARKer Y2Position and MARKer YDELta commands queries are relative to the set locations See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 MARKer YUNits on page 405 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MEASure SOURce on page 458 MARKer Y1Po...

Page 407: ...see page 423 MEASure AREa interval source see page 423 interval CYCLe DISPlay source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value area in volt seconds NR3 format MEASure BWIDth source see page 424 MEASure BWIDth source see page 424 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in...

Page 408: ...hreshold spec see page 427 MEASure DEFine THResholds see page 428 threshold spec STANdard threshold mode upper middle lower threshold mode PERCent ABSolute MEASure DELay source1 source2 see page 430 MEASure DELay source1 source2 see page 430 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value float...

Page 409: ... source1 source2 see page 435 MEASure DUAL VBASe source1 source2 see page 435 source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format base_voltage voltage at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 436 MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 see page 436 source1 source2 CHANnel n with N2820A probe connected n 1 to analog...

Page 410: ...igital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value ratio of positive pulse width to period in NR3 format MEASure FALLtime source see page 439 MEASure FALLtime source see page 439 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 t...

Page 411: ..._value frequency in Hertz in NR3 format MEASure NEDGes source see page 441 MEASure NEDGes source see page 441 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the falling edge count in NR3 format MEASure NPULses source see page 442 MEASure NPULses source see page 442 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MAT...

Page 412: ...th in seconds NR3 format MEASure OVERshoot source see page 444 MEASure OVERshoot source see page 444 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the percent of the overshoot of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure PEDGes source see page 446 MEASure PEDGes source see page 446 source CHAN...

Page 413: ...d in seconds in NR3 format MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 448 MEASure PHASe source1 source2 see page 448 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the phase angle value in degrees in NR3 format MEASure PPULses source see page 449 MEASure PPULses source see page 449 source CHANnel ...

Page 414: ...s source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value width of positive pulse in seconds in NR3 format n a MEASure RESults result_list see page 452 result_list comma separated list of measurement results MEASure RISetime source see page ...

Page 415: ...e 458 source1 2 CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal for DSO models source1 2 CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r EXTernal for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format return_value source NONE MEASure STATistics type see page 460 MEASure STATistics see page 460 type ON 1 CURR...

Page 416: ... SDeviation see page 465 0 1 n a MEASure TEDGe slope occurrence source see page 466 slope direction of the waveform occurrence the transition to be reported source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format d 0 to digital channe...

Page 417: ... return_value time in seconds of specified voltage crossing in NR3 format MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 471 MEASure VAMPlitude source see page 471 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the amplitude of the selected waveform in volts in NR3 format MEASure VAVerage interval source see...

Page 418: ...mat r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value maximum voltage of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VMIN source see page 475 MEASure VMIN source see page 475 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value minimum voltage of the selected waveform in NR3 format MEASure VPP source see...

Page 419: ...YCLe DISPlay type AC DC source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value calculated dc RMS voltage in NR3 format n a MEASure VTIMe vtime source see page 479 vtime displayed time from trigger in seconds in NR3 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGita...

Page 420: ...R1 format return_value voltage at the top of the waveform in NR3 format MEASure WINDow type see page 481 MEASure WINDow see page 481 type MAIN ZOOM AUTO GATE MEASure XMAX source see page 482 MEASure XMAX source see page 482 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value horizontal value of the ma...

Page 421: ...eep When the command form is used the measurement result is displayed on the instrument When the query form of these measurements is used the measurement is made one time and the measurement result is returned over the bus Measurements are made on the displayed waveforms specified by the MEASure SOURce command The MATH source is an alias for the FUNCtion source Not all measurements are available o...

Page 422: ... X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 21 MEASure Commands MEASure ALL see page 1208 Command Syntax MEASure ALL This command installs a Snapshot All measurement on the screen See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 ...

Page 423: ...n screen Area measurements show the area between the waveform and the ground level The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied Query Syntax MEASure AREa interval source The MEASure AREa query measures and returns the area value Return Format value NL value the area value in volt...

Page 424: ...measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current measurement source is used Query Syntax MEASure BWIDth source The MEASure BWIDth query measures and returns the width of the burst on the screen The burst width is calculated as follows burst width last edge on screen first edge on screen Return Format value NL value burst width in seconds in NR3 format See Also In...

Page 425: ...sion 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 425 MEASure CLEar see page 1208 Command Syntax MEASure CLEar This command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 ...

Page 426: ...ly adjusted to be 100 ms or twice the current time window whichever is longer up to 1 second The counter measurement can measure frequencies up to 125 MHz The minimum frequency supported is 1 2 X gate time The Y cursor shows the the edge threshold level used in the measurement Only one counter measurement may be displayed at a time Query Syntax MEASure COUNter source The MEASure COUNter query meas...

Page 427: ...identifies which measurement results that can be affected by redefining the DELay specification or the THResholds values For example changing the THResholds definition from the default 10 50 and 90 values may change the returned measurement result MEASure DEFine DELay Command Syntax MEASure DEFine DELay delay spec delay spec edge_spec1 edge_spec2 edge_spec1 slope occurrence edge_spec2 slope occurr...

Page 428: ... middle and upper measurement thresholds to 10 50 and 90 values between Vbase and Vtop Threshold mode PERCent sets the measurement thresholds to any user defined percentages between 5 and 95 of values between Vbase and Vtop Threshold mode ABSolute sets the measurement thresholds to absolute values ABSolute thresholds are dependent on channel scaling CHANnel n RANGe or CHANnel n SCALe on page 280 C...

Page 429: ...wer threshold percentage values between Vbase and Vtop in NR3 format for meas_spec THResholds and threshold mode ABSolute THR ABS upper middle lower NL upper middle lower A number specifying the upper middle and lower threshold voltages in NR3 format for threshold spec STANdard THR PERC 90 0 50 0 10 0 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure DELay on page 430 MEASure SOURce on...

Page 430: ...meters are selected using the MEASure DEFine command Also in the MEASure DEFine command you can set upper middle and lower threshold values It is the middle threshold value that is used when performing the delay query The standard upper middle and lower NOTE The MEASure DELay command and the front panel delay measurement differ from the MEASure DELay query The delay command or front panel measurem...

Page 431: ... and Vtop If you want to move the delay measurement point nearer to Vtop or Vbase you must change the threshold values with the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Return Format value NL value floating point number delay time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure DEFine on page 427 MEASure PHASe on page 448 ...

Page 432: ...e DUAL CHARge command installs a charge measurement on screen Charge measurements show the area between the waveform and the ground level The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Qu...

Page 433: ...ure DUAL VAMPlitude command installs a screen measurement and starts a vertical amplitude measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VAMPlitude query measures and returns the vertical amplitude of the waveform To determine the amplitude the instrument measures Vtop ...

Page 434: ...hannels in NR1 format The MEASure DUAL VAVerage command installs a screen measurement and starts an average value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax M...

Page 435: ...rmat The MEASure DUAL VBASe command installs a screen measurement and starts a waveform base value measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VBASe source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VBASe query returns the vertical value at the base of the waveform The base value of a pulse is normally not the same as the mini...

Page 436: ...tical peak to peak measurement If the optional source parameter s are specified the currently specified source s are modified Query Syntax MEASure DUAL VPP source1 source2 The MEASure DUAL VPP query measures the maximum and minimum vertical value for the selected source then calculates the vertical peak to peak value and returns that value The peak to peak value Vpp is calculated with the followin...

Page 437: ...s a screen measurement and starts an RMS value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied The type option lets you choose between a DC RMS measurement and an AC RMS measurement If type is not specified DC is implied If the optional source parameter s are specified t...

Page 438: ...d Query Syntax MEASure DUTYcycle source The MEASure DUTYcycle query measures and outputs the duty cycle of the signal specified by the MEASure SOURce command The value returned for the duty cycle is the ratio of the positive pulse width to the period The positive pulse width and the period of the specified signal are measured then the duty cycle is calculated with the following formula duty cycle ...

Page 439: ...the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure FALLtime source The MEASure FALLtime query measures and outputs the fall time of the displayed falling negative going edge closest to the trigger reference The fall time is determined by measuring the time at the upper threshold of the falling edge then measuring the time at the lower threshold of the falling edge and calculating the fall time wi...

Page 440: ...ce parameter is specified the current source is modified IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger reference is rising THEN frequency 1 time at trailing rising edge time at leading rising edge ELSE frequency 1 time at trailing falling edge time at leading falling edge Query Syntax MEASure FREQuency source The MEASure FREQuency query measures and outputs the frequency of the cycle on the scr...

Page 441: ...The MEASure NEDGes command installs a falling edge count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure NEDGes source The MEASure NEDGes query measures and returns the on screen falling edge count Return Format value NL value the falling edge count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASur...

Page 442: ... MEASure NPULses command installs a falling pulse count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure NPULses source The MEASure NPULses query measures and returns the on screen falling pulse count Return Format value NL value the falling pulse count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEA...

Page 443: ...t If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure NWIDth source The MEASure NWIDth query measures and outputs the width of the negative pulse on the screen closest to the trigger reference using the midpoint between the upper and lower thresholds FOR the negative pulse closest to the trigger point width time at trailing rising edge time at lead...

Page 444: ...cal value measurements Vtop Vbase and either Vmax or Vmin depending on whether the edge is rising or falling For a rising edge overshoot Vmax Vtop Vtop Vbase x 100 For a falling edge overshoot Vbase Vmin Vtop Vbase x 100 Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform vertical values The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the waveform interval right after the chosen edge hal...

Page 445: ...ommands 21 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 445 MEASure SOURce on page 458 MEASure VMAX on page 474 MEASure VTOP on page 480 MEASure VBASe on page 473 MEASure VMIN on page 475 ...

Page 446: ... The MEASure PEDGes command installs a rising edge count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure PEDGes source The MEASure NEDGes query measures and returns the on screen rising edge count Return Format value NL value the rising edge count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure ...

Page 447: ...y Syntax MEASure PERiod source The MEASure PERiod query measures and outputs the period of the cycle closest to the trigger reference on the screen The period is measured at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds IF the edge closest to the trigger reference on screen is rising THEN period time at trailing rising edge time at leading rising edge ELSE period time at trailing falling edge tim...

Page 448: ...eturns the phase between the specified sources A phase measurement is a combination of the period and delay measurements First the period is measured on source1 Then the delay is measured between source1 and source2 The edges used for delay are the source1 rising edge used for the period measurement closest to the horizontal reference and the rising edge on source 2 See MEASure DELay for more deta...

Page 449: ...he MEASure PPULses command installs a rising pulse count measurement on screen If the optional source parameter is not specified the current source is measured Query Syntax MEASure PPULses source The MEASure PPULses query measures and returns the on screen rising pulse count Return Format value NL value the rising pulse count in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEAS...

Page 450: ...op Vbase and either Vmin or Vmax depending on whether the edge is rising or falling For a rising edge preshoot Vmin Vbase Vtop Vbase x 100 For a falling edge preshoot Vmax Vtop Vtop Vbase x 100 Vtop and Vbase are taken from the normal histogram of all waveform vertical values The extremum of Vmax or Vmin is taken from the waveform interval right before the chosen edge halfway back to the previous ...

Page 451: ...ed the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure PWIDth source The MEASure PWIDth query measures and outputs the width of the displayed positive pulse closest to the trigger reference Pulse width is measured at the midpoint of the upper and lower thresholds IF the edge on the screen closest to the trigger is falling THEN width time at trailing falling edge time at leading rising edge ELSE wi...

Page 452: ...e count for any of the measurements is 0 the value of infinity 9 9E 37 is returned for the min max mean and standard deviation Return Format result_list NL result_list comma separated list of measurement results The following shows the order of values received for a single measurement if MEASure STATistics is set to ON Measurement label current min max mean std dev and count are only returned if M...

Page 453: ...ency MeasurementArray 1 DUTYcycle MeasurementArray 2 VAMPlitude MeasurementArray 3 VPP Dim Measurement As Variant For Each Measurement In MeasurementArray myScope WriteString MEASure Measurement myScope WriteString MEASure Measurement varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read measurement value Debug Print Measurement FormatNumber varQueryResult 4 Next myScope WriteString MEASure STATistics RESet Rese...

Page 454: ...All statistics For Each ValueColumn In ValueColumnArray If VarType ResultsList intCounter vbString Then Debug Print Measure statistics result CH1 _ Measurement ValueColumn _ FormatNumber ResultsList intCounter 4 Else Result is a string e g measurement label Debug Print Measure statistics result CH1 _ Measurement ValueColumn _ ResultsList intCounter End If intCounter intCounter 1 Next Else Specific...

Page 455: ... outputs the rise time of the displayed rising positive going edge closest to the trigger reference For maximum measurement accuracy set the sweep speed as fast as possible while leaving the leading edge of the waveform on the display The rise time is determined by measuring the time at the lower threshold of the rising edge and the time at the upper threshold of the rising edge then calculating t...

Page 456: ...urce parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure SDEViation source The MEASure SDEViation query measures and outputs the std deviation of the selected waveform The oscilloscope computes the std deviation on all displayed data points Return Format value NL value calculated std deviation value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure ...

Page 457: ...FF 1 ON The MEASure SHOW command enables markers for tracking measurements on the display Query Syntax MEASure SHOW The MEASure SHOW query returns the current state of the markers This can return OFF when MARKer MODE selects a mode other than MEASurement Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer MODE on page 394 ...

Page 458: ... new value If MARKer MODE is set to OFF or MANual setting MEASure SOURce to CHANnel n FUNCtion or MATH will also set MARKer X1Y1source to source1 and MARKer X2Y2source to source2 EXTernal is only a valid source for the counter measurement and source1 Query Syntax MEASure SOURce The MEASure SOURce query returns the current source selections If source2 is not specified the query returns NONE for sou...

Page 459: ...ry for duty cycle varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read duty cycle MsgBox Duty cycle vbCrLf _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 3 myScope WriteString MEASURE RISETIME Query for risetime varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read risetime MsgBox Risetime vbCrLf _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 1000000 4 us myScope WriteString MEASURE VPP Query for Pk to Pk voltage varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read VPP Msg...

Page 460: ...formation returned by the MEASure RESults query ON means all the statistics are on Query Syntax MEASure STATistics The MEASure STATistics query returns the current statistics mode Return Format type NL type ON CURR MIN MAX MEAN STDD COUN See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure RESults on page 452 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 461 MEASure STATistics RESet on page 464 MEAS...

Page 461: ...ay of the measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics DISPlay The MEASure STATistics DISPlay query returns the state of the measurement statistics display Return Format 0 1 NL See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure RESults on page 452 MEASure STATistics on page 460 MEASure STATistics MCOunt on page 463 MEASure STATistics RESet on page 464 MEASure STATistics INCRem...

Page 462: ...and lets you for example gather statistics over multiple pulses captured in a single acquisition To do this change the horizontal position and enter the command for each new pulse that is measured This command is only allowed when the oscilloscope is stopped and quick measurements are on The command is allowed in segmented acquisition mode even though the corresponding front panel softkey is not a...

Page 463: ... used when calculating measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics MCOunt The MEASure STATistics MCOunt query returns the current measurement statistics max count setting Return Format setting NL setting INF count count 2 to 2000 See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure RESults on page 452 MEASure STATistics on page 460 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 461 MEASure...

Page 464: ...RESet This command resets the measurement statistics zeroing the counts Note that the measurement statistics configuration is not deleted See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure STATistics on page 460 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 461 MEASure RESults on page 452 MEASure STATistics INCRement on page 462 Example Code Example Code on page 452 ...

Page 465: ...hat is standard deviation mean in the measurement statistics Query Syntax MEASure STATistics RSDeviation The MEASure STATistics RSDeviation query returns the current relative standard deviation setting Return Format 0 1 NL See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure RESults on page 452 MEASure STATistics on page 460 MEASure STATistics DISPlay on page 461 MEASure STATistics MCOunt...

Page 466: ...is returned as the response to the query The sign of the slope selects a rising or falling edge If no sign is specified for the slope it is assumed to be the rising edge The magnitude of occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported For example 3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses the midpoint threshold in the positive direction Once this crossing is found the oscilloscope...

Page 467: ...n ch2 myScope WriteString MEASURE TEDGE 1 CHAN2 Read time at edge 1 on ch 2 dblChan2Edge1 myScope ReadNumber Calculate delay time between ch1 and ch2 dblDelay dblChan2Edge1 dblChan1Edge1 Write calculated delay time to screen MsgBox Delay vbCrLf CStr dblDelay Make a phase difference measurement between channel 1 and 2 Query time at 1st rising edge on ch1 myScope WriteString MEASURE TEDGE 2 CHAN1 Re...

Page 468: ...468 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 21 MEASure Commands MEASure TVALue on page 469 MEASure VTIMe on page 479 ...

Page 469: ...the trigger event and this defined occurrence is returned as the response to the query The specified value can be negative or positive To specify a negative value use a minus sign The sign of the slope selects a rising or falling edge If no sign is specified for the slope it is assumed to be the rising edge The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported For example 3 returns...

Page 470: ...lloscopes Programmer s Guide 21 MEASure Commands Return Format value NL value time in seconds of the specified value crossing in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure TEDGe on page 466 MEASure VTIMe on page 479 ...

Page 471: ...ude measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VAMPlitude source The MEASure VAMPlitude query measures and returns the vertical amplitude of the waveform To determine the amplitude the instrument measures Vtop and Vbase then calculates the amplitude as follows vertical amplitude Vtop Vbase Return Format value NL value the amplitude...

Page 472: ... measurement and starts an average value measurement The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VAVerage interval source The MEASure VAVerage query returns the average value of an ...

Page 473: ... the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VBASe source The MEASure VBASe query returns the vertical value at the base of the waveform The base value of a pulse is normally not the same as the minimum value Return Format base_voltage NL base_voltage value at the base of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Command...

Page 474: ...lls a screen measurement and starts a maximum vertical value measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VMAX source The MEASure VMAX query measures and outputs the maximum vertical value present on the selected waveform Return Format value NL value maximum vertical value of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction ...

Page 475: ...a screen measurement and starts a minimum vertical value measurement If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VMIN source The MEASure VMIN query measures and outputs the minimum vertical value present on the selected waveform Return Format value NL value minimum vertical value of the selected waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction to M...

Page 476: ...ied the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VPP source The MEASure VPP query measures the maximum and minimum vertical value for the selected source then calculates the vertical peak to peak value and returns that value The peak to peak value Vpp is calculated with the following formula Vpp Vmax Vmin Vmax and Vmin are the vertical maximum and minimum values present on the selected sour...

Page 477: ... the ACRMS value of source1 to that of source2 expressed in dB The interval option lets you specify the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied Query Syntax MEASure VRATio interval source1 source2 The MEASure VRATio query measures and returns the ratio of AC RMS values of the specified sources expressed as dB Retur...

Page 478: ...y the measurement interval either an integral number of cycles or the full screen If interval is not specified DISPlay is implied The type option lets you choose between a DC RMS measurement and an AC RMS measurement If type is not specified DC is implied If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure VRMS interval type source The MEASure VRMS que...

Page 479: ...at m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The MEASure VTIMe query returns the value at a specified time on the source specified with MEASure SOURce The specified time must be on the screen and is referenced to the trigger event If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Return Format value NL value value at the specified time in NR3 format See Also...

Page 480: ...d starts a waveform top value measurement Query Syntax MEASure VTOP source The MEASure VTOP query returns the vertical value at the top of the waveform The top value of the pulse is normally not the same as the maximum value Return Format value NL value vertical value at the top of the waveform in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure SOURce on page 458 MEASure V...

Page 481: ...indow ZOOM the measurement window is the lower Zoom window AUTO when the zoomed time base is displayed the measurement is attempted in the lower Zoom window if it cannot be made there or if the zoomed time base is not displayed the Main window is used GATE the measurement window is between the X1 and X2 cursors When the zoomed time base is displayed the X1 and X2 cursors in the Zoom window portion...

Page 482: ...nt on the selected window If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure XMAX source The MEASure XMAX query measures and returns the horizontal axis value at which the maximum vertical value occurs If the optional source is specified the current source is modified If all channels are off the query returns 9 9E 37 Return Format value NL value horiz...

Page 483: ...nt on the selected window If the optional source parameter is specified the current source is modified Query Syntax MEASure XMIN source The MEASure XMIN query measures and returns the horizontal axis value at which the minimum vertical value occurs If the optional source is specified the current source is modified If all channels are off the query returns 9 9E 37 Return Format value NL value horiz...

Page 484: ...484 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 21 MEASure Commands ...

Page 485: ...n NR3 format MEASure APParent source1 source2 see page 490 MEASure APParent source1 source2 see page 490 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the apparent power value in NR3 format MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page 491 MEASure CPLoss source1 source2 see page 491 source1 source2 source1 FUNCtion m MATH m source2 CHANnel n m 1 4 in NR1 format n 1 to analo...

Page 486: ... analog channels in NR1 format return_value the power factor value in NR3 format MEASure IPOWer see page 496 MEASure IPOWer see page 496 return_value the input power value in NR3 format MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 see page 497 MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 see page 497 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the time in seconds in NR3 format MEASure ONTime...

Page 487: ...MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the power loss value in NR3 format MEASure REACtive source1 source2 see page 502 MEASure REACtive source1 source2 see page 502 source1 source2 CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format return_value the reactive power value in NR3 format MEASure REAL source see page 503 MEA...

Page 488: ... to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value the output ripple value in NR3 format MEASure TRESponse source see page 505 MEASure TRESponse source see page 505 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format return_value time in seconds for the overshoot to settle back into the band in NR3 format Table 97 MEASu...

Page 489: ...e sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Phase angle is a measure of power quality In the power triangle the right triangle where apparent_power2 real_power2 reactive_power2 phase angle is the angle between the apparent power and the real power indicating the amount of reactive power Small phase angles equate to less reactive power Query Syntax MEASure ANGLe source1 source2 Th...

Page 490: ... probing voltage and the source2 parameter is the channel probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Apparent power is a measure of power quality It is the portion of AC line power flow due to stored energy which returns to the source in each cycle IRMS VRMS Query Syntax MEASure APParent source1 source2 The MEASure APParent query returns the measured apparent...

Page 491: ...t represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power loss per cycle is Pn Vdsn Idn Time range of zoom window Counter measurement of the voltage of the switching signal where n is each sample This measurement operates when in zoom mode and the counter measurement is installed on the voltage of the switching signal Query Syntax MEASure CPLoss sourc...

Page 492: ...s the channel probing current or voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Crest factor is a measure of power quality It is the ratio between the instantaneous peak AC line current or voltage required by the load and the RMS current or voltage For example Ipeak IRMS or Vpeak VRMS Query Syntax MEASure CRESt source The MEASure CRESt query returns the measured crest fact...

Page 493: ...ent output voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure EFFiciency The MEASure EFFiciency query returns the measured efficiency as a percent value Return Format return_value NL return_value percent value in NR3...

Page 494: ...nd installs an energy loss measurement on screen The source parameter is typically a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Energy loss Vdsn Idn sample size where n is each sample Query Syntax MEASure ELOSs source The MEASure ELOSs query returns the switching loss in joules Return Format return_...

Page 495: ... the channel probing voltage and the source2 parameter is the channel probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power factor is a measure of power quality It is the ratio of the actual AC line power to the apparent power Real Power Apparent Power Query Syntax MEASure FACTor source1 source2 The MEASure FACTor query returns the measured power factor Return For...

Page 496: ... voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure IPOWer The MEASure IPOWer query returns the measured input power Return Format return_value NL return_value the input power value in NR3 format See Also POWer SIGNa...

Page 497: ...the input AC Voltage last falls to 10 of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage last falls to 10 of its maximum amplitude The source1 parameter is the AC Voltage and the source2 parameter is the DC Voltage These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Query Syntax MEASure OFFTime source1 source2 The MEASure OFFTime query returns the measured turn off time ...

Page 498: ...the input AC Voltage first rises to 10 of its maximum amplitude to the time when the output DC Voltage rises to 90 of its maximum amplitude The source1 parameter is the AC Voltage and the source2 parameter is the DC Voltage These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Query Syntax MEASure ONTime source1 source2 The MEASure ONTime query returns the measured turn off time Return...

Page 499: ... voltage and output current using the POWer SIGNals SOURce VOLTage i and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent i commands and you must perform the automated signals setup using the POWer SIGNals AUTosetup EFFiciency command Query Syntax MEASure OPOWer The MEASure OPOWer query returns the measured output power Return Format return_value NL return_value the output power value in NR3 format See Also POWer SIG...

Page 500: ...MEASure PCURrent command installs a peak current measurement on screen The source parameter is the channel probing the current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command This command measures the peak current when the power supply first turned on Query Syntax MEASure PCURrent source The MEASure PCURrent query returns the measured peak current Return Format return_value NL retu...

Page 501: ... command installs a power loss measurement on screen The source parameter is typically a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Power loss is Pn Vdsn Idn where n is each sample Query Syntax MEASure PLOSs source The MEASure PLOSs query returns the switching loss in watts Return Format return_valu...

Page 502: ...l probing current These sources can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Reactive power is a measure of power quality It is the difference between apparent power and real power due to reactance Using the power triangle the right triangle where apparent_power2 real_power2 reactive_power2 Reactive power is measured in VAR Volts Amps Reactive Query Syntax MEASure REACtive source1 source2 T...

Page 503: ... a math multiply waveform or other waveform that represents power voltage current This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Real power is a measure of power quality It is the portion of power flow that averaged over a complete cycle of the AC waveform results in net transfer of energy in one direction Query Syntax MEASure REAL source The MEASure REAL query returns the measure...

Page 504: ...s in NR1 format The MEASure RIPPle command installs an output ripple measurement on screen The source parameter is the channel probing the output voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Output ripple is Vmax Vmin Query Syntax MEASure RIPPle source The MEASure RIPPle query returns the measured output ripple Return Format return_value NL return_value the output ripple...

Page 505: ...er is the channel probing the output voltage This source can also be specified by the MEASure SOURce command Transient response time t2 t1 where t1 The first time a voltage waveform exits the settling band t2 The last time it enters into the settling band Settling band overshoot of the steady state output voltage Query Syntax MEASure TRESponse source The MEASure TRESponse query returns the measure...

Page 506: ...506 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 22 MEASure Power Commands ...

Page 507: ...dels n 1 2 for 2ch models MTESt AMASk UNITs units see page 515 MTESt AMASk UNITs see page 515 units CURRent DIVisions MTESt AMASk XDELta value see page 516 MTESt AMASk XDELta see page 516 value X delta value in NR3 format MTESt AMASk YDELta value see page 517 MTESt AMASk YDELta see page 517 value Y delta value in NR3 format n a MTESt COUNt FWAVefor ms CHANnel n see page 518 failed number of failed...

Page 508: ...ACTion SAVE 0 OFF 1 ON see page 529 MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE see page 529 0 1 MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP 0 OFF 1 ON see page 530 MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP see page 530 0 1 MTESt RMODe SIGMa level see page 531 MTESt RMODe SIGMa see page 531 level from 0 1 to 9 3 in NR3 format MTESt RMODe TIME seconds see page 532 MTESt RMODe TIME see page 532 seconds from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format MTESt RMODe WAVeform ...

Page 509: ...00 Y2 3 00000E 00 BIND 0 MTES RMOD FOR RMOD TIME 1E 00 WAV 1000 SIGM 6 0E 00 MTES RMOD FACT STOP 0 PRIN 0 SAVE 0 Example Code Mask testing commands example Option Explicit Public myMgr As VisaComLib ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String MTESt SCALe XDELta xdelta_value see page 536 MTESt SCALe XDELta see page 536...

Page 510: ...yScope ReadNumber Debug Print Mask test termination test sigma _ FormatNumber varQueryResult Use auto mask to create mask myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk SOURce CHANnel1 myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk SOURce strQueryResult myScope ReadString Debug Print Mask test auto mask source strQueryResult myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk UNITs DIVisions myScope WriteString MTESt AMASk UNITs strQueryResult my...

Page 511: ...for RUN bit stopped mask test termination lngElapsed 0 Do While lngElapsed lngTimeout myScope WriteString OPERegister CONDition varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Operation Status Condition Register RUN bit bit 3 H8 If varQueryResult And H8 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get total waveforms failed waveforms and test time m...

Page 512: ...he MTESt ALL command specifies the channel s that are included in the mask test ON All displayed analog channels are included in the mask test OFF Just the selected source channel is included in the test Query Syntax MTESt ENABle The MTESt ENABle query returns the current setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 ...

Page 513: ...a and MTESt AMASk UNITs commands The mask only encompasses the portion of the waveform visible on the display so you must ensure that the waveform is acquired and displayed consistently to obtain repeatable results The MTESt SOURce command selects the channel and should be set before using this command See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AMASk XDELta on page 516 MTESt AMASk Y...

Page 514: ...channel units as set by the CHANnel n UNITs command of the selected source Suppose that UNITs are CURRent and that you set SOURce to CHANNEL1 which is using units of volts Then you can define AMASk XDELta in terms of volts and AMASk YDELta in terms of seconds This command is the same as the MTESt SOURce command Query Syntax MTESt AMASk SOURce The MTESt AMASk SOURce query returns the currently set ...

Page 515: ...t subsystem uses the graticule as the measurement system so tolerance settings are specified as parts of a screen division The mask test subsystem maintains separate XDELta and YDELta settings for CURRent and DIVisions Thus XDELta and YDELta are not converted to new values when the UNITs setting is changed Query Syntax MTESt AMASk UNITs The MTESt AMASk UNITs query returns the current measurement u...

Page 516: ...tting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is CURRent and the current setting specifies time in the horizontal direction the tolerance will be 250 ms If the setting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is DIVisions the same X delta value will set the tolerance to 250 millidivisions or 1 4 of a division Query Syntax MTESt AMASk XDELta The MTEST AMASk XDELta query returns the current setting of the ΔX tolerance for automasking I...

Page 517: ...or MTESt AMASk UNITs is CURRent and the current setting specifies voltage in the vertical direction the tolerance will be 250 mV If the setting for MTESt AMASk UNITs is DIVisions the same Y delta value will set the tolerance to 250 millidivisions or 1 4 of a division Query Syntax MTESt AMASk YDELta The MTESt AMASk YDELta query returns the current setting of the ΔY tolerance for automasking If your...

Page 518: ...rent mask test run This count is for all regions and all waveforms collected on the channel specified by the optional parameter or collected on the currently specified source channel MTESt SOURce if there is no parameter Return Format failed NL failed number of failed waveforms in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 521 MTESt COUNt TIME on p...

Page 519: ... Guide 519 MTESt COUNt RESet see page 1208 Command Syntax MTESt COUNt RESet The MTESt COUNt RESet command resets the mask statistics See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 521 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 518 MTESt COUNt TIME on page 520 ...

Page 520: ...St COUNt TIME The MTESt COUNt TIME query returns the elapsed time in the current mask test run Return Format time NL time elapsed seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt COUNt WAVeforms on page 521 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 518 MTESt COUNt RESet on page 519 Example Code Example Code on page 509 ...

Page 521: ...orms The MTESt COUNt WAVeforms query returns the total number of waveforms acquired in the current mask test run Return Format count NL count number of waveforms in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt COUNt FWAVeforms on page 518 MTESt COUNt TIME on page 520 MTESt COUNt RESet on page 519 Example Code Example Code on page 509 ...

Page 522: ...8 2 format The MTESt DATA command loads a mask from binary block data Query Syntax MTESt DATA The MTESt DATA query returns a mask in binary block data format The format for the data transmission is the format defined in the IEEE 488 2 specification Return Format mask NL mask binary block data in IEEE 488 2 format See Also SAVE MASK STARt on page 633 RECall MASK STARt on page 617 ...

Page 523: ...00 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 523 MTESt DELete see page 1208 Command Syntax MTESt DELete The MTESt DELete command clears the currently loaded mask See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AMASk CREate on page 513 ...

Page 524: ... on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The MTESt ENABle command enables or disables the mask test features ON Enables the mask test features OFF Disables the mask test features Query Syntax MTESt ENABle The MTESt ENABle query returns the current state of mask test features Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 ...

Page 525: ...r disables the mask lock feature ON Locks a mask to the SOURce As the vertical or horizontal scaling or position of the SOURce changes the mask is redrawn accordingly OFF The mask is static and does not move Query Syntax MTESt LOCK The MTESt LOCK query returns the current mask lock setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt SOURce on page 5...

Page 526: ... page 531 command TIME the mask test runs for a fixed amount of time The amount of time is set by the MTESt RMODe TIME on page 532 command WAVeforms the mask test runs until a fixed number of waveforms are acquired The number of waveforms is set by the MTESt RMODe WAVeforms on page 533 command Query Syntax MTESt RMODe The MTESt RMODe query returns the currently set termination condition Return For...

Page 527: ...stics run only on waveforms that contain a mask violation passing waveforms do not affect measurements and measurement statistics This mode is not available when the acquisition mode is set to Averaging Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure The MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure query returns the current mask failure measure setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Com...

Page 528: ... starting on page 369 for more information on setting the hardcopy device and formatting options Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion PRINt The MTESt RMODe FACTion PRINt query returns the current mask failure print setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure on page 527 MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE on page 529 MTESt RMODe FACTi...

Page 529: ...27 SAVE Commands starting on page 621 for more information on save options Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE The MTESt RMODe FACTion SAVE query returns the current mask failure save setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure on page 527 MTESt RMODe FACTion PRINt on page 528 MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP on page 530 NOTE...

Page 530: ...failure on or off When this setting is ON and a mask violation is detected the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped Query Syntax MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP The MTESt RMODe FACTion STOP query returns the current mask failure stop setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt RMODe FACTion MEASure on page 527 MTESt RMODe FACT...

Page 531: ... Test sigma is the best achievable process sigma assuming no failures Process sigma is calculated using the number of failures per test The test sigma level indirectly specifies the number of waveforms that must be tested in order to reach the sigma level Query Syntax MTESt RMODe SIGMa The MTESt RMODe SIGMa query returns the current Sigma level setting Return Format level NL level from 0 1 to 9 3 ...

Page 532: ...86400 in NR3 format When the MTESt RMODe command is set to TIME the MTESt RMODe TIME command sets the number of seconds for a mask test to run Query Syntax MTESt RMODe TIME The MTESt RMODe TIME query returns the number of seconds currently set Return Format seconds NL seconds from 1 to 86400 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt RMODe on page 526 ...

Page 533: ...000 000 When the MTESt RMODe command is set to WAVeforms the MTESt RMODe WAVeforms command sets the number of waveform acquisitions that are mask tested Query Syntax MTESt RMODe WAVeforms The MTESt RMODe WAVeforms query returns the number of waveforms currently set Return Format count NL count number of waveforms in NR1 format from 1 to 2 000 000 000 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page...

Page 534: ...and the 0 Level controls track each other Adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control shifts the position of the mask up or down without changing its size OFF If the Bind 1 0 Levels control is disabled adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control changes the vertical height of the mask If the Bind 1 0 Levels control is disabled adjusting either the 1 Level or the 0 Level control cha...

Page 535: ...0 ms an X value of 0 100 is a vertex at 110 ms The oscilloscope uses this equation to normalize vertices This simplifies reprogramming to handle different data rates For example if you halve the period of the waveform of interest you need only to adjust the XDELta value to set up the mask for the new waveform The X1 value is a time value specifying the location of the X1 coordinate which will then...

Page 536: ...s it is best if you define XDELta as a pulse width or bit period Then a change in data rate without corresponding changes in the waveform can easily be handled by changing ΔX The X coordinate of polygon vertices is normalized using this equation X X ΔX X1 The X delta value is a time value specifying the distance of the X2 marker with respect to the X1 marker For example if the period of the wavefo...

Page 537: ... the boundaries set by SCALe Y1 and SCALe Y2 according to the equation Y Y Y2 Y1 Y1 Thus if you set Y1 to 100 mV and Y2 to 1 V a Y value of 0 100 in a vertex is at 190 mV The Y1 value is a voltage value specifying the point at which Y 0 Query Syntax MTESt SCALe Y1 The MTESt SCALe Y1 query returns the current setting of the Y1 marker Return Format y1_value NL y1_value Y1 value in NR3 format See Als...

Page 538: ...daries defined by SCALe Y1 and SCALe Y2 according to the following equation Y Y Y2 Y1 Y1 Thus if you set Y1 to 100 mV and Y2 to 1 V a Y value of 0 100 in a vertex is at 190 mV The Y2 value is a voltage value specifying the location of the Y2 marker Query Syntax MTESt SCALe Y2 The MTESt SCALe Y2 query returns the current setting of the Y2 marker Return Format y2_value NL y2_value Y2 value in NR3 fo...

Page 539: ...t SOURce command selects the channel which is configured by the commands contained in a mask file when it is loaded Query Syntax MTESt SOURce The MTESt SOURce query returns the channel which is configured by the commands contained in the current mask file Return Format source NL source CHAN n NONE n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AMASk ...

Page 540: ...y Syntax MTESt TITLe The MTESt TITLe query returns the mask title which is a string of up to 128 characters The title is displayed in the mask test dialog box and mask test tab when a mask file is loaded Return Format title NL title a string of up to 128 ASCII characters See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 ...

Page 541: ...tion for the POD subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the POD1 query In this case the query was issued following a RST command Table 99 POD n Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns POD n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 543 POD n DISPlay see page 543 0 1 n 1 2 in NR1 format POD n SIZE value see page 544 POD n SIZE see page 544 value SMALl MEDium LARGe POD n ...

Page 542: ...542 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 24 POD Commands POD1 DISP 0 THR 1 40E 00 ...

Page 543: ...command POD1 D0 D7 POD2 D8 D15 The POD n DISPlay command turns displaying of the specified group of channels on or off Query Syntax POD n DISPlay The POD n DISPlay query returns the current display setting of the specified group of channels Return Format display NL display 0 1 See Also Introduction to POD n Commands on page 541 DIGital d DISPlay on page 303 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 VIEW on pa...

Page 544: ... MEDium LARGe The POD n SIZE command specifies the size of digital channels on the display Sizes are set for all pods Therefore if you set the size on pod 1 for example the same size is set on pod 2 as well Query Syntax POD n SIZE The POD n SIZE query returns the digital channels size setting Return Format size_value NL size_value SMAL MED LARG See Also Introduction to POD n Commands on page 541 D...

Page 545: ...low below the threshold Query Syntax POD n THReshold The POD n THReshold query returns the threshold value for the specified group of channels Return Format threshold NL threshold Floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to POD n Commands on page 541 DIGital d THReshold on page 307 TRIGger EDGE LEVel on page 962 Example Code THRESHOLD This command is used to set the voltage thresh...

Page 546: ...0 7 to CMOS threshold myScope WriteString POD1 THRESHOLD CMOS Set channels 8 15 to 2 0 volts myScope WriteString POD2 THRESHOLD 2 0 Set external channel to TTL threshold short form myScope WriteString TRIG LEV TTL EXT See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 547: ... page 555 n a n a n a POWer HARMonics DATA see page 556 binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row POWer HARMonics DISP lay display see page 557 POWer HARMonics DISP lay see page 557 display TABLe BAR OFF n a POWer HARMonics FAIL count see page 558 count integer in NR1 format POWer HARMonics LINE frequency see page 559 POWer HARMonics LINE see page 559 frequency F50 F60...

Page 548: ...on TYP E see page 570 modulation VAVerage ACRMs VRATio PERiod FREQuency PWIDith NWIDth DUTYcycle RISetime FALLtime POWer ONOFf APPLy see page 571 n a n a POWer ONOFf EXIT see page 572 n a n a POWer ONOFf NEXT see page 573 n a n a POWer ONOFf TEST 0 OFF 1 ON see page 574 POWer ONOFf TEST see page 574 0 1 POWer PSRR APPLy see page 575 n a n a POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum value suffix see page 576 PO...

Page 549: ...ffix see page 584 POWer SIGNals DURati on EFFiciency see page 584 value value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on MODulation value suffix see page 585 POWer SIGNals DURati on MODulation see page 585 value value in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf OFF value suffix see page 586 POWer SIGNals DURati on ONOFf OFF see page 586 value value in NR3 format suff...

Page 550: ...ted input Voltage in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf OFF value suffix see page 595 POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf OFF see page 595 value Expected steady stage output Voltage value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf ON value suffix see page 596 POWer SIGNals VSTead y ONOFf ON see page 596 value Expected steady stage output Voltage value in NR3 format suffix V m...

Page 551: ...format suffix OHM mOHM POWer SWITch VCE value suffix see page 606 POWer SWITch VCE see page 606 value Vce sat value in NR3 format suffix V mV POWer SWITch VREFere nce percent see page 607 POWer SWITch VREFere nce see page 607 percent percent in NR1 format POWer TRANsient APPL y see page 608 n a n a POWer TRANsient EXIT see page 609 n a n a POWer TRANsient IINi tial value suffix see page 610 POWer ...

Page 552: ...e VOLTage1 and POWer SIGNals SOURce CURRent1 commands The deskew values are saved in the oscilloscope until a factory default or secure erase is performed The next time you run the Power Application you can use the saved deskew values or perform the deskew again Generally you need to perform the deskew again when part of the test setup changes for example a different probe different oscilloscope c...

Page 553: ...mand applies the effieciency power analysis Efficiency analysis tests the overall efficiency of the power supply by measuring the output power over the input power See Also MEASure EFFiciency on page 493 MEASure IPOWer on page 496 MEASure OPOWer on page 499 NOTE Efficiency analysis requires a 4 channel oscilloscope because input voltage input current output voltage and output current are measured ...

Page 554: ...8 Command Syntax POWer ENABle 0 OFF 1 ON The POWer ENABle command enables or disables power analysis Query Syntax POWer ENABle The POWer ENABle query returns a 1 or a 0 showing whether power analysis is enabled or disabled respectively Return Format 0 1 See Also Chapter 22 MEASure Power Commands starting on page 485 ...

Page 555: ...ck to the supply grid and cause problems with other devices on the grid Use the Current Harmonics analysis to test a switching power supply s current harmonics to pre compliance standard of IEC61000 3 2 Class A B C or D The analysis presents up to 40 harmonics See Also POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics LINE on...

Page 556: ... table data Return Format binary_block comma separated data with newlines at the end of each row See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 561 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 POWer HARMonics STATus on page 563 POWe...

Page 557: ...F Harmonics measurement results are not displayed Query Syntax POWer HARMonics DISPlay The POWer HARMonics DISPlay query returns the display setting Return Format display NL display TABL BAR OFF See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics RU...

Page 558: ...armonics values not specified by the selected standard are not counted Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 561 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 POWer HARMonics STA...

Page 559: ...0 Hz F60 60 Hz F400 400 Hz Query Syntax POWer HARMonics LINE The POWer HARMonics LINE query returns the line frequency setting Return Format frequency NL frequency F50 F60 F400 See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page ...

Page 560: ...or for IEC 61000 3 2 Standard Class C power factor value Return Format value Class C power factor in NR3 format See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 561 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 POWer HARMonics STATus on page ...

Page 561: ...s harmonics values not specified by the selected standard are not counted Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 POWer HARMonics...

Page 562: ...le tools C IEC 61000 3 2 Class C for lighting equipment D IEC 61000 3 2 Class D for equipment having a specified power according less than or equal to 600 W of the following types personal computers and personal computer monitors television receivers Query Syntax POWer HARMonics STANdard The POWer HARMonics STANdard query returns the currently set IEC 61000 3 2 standard Return Format class NL clas...

Page 563: ...pass fail status of the current harmonics analysis Return Format status PASS FAIL UNTested See Also POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 561 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 POWer HARMon...

Page 564: ...esults of the current harmonics analysis Return Format value Total Harmonics Distortion in NR3 format See Also POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer HARMonics DATA on page 556 POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics FAILcount on page 558 POWer HARMonics LINE on page 559 POWer HARMonics POWerfactor on page 560 POWer HARMonics RUNCount on page 561 POWer HARMonics STANdard on page 562 P...

Page 565: ...08 Command Syntax POWer INRush APPLy The POWer INRush APPLy command applies the inrush current analysis The Inrush current analysis measures the peak inrush current of the power supply when the power supply is first turned on See Also MEASure PCURrent on page 500 POWer INRush EXIT on page 566 POWer INRush NEXT on page 567 ...

Page 566: ...EXIT see page 1208 Command Syntax POWer INRush EXIT The POWer INRush EXIT command exits stops the inrush current power analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 565 POWer INRush NEXT on page 567 ...

Page 567: ...age 1208 Command Syntax POWer INRush NEXT The POWer INRush NEXT command goes to the next step of the inrush current analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 565 POWer INRush EXIT on page 566 ...

Page 568: ...trol pulse signal to a switching device MOSFET and observes the trending of the pulse width duty cycle period frequency etc of the control pulse signal See Also POWer MODulation SOURce on page 569 POWer MODulation TYPE on page 570 MEASure VAVerage on page 472 MEASure VRMS on page 478 MEASure VRATio on page 477 MEASure PERiod on page 447 MEASure FREQuency on page 440 MEASure PWIDth on page 451 MEAS...

Page 569: ...rce V I The POWer MODulation SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the modulation analysis Query Syntax POWer MODulation SOURce The POWer MODulation SOURce query returns the selected source for the modulation analysis Return Format source NL source V I See Also POWer MODulation APPLy on page 568 POWer MODulation TYPE on page 570 ...

Page 570: ...tive pulse width NWIDth negative pulse width DUTYcycle RISetime FALLtime Query Syntax POWer MODulation TYPE The POWer MODulation TYPE query returns the modulation type setting Return Format modulation NL modulation VAV ACRM VRAT PER FREQ PWID NWID DUTY RIS FALL See Also POWer MODulation SOURce on page 569 POWer MODulation APPLy on page 568 MEASure VAVerage on page 472 MEASure VRMS on page 478 MEAS...

Page 571: ...r ONOFf APPLy The POWer ONOFf APPLy command applies the selected turn on off analysis test POWer ONOFf TEST See Also POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF on page 595 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON on page 596 MEASure ONTime on page 498 MEASure OFFTime on page 497 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 574 POWer ONOFf EXIT on page 572 POWer ONOFf NEXT on page 573 ...

Page 572: ...08 Command Syntax POWer ONOFf EXIT The POWer ONOFf EXIT command exits stops the turn on time turn off time analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer ONOFf NEXT on page 573 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 574 ...

Page 573: ...nd Syntax POWer ONOFf NEXT The POWer ONOFf NEXT command goes to the next step of the turn on turn off analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer ONOFf EXIT on page 572 POWer ONOFf TEST on page 574 ...

Page 574: ...med ON Turn On measures the time taken to get the output voltage of the power supply after the input voltage is applied OFF Turn Off measures the time taken for the output voltage of the power supply to turn off after the input voltage is removed Query Syntax POWer ONOFf TEST The POWer ONOFf TEST query returns the selected test type Return Format 0 1 See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer ON...

Page 575: ...mine how well a voltage regulator rejects ripple noise over different frequency range This analysis provides a signal from the oscilloscope s waveform generator that sweeps its frequency This signal is used to inject ripple to the DC voltage that feeds the voltage regulator The AC RMS ratio of the input over the output is measured and is plotted over the range of frequencies See Also POWer PSRR FR...

Page 576: ...imum command sets the end sweep frequency value The PSRR measurement is displayed on a log scale so you can select from decade values in addition to the maximum frequency of 20 MHz Query Syntax POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum The POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum query returns the maximum sweep frequency setting Return Format value NL value 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 20000000 See Also POWer...

Page 577: ... POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum command sets the start sweep frequency value The measurement is displayed on a log scale so you can select from decade values Query Syntax POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum The POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum query returns the minimum sweep frequency setting Return Format value NL value 1 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 See Also POWer PSRR APPLy on page 575 POWer PS...

Page 578: ...1 format The POWer PSRR RMAXimum command specifies the vertical scale of the PSRR math waveform Query Syntax POWer PSRR RMAXimum The POWer PSRR RMAXimum query returns the currently specified maximum ratio setting Return Format value NL value Maximum ratio value in NR1 format See Also POWer PSRR RMAXimum on page 578 POWer PSRR FREQuency MAXimum on page 576 POWer PSRR FREQuency MINimum on page 577 ...

Page 579: ...nt may flow back into and back out of the load without delivering energy This current called reactive or harmonic current gives rise to an apparent power which is larger than the actual power consumed Power quality is gauged by these measurements power factor apparent power true power reactive power crest factor and phase angle of the current and voltage of the AC line See Also MEASure FACTor on p...

Page 580: ...0 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 25 POWer Commands POWer RIPPle APPLy see page 1208 Command Syntax POWer RIPPle APPLy The POWer RIPPle APPLy command applies the output ripple analysis See Also MEASure RIPPle on page 504 ...

Page 581: ...Monics DISPlay on page 557 POWer EFFiciency APPLy on page 553 POWer RIPPle APPLy on page 580 POWer MODulation APPLy on page 568 POWer QUALity APPLy on page 579 POWer SLEW APPLy on page 600 POWer SWITch APPLy on page 602 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 582 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 583 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 584 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page 585 POWe...

Page 582: ... of cycles to include in the current harmonics analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics The POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics query returns the number of cycles currently set Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer HARMonics DISPlay on page 557 POWer HARMonics APPLy on page 555 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals ...

Page 583: ...specifies the number of cycles to include in the power quality analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity The POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity query returns the number of cycles currently set Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also POWer QUALity APPLy on page 579 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWe...

Page 584: ...ciency command specifies the duration of the efficiency analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency The POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer EFFiciency APPLy on page 553 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer S...

Page 585: ...lation command specifies the duration of the modulation analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation The POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer MODulation APPLy on page 568 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer S...

Page 586: ...he turn off analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF on page 593 POWer SIGNals...

Page 587: ... the turn on analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON on page 594 POWer SIGNals V...

Page 588: ...PPle command specifies the duration of the output ripple analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle The POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer RIPPle APPLy on page 580 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer SIGNals SOUR...

Page 589: ...he duration of the transient response analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient The POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient query returns the set duration time value Return Format value NL value value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on page 590 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsi...

Page 590: ...nt amplitude This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing current Query Syntax POWer SIGNals IEXPected The POWer SIGNals IEXPected query returns the expected inrush current setting Return Format value NL value Expected current value in NR3 format See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 565 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals OVERshoot on page 591 POWer SIGNals VMAX...

Page 591: ... band value for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer SIGNals OVERshoot The POWer SIGNals OVERshoot query returns the overshoot percent setting Return Format percent NL percent percent of overshoot value in NR1 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsient on page 589 P...

Page 592: ...This value is used to set the vertical scale of the channel probing voltage for inrush current analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum INRush The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum INRush query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format See Also POWer INRush APPLy on page 565 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNal...

Page 593: ...scale of the channel probing voltage for turn off analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf OFF query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 586 POWer S...

Page 594: ...scale of the channel probing voltage for turn on analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals VMAXimum ONOFf ON query returns the expected maximum input voltage setting Return Format value NL value Maximum expected input Voltage in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 587 POWer SIGNa...

Page 595: ...power supply for turn off analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF The POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf OFF query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 586 POWer SIGNals IEXPecte...

Page 596: ...power supply for turn on analysis Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON The POWer SIGNals VSTeady ONOFf ON query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer ONOFf APPLy on page 571 POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 587 POWer SIGNals IEXPected on...

Page 597: ...ng with the overshoot percentage to specify the settling band for the transient response and to adjust the vertical scale of the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient The POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient query returns the expected steady state voltage setting Return Format value NL value Expected steady state output Voltage value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on p...

Page 598: ...els in NR1 format See Also POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 582 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 583 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 584 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page 585 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 586 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 587 POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle on page 588 POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsie...

Page 599: ...els in NR1 format See Also POWer SIGNals AUTosetup on page 581 POWer SIGNals CYCLes HARMonics on page 582 POWer SIGNals CYCLes QUALity on page 583 POWer SIGNals DURation EFFiciency on page 584 POWer SIGNals DURation MODulation on page 585 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf OFF on page 586 POWer SIGNals DURation ONOFf ON on page 587 POWer SIGNals DURation RIPPle on page 588 POWer SIGNals DURation TRANsie...

Page 600: ... 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 25 POWer Commands POWer SLEW APPLy see page 1208 Command Syntax POWer SLEW APPLy The POWer SLEW APPLy command applies the slew rate analysis See Also POWer SLEW SOURce on page 601 ...

Page 601: ...r SLEW SOURce source source V I The POWer SLEW SOURce command selects either the voltage source or the current source as the source for the slew rate analysis Query Syntax POWer SLEW SOURce The POWer SLEW SOURce query returns the selected source for the slew rate analysis Return Format source NL source V I See Also POWer SLEW APPLy on page 600 ...

Page 602: ...OWer SWITch APPLy command applies the switching loss analysis using the conduction calculation method V reference and I reference settings See Also POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 603 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 604 POWer SWITch RDS on page 605 POWer SWITch VCE on page 606 POWer SWITch VREFerence on page 607 MEASure ELOSs on page 494 MEASure PLOSs on page 501 ...

Page 603: ...on using the POWer SWITch RDS command In the Off Zone where the current level is below I Ref the Power calculation is P 0 Watt VCE Vce sat The Power waveform includes error correction In the On Zone where the voltage level is below V Ref the Power calculation is P Vce sat x Ic Specify Vce sat using the POWer SWITch VCE command In the Off Zone where the current level is below I Ref the Power calcul...

Page 604: ...m switch current You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors or null offset that is difficult to eliminate in current probes This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges Query Syntax POWer SWITch IREFerence The POWer SWITch IREFerence query returns the current switching level percent value Return Format percent NL percent percent in NR1 format See Also POWe...

Page 605: ... RDS command specifies the Rds on value when the RDS conduction calculation method is chosen by POWer SWITch CONDuction Query Syntax POWer SWITch RDS The POWer SWITch RDS query returns the Rds on value Return Format value NL value Rds on value in NR3 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 602 POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 603 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 604 POWer SWITch VCE on page 606 P...

Page 606: ...E command specifies the Vce sat value when the VCE conduction calculation method is chosen by POWer SWITch CONDuction Query Syntax POWer SWITch VCE The POWer SWITch VCE query returns the Vce sat value Return Format value NL value Vce sat value in NR3 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 602 POWer SWITch CONDuction on page 603 POWer SWITch IREFerence on page 604 POWer SWITch RDS on page 605 P...

Page 607: ... in percentage of the maximum switch voltage You can adjust this value to ignore noise floors This value specifies the threshold that is used to determine the switching edges Query Syntax POWer SWITch VREFerence The POWer SWITch VREFerence query returns the voltage switching level percent value Return Format percent NL percent percent in NR1 format See Also POWer SWITch APPLy on page 602 POWer SWI...

Page 608: ... Command Syntax POWer TRANsient APPLy The POWer TRANsient APPLy command applies the transient analysis using the initial current and new current settings See Also POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 609 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 610 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 611 POWer TRANsient NEXT on page 612 MEASure TRESponse on page 505 ...

Page 609: ... POWer TRANsient EXIT The POWer TRANsient EXIT command exits stops the transient analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Exit softkey on the oscilloscope front panel during the analysis See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 610 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 611 POWer TRANsient NEXT on page 612 ...

Page 610: ...ify the initial load current value The initial load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer TRANsient IINitial The POWer TRANsient IINitial query returns the initial load current value Return Format value NL value Initial current value in NR3 format See Also POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRANsient on page 597 POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer TRANsient ...

Page 611: ...ient INEW command to specify the new load current value The new load current will be used as a reference and to trigger the oscilloscope Query Syntax POWer TRANsient INEW The POWer TRANsient INEW query returns the new load current value Return Format value NL value New current value in NR3 format See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 609 POWer TRANsient IINitial o...

Page 612: ...nt NEXT The POWer TRANsient NEXT command goes to the next step of the transient analysis This command is equivalent to pressing the Next softkey on the oscilloscope front panel when prompted during the analysis See Also POWer TRANsient APPLy on page 608 POWer TRANsient EXIT on page 609 POWer TRANsient IINitial on page 610 POWer TRANsient INEW on page 611 ...

Page 613: ...pec internal_loc file_name column Column in CSV file to load Column number starts from 1 internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 WGEN2 RECall FILename base_name see page 616 RECall FILename see page 616 base_name quoted ASCII string RECall MASK STARt file_spec see page 617 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 forma...

Page 614: ...at The following is a sample response from the RECall query In this case the query was issued following the RST command REC FIL scope_0 RECall SETup STARt file_spec see page 619 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string RECall WMEMory r S TARt file_name see page 620 n a r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII stri...

Page 615: ... no column parameter is entered and it is a 2 column file the 2nd column assumed to be voltage is automatically be selected If the column parameter is entered and that column does not exist in the file the operation fails When recalling arbitrary waveforms from an external USB storage device that were not saved from the oscilloscope be aware that the oscilloscope uses a maximum of 8192 points for ...

Page 616: ...name command specifies the source for any RECall operations Query Syntax RECall FILename The RECall FILename query returns the current RECall filename Return Format base_name NL base_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 614 RECall SETup STARt on page 619 SAVE FILename on page 626 NOTE This command specifies a file s base name only without path information or an...

Page 617: ...c file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The RECall MASK STARt command recalls a mask See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 614 RECall FILename on page 616 SAVE MASK STARt on page 633 MTESt DATA on page 522 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be msk ...

Page 618: ...e path_name quoted ASCII string The RECall PWD command sets the present working directory for recall operations Query Syntax RECall PWD The RECall PWD query returns the currently set working directory for recall operations Return Format path_name NL path_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 614 SAVE PWD on page 636 ...

Page 619: ..._spec file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The RECall SETup STARt command recalls an oscilloscope setup See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 614 RECall FILename on page 616 SAVE SETup STARt on page 637 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be scp ...

Page 620: ... WMEMory r STARt file_name r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The RECall WMEMory r STARt command recalls a reference waveform See Also Introduction to RECall Commands on page 614 RECall FILename on page 616 SAVE WMEMory STARt on page 644 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be h5 ...

Page 621: ...en_id WGEN1 WGEN2 SAVE COMPliance USB STARt file_name see page 625 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE FILename base_name see page 626 SAVE FILename see page 626 base_name quoted ASCII string SAVE IMAGe STARt file_name see page 627 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE IMAGe FACTors 0 OFF 1 ON see page 628 SAVE IMAGe FACTors see page 628 0 1 SAVE IMAGe FORMat format see page 629 SAVE IMAGe FOR...

Page 622: ... string SAVE SETup STARt file_spec see page 637 n a file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE WAVeform STARt file_name see page 638 n a file_name quoted ASCII string SAVE WAVeform FORMat format see page 639 SAVE WAVeform FORMat see page 639 format ASCiixy CSV BINary NONE SAVE WAVeform LENGth length see page 640 SAVE WAVeform LENGt...

Page 623: ...e RST command SAVE FIL SAVE IMAG AREA GRAT FACT 0 FORM TIFF INKS 0 PAL MON SAVE PWD C setups SAVE WAV FORM NONE LENG 1000 SEGM CURR SAVE WMEMory SOURce source see page 643 SAVE WMEMory SOURce see page 643 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m WMEMory r n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as ...

Page 624: ...me quoted ASCII string wavegen_id WGEN1 WGEN2 The SAVE ARBitrary STARt command saves the current arbitrary waveform to an internal location or a file on a USB storage device The wavegen_id parameter specifies which waveform generator to save the arbitrary waveform from See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615 NOTE If a file ext...

Page 625: ...ARt file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE COMPliance USB STARt command saves USB 2 0 signal quality test results to a file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 SAVE PWD on page 636 Chapter 11 COMPliance Commands starting on page 283 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be html ...

Page 626: ...y SAVE operations Query Syntax SAVE FILename The SAVE FILename query returns the current SAVE filename Return Format base_name NL base_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE SETup STARt on page 637 SAVE WAVeform STARt on page 638 SAVE PWD on page 636 RECall FILename on page 616 NOTE This command specifies a file s base name onl...

Page 627: ... INKSaver on page 630 SAVE IMAGe PALette on page 631 SAVE FILename on page 626 NOTE Be sure to set the SAVE IMAGe FORMat before saving an image If the format is NONE the save image command will not succeed NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name and it does not match the extension expected by the format specified in SAVE IMAGe FORMat the format will be changed if the ...

Page 628: ...with the image Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe FACTors The SAVE IMAGe FACTors query returns a flag indicating whether oscilloscope factors are output along with the image Return Format factors NL factors 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 629 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 630 SAVE IMAGe PALette on page 631 NOTE Factors are written to...

Page 629: ...type Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe FORMat The SAVE IMAGe FORMat query returns the selected image format type Return Format format NL format BMP BMP8 PNG NONE When NONE is returned it indicates that a waveform data file format is currently selected See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 628 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 630 SAVE IMAGe PALe...

Page 630: ...r command controls whether the graticule colors are inverted or not Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe INKSaver The SAVE IMAGe INKSaver query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 628 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 629 SAVE IMAGe PALette on pa...

Page 631: ...AYscale The SAVE IMAGe PALette command sets the image palette color Query Syntax SAVE IMAGe PALette The SAVE IMAGe PALette query returns the selected image palette color Return Format palette NL palette COL GRAY See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 628 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 629 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 630 ...

Page 632: ... SAVE LISTer STARt file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE LISTer STARt command saves the Lister display data to a file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 Chapter 19 LISTer Commands starting on page 387 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be csv ...

Page 633: ...c file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 3 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE MASK STARt command saves a mask See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 RECall MASK STARt on page 617 MTESt DATA on page 522 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be msk ...

Page 634: ...file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE MULTi STARt command saves multi channel waveform data to a file This file can be opened by the N8900A InfiniiView oscilloscope analysis software See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 SAVE PWD on page 636 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be h5 ...

Page 635: ..._name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE POWer STARt command saves the power measurement application s current harmonics analysis results to a file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 Chapter 25 POWer Commands starting on page 547 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be csv ...

Page 636: ... quoted ASCII string The SAVE PWD command sets the present working directory for save operations Query Syntax SAVE PWD The SAVE PWD query returns the currently set working directory for save operations Return Format path_name NL path_name quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 RECall PWD on page 618 ...

Page 637: ..._spec file_spec internal_loc file_name internal_loc 0 9 an integer in NR1 format file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE SETup STARt command saves an oscilloscope setup See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE FILename on page 626 RECall SETup STARt on page 619 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be scp ...

Page 638: ...on page 623 SAVE WAVeform FORMat on page 639 SAVE WAVeform LENGth on page 640 SAVE FILename on page 626 RECall SETup STARt on page 619 NOTE Be sure to set the SAVE WAVeform FORMat before saving waveform data If the format is NONE the save waveform command will not succeed NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name and it does not match the extension expected by the forma...

Page 639: ...ns information for all analog channels that are displayed turned on The proper file extension for this format is csv BINary creates an oscilloscope binary data format file See the User s Guide for a description of this format The proper file extension for this format is bin Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform FORMat The SAVE WAVeform FORMat query returns the selected waveform data format type Return Format...

Page 640: ...orm data length that is the number of points saved When the SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX setting is ON the SAVE WAVeform LENGth setting has no effect Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform LENGth The SAVE WAVeform LENGth query returns the current waveform data length setting Return Format length NL length 100 to max length an integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE WAVeform L...

Page 641: ...MAX command specifies whether maximum number of waveform data points is saved When OFF the SAVE WAVeform LENGth command specifies the number of waveform data points saved Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX The SAVE WAVeform LENGth MAX query returns the current setting Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE WAVeform STARt on page 638 SAVE WAV...

Page 642: ...nd specifies which segments are included when the waveform is saved ALL all acquired segments are saved CURRent only the currently selected segment is saved Query Syntax SAVE WAVeform SEGMented The SAVE WAVeform SEGMented query returns the current segmented waveform save option setting Return Format option NL option ALL CURR See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE WAVeform STARt on...

Page 643: ...mand selects the source to be saved as a reference waveform file Query Syntax SAVE WMEMory SOURce The SAVE WMEMory SOURce query returns the source to be saved as a reference waveform file Return Format source NL source CHAN n FUNC WMEM r NONE See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE WMEMory STARt on page 644 RECall WMEMory r STARt on page 620 NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operation...

Page 644: ...EMory STARt file_name file_name quoted ASCII string The SAVE WMEMory STARt command saves oscilloscope waveform data to a reference waveform file See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE WMEMory SOURce on page 643 RECall WMEMory r STARt on page 620 NOTE If a file extension is provided as part of a specified file_name it must be h5 ...

Page 645: ...ands The SBUS subsystem commands control the serial decode bus viewing mode and other options The following serial bus decode trigger types are available see TRIGger MODE on page 944 CAN Controller Area Network triggering will trigger on CAN version 2 0A and 2 0B signals Setup consists of connecting the oscilloscope to a CAN signal Baud rate signal source and signal polarity and type of data to tr...

Page 646: ... to a clock data MOSI or MISO and framing signal You can then trigger on a data pattern during a specific framing period The serial data string can be specified to be from 4 to 64 bits long UART RS 232 triggering with Option 232 lets you trigger on RS 232 serial data USB 2 0 triggering with Option USF or Option U2H lets you trigger on USB 2 0 serial data Reporting the Setup Use SBUS n to query set...

Page 647: ... 647 General SBUS n Commands Table 103 General SBUS n Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SBUS n DISPlay 0 OFF 1 ON see page 648 SBUS n DISPlay see page 648 0 1 SBUS n MODE mode see page 649 SBUS n MODE see page 649 mode A429 CAN FLEXray I2S IIC LIN M1553 SPI UART USB ...

Page 648: ...ery returns the current display setting of the serial decode bus Return Format display NL display 0 1 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 CHANnel n DISPlay on page 268 DIGital d DISPlay on page 303 POD n DISPlay on page 543 VIEW on page 226 BLANk on page 198 STATus on page 223 NOTE This command is only valid when a serial decode option has ...

Page 649: ...eturn Format mode NL mode A429 FLEX CAN I2S IIC LIN M1553 SPI UART USB NONE Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 650 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 SBUS n I2S Commands on page 704 SBUS n IIC Commands on page 723 SBUS n LIN Commands on page 733 SBUS n M1553 Commands on page 747...

Page 650: ... COUNt R ESet see page 655 n a n a n a SBUS n A429 COUNt W ORD see page 656 word_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n A429 FORMat format see page 657 SBUS n A429 FORMat see page 657 format LDSDi LDSSm LDATa SBUS n A429 SIGNal signal see page 658 SBUS n A429 SIGNal see page 658 signal A B DIFFerential SBUS n A429 SOURce source see page 659 SBUS n A429 SOURce see page 659 source CHANnel n n 1 to analo...

Page 651: ... n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM see page 664 string nn where n 0 1 X length always 2 bits SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe min max see page 665 SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe see page 665 min 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 max 8 bit integer in decimal hex octal or string from 0 255 hex Hnn where n 0 9 A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE conditio...

Page 652: ...ger Threshold 3 0 V Noise Reject Off Probe Attenuation 10 0 Vertical Scale 4 V div Serial Decode On Base SBUS n A429 BASE HEX Word Format SBUS n A429 FORMat LDSDi Label SDI Data SSM Trigger the specified serial bus n of SBUS n Trigger Mode SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE WSTArt Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n A429 BASE on page 653 SBUS n A429 FORMat on page 657 SBUS n A429 TRIGge...

Page 653: ... of the decoded data The BASE command has no effect on the SDI and SSM fields which are always displayed in binary nor the Label field which is always displayed in octal Query Syntax SBUS n A429 BASE The SBUS n A429 BASE query returns the current ARINC 429 base setting Return Format base NL base BIN HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 S...

Page 654: ...yntax SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor Returns the error count Return Format error_count NL error_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet on page 655 SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD on page 656 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 650 ...

Page 655: ...ESet see page 1208 Command Syntax SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet Resets the word and error counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD on page 656 SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor on page 654 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 650 ...

Page 656: ...Syntax SBUS n A429 COUNt WORD Returns the word count Return Format word_count NL word_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n A429 COUNt RESet on page 655 SBUS n A429 COUNt ERRor on page 654 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 Commands on page 650 ...

Page 657: ...3 bits Query Syntax SBUS n A429 FORMat The SBUS n A429 FORMat query returns the current ARINC 429 word decode format setting Return Format format NL format LDSD LDSS LDAT Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 662 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI on page 663 SBUS n A429 TRIGger PA...

Page 658: ...nal type A Line A non inverted B Line B inverted DIFFerential Differential A B Query Syntax SBUS n A429 SIGNal The SBUS n A429 SIGNal query returns the current ARINC 429 signal type setting Return Format signal NL signal A B DIFF Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 FORMat on page 657 SBUS n A429 SPEed on ...

Page 659: ...SOURce The SBUS n A429 SOURce query returns the currently set source of the ARINC 429 signal Use the TRIGger LEVel HIGH and TRIGger LEVel LOW commands to set the thresold levels for the selected source Return Format source NL See Also TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 942 TRIGger LEVel LOW on page 943 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE on page 666 SBUS n A429 SIGNal...

Page 660: ...ecifies the signal speed LOW 12 5 kb s HIGH 100 kb s Query Syntax SBUS n A429 SPEed The SBUS n A429 SPEed query returns the current ARINC 429 signal speed setting Return Format speed NL speed LOW HIGH Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n A429 SIGNal on page 658 SBUS n A429 FORMat on page 657 SBUS n A429 SOURce ...

Page 661: ...string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected trigger type To set the label value to don t cares 0xXX set the value to 1 Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel The SBUS n A429 TRIGger LABel query returns the current label value in decimal format Return Format value NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardware mi...

Page 662: ...for in each ARINC 429 word Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE on page 666 S...

Page 663: ...rched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SDI is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SDI field Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SDI query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SDI pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 S...

Page 664: ...rched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SSM is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SSM field Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM The SBUS n A429 TRIGger PATTern SSM query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SSM pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 S...

Page 665: ...n where n 0 9 A F octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe command defines a range of ARINC 429 label values This range is used when the LRANge trigger type is selected Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe The SBUS n A429 TRIGger RANGe query returns the current label values in decimal format Return Format min max NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardware mi...

Page 666: ...word coding error GERRor triggers on an inter word gap error WGERrors triggers on either a Word or Gap Error ALLerrors triggers on any of the above errors ABITs triggers on any bit which will therefore form an eye diagram AZBits triggers on any bit with a value of zero AOBits triggers on any bit with a value of one Query Syntax SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE The SBUS n A429 TRIGger TYPE query returns th...

Page 667: ... SBUS n Commands 28 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 667 SBUS n A429 SOURce on page 659 ...

Page 668: ...loating point in NR3 format SBUS n CAN SAMPlepo int value see page 675 SBUS n CAN SAMPlepo int see page 675 value 60 62 5 68 70 75 80 87 5 in NR3 format SBUS n CAN SIGNal B AUDrate baudrate see page 676 SBUS n CAN SIGNal B AUDrate see page 676 baudrate integer from 10000 to 4000000 in 100 b s increments or 5000000 SBUS n CAN SIGNal D EFinition value see page 677 SBUS n CAN SIGNal D EFinition see p...

Page 669: ...ENGth length see page 682 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth see page 682 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID string see page 683 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID see page 683 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE value see page 684 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE see page 684 value STANdard EXTended Tabl...

Page 670: ...age 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt ERRor Returns the error frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 672 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 ...

Page 671: ...ge 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt OVERload Returns the overload frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 672 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 ...

Page 672: ...BUS n CAN COUNt RESet Resets the frame counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt ERRor on page 670 SBUS n CAN COUNt OVERload on page 671 SBUS n CAN COUNt TOTal on page 673 SBUS n CAN COUNt UTILization on page 674 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 ...

Page 673: ...age 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt TOTal Returns the total frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 672 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 ...

Page 674: ...ge 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n CAN COUNt UTILization Returns the percent utilization Return Format percent NL percent floating point in NR3 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n CAN COUNt RESet on page 672 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN Commands on page 668 ...

Page 675: ...ime where the bit level is sampled to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SAMPlepoint The SBUS n CAN SAMPlepoint query returns the current CAN sample point setting Return Format value NL value 60 62 5 68 70 75 80 87 5 in NR3 format See Also Intr...

Page 676: ...s set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b s You can also set the baud rate of the CAN signal to 5 Mb s Fractional baud rates between 4 Mb s and 5 Mb s are not allowed If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate false triggers may occur Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate The SBUS n CAN SIGNal BAUDrate query returns the current CAN baud rate setting Return Format bau...

Page 677: ...minant low signals CANL the actual CAN_L differential bus signal RX the Receive signal from the CAN bus transceiver TX the Transmit signal to the CAN bus transceiver DIFL the CAN differential L H bus signal connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe DIFFerential the CAN differential bus signal connected to an analog source channel using a differential probe This is the same a...

Page 678: ...or the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n CAN SOURce command sets the source for the CAN signal Query Syntax SBUS n CAN SOURce The SBUS n CAN SOURce query returns the current source for the CAN signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN TRIGger on page 679 SB...

Page 679: ...ll trigger on the specified Id regardless if it is a Remote frame or a Data frame IDRemote will trigger on CAN frames matching the specified Id of a Remote frame ALLerrors will trigger on CAN active error frames and unknown bus conditions OVERload will trigger on CAN overload frames ACKerror will trigger on a data or remote frame acknowledge bit that is recessive The table below shows the programm...

Page 680: ...mmand Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger The SBUS n CAN TRIGger query returns the current CAN trigger on condition Return Format condition NL condition SOF DATA ERR IDD IDE IDR ALL OVER ACK Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 681 SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth on page 682 ...

Page 681: ... X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified CAN data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL in nondecimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to TR...

Page 682: ...ing The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes 64 bits The value for these bytes is set by the SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current CAN data pattern length setting Return Format count NL count integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardwar...

Page 683: ...g made up of hexadecimal and X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID query returns the current settings of the specified CAN identifier pattern resource in the 29 bit binary string format Return Format string NL in 29 bit binary string format Errors 241 Hardware m...

Page 684: ...d selects the extended 29 bit identifier The CAN identifier is set by the SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID command Query Syntax SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE The SBUS n CAN TRIGger PATTern ID MODE query returns the current setting of the CAN identifier mode Return Format value NL value STAN EXT Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n ...

Page 685: ... CHAN nel see page 689 channel A B n a SBUS n FLEXray COUN t NULL see page 690 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n FLEXray COUN t RESet see page 691 n a n a n a SBUS n FLEXray COUN t SYNC see page 692 frame_count integer in NR1 format n a SBUS n FLEXray COUN t TOTal see page 693 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n FLEXray SOUR ce source see page 694 SBUS n FLEXray SOUR ce see page 694 so...

Page 686: ...RAMe CCBase see page 700 cycle_count_base integer from 0 63 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe CCRepetitio n cycle_count_repetiti on see page 701 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe CCRepetitio n see page 701 cycle_count_repetition ALL rep rep integer values 2 4 8 16 32 or 64 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe ID frame_id see page 702 SBUS n FLEXray TRIG ger FRAMe ID see page 702 frame_id ALL frame frame integer ...

Page 687: ...serial decode Sets the selected source channel s impedance to 50 Ohms Sets the selected source channel s probe attenuation to 10 1 Sets the trigger level on the selected source channel to 300 mV Turns on trigger Noise Reject Turns on Serial Decode Sets the trigger to the specified serial bus n of SBUS n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger on page 695 SBUS n...

Page 688: ...audrate 2500000 5000000 10000000 The SBUS n FLEXray BAUDrate command specifies the baud rate as 2 5 Mb s 5 Mb s or 10 Mb s Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray BAUDrate The SBUS n FLEXray BAUDrate query returns the current baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate 2500000 5000000 10000000 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 689: ...ray CHANnel channel channel A B The SBUS n FLEXray CHANnel command specifies the bus channel A or B of the FlexRay signal Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray CHANnel The SBUS n FLEXray CHANnel query returns the current bus channel setting Return Format channel NL channel A B See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 690: ...L Returns the FlexRay null frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n FLEXray COUNt RESet on page 691 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt TOTal on page 693 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt SYNC on page 692 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 691: ...and Syntax SBUS n FLEXray COUNt RESet Resets the FlexRay frame counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n FLEXray COUNt NULL on page 690 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt TOTal on page 693 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt SYNC on page 692 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 692: ...C Returns the FlexRay sync frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n FLEXray COUNt RESet on page 691 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt TOTal on page 693 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt NULL on page 690 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 693: ...Ray total frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n FLEXray COUNt RESet on page 691 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt TOTal on page 693 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt NULL on page 690 SBUS n FLEXray COUNt SYNC on page 692 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n FLEXray Commands on page 685 ...

Page 694: ...4 The SBUS n FLEXray SOURce command specifies the input source for the FlexRay signal Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray SOURce The SBUS n FLEXray SOURce query returns the current source for the FlexRay signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger on page 695 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt TYPE on page 699 SBUS n FLEXray AUTosetup on page 687 ...

Page 695: ...Ray event symbol Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger query returns the current FLEXray trigger on condition Return Format condition NL condition FRAM ERR EVEN See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger ERRor TYPE on page 696 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt AUToset on page 697 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt BSS ID on p...

Page 696: ...The error type setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to ERRor ALL triggers on ALL errors HCRC triggers on only Header CRC errors FCRC triggers on only Frame CRC errors Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger ERRor TYPE The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger ERRor TYPE query returns the currently selected FLEXray error type Return Format error_type NL error_type ALL HCRC FCRC See Also Introduc...

Page 697: ... TRIGger EVENt AUToset command automatically configures oscilloscope settings as shown on the display for the selected event trigger See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt TYPE on page 699 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt BSS ID on page 698 SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger on page 695 SBUS n FLEXray BAUDrate on page 688 TRIGger EDGE LEVel on page 962 SBUS n FLEXray SO...

Page 698: ...t trigger This setting is only valid if the trigger mode is EVENt and the EVENt TYPE is BSS Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt BSS ID The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt BSS ID query returns the current frame ID setting for the Byte Start Sequence BSS event trigger setup Return Format frame_id NL frame_id ALL frame frame integer from 1 2047 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935...

Page 699: ...ent FES triggers on either Frame End or Dynamic Trailing Sequence event DTS triggers on either Frame End or Dynamic Trailing Sequence event BSS triggers on Byte Start Sequence event Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt TYPE The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger EVENt TYPE query returns the currently selected FLEXray event Return Format event NL event WAK TSS FES DTS BSS See Also Introduction to TRIGger ...

Page 700: ...ets the base of the FlexRay cycle count in the frame header to trigger on The cycle count base setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe CCBase The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe CCBase query returns the current cycle count base setting for the FlexRay frame trigger setup Return Format cycle_count_base NL cycle_count_base integer fr...

Page 701: ...epetition number of the FlexRay cycle count in the frame header to trigger on The cycle count repetition setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAME Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe CCRepetition The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe CCRepetition query returns the current cycle count repetition setting for the FlexRay frame trigger setup Return Format cycle_count_repetit...

Page 702: ...D command sets the FlexRay frame ID to trigger on The frame ID setting is only valid when the FlexRay trigger mode is set to FRAMe Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe ID The SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe ID query returns the current frame ID setting for the FlexRay frame trigger setup Return Format frame_id NL frame_id ALL frame frame integer from 1 2047 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Comma...

Page 703: ...frames STARtup will trigger on only startup frames NULL will trigger on only null frames SYNC will trigger on only sync frames NSTArtup will trigger on frames other than startup frames NNULl will trigger on frames other than null frames NSYNc will trigger on frames other than sync frames ALL will trigger on all FlexRay frame types Query Syntax SBUS n FLEXray TRIGger FRAMe TYPE The SBUS n FLEXray T...

Page 704: ... page 709 SBUS n I2S RWIDth see page 709 receiver 4 32 in NR1 format SBUS n I2S SOURce C LOCk source see page 710 SBUS n I2S SOURce C LOCk see page 710 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n I2S SOURce D ATA source see page 711 SBUS n I2S SOURce D ATA see page 711 source ...

Page 705: ...xnn n where n 0 9 A F X when base HEX SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat base see page 718 SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat see page 718 base BINary HEX DECimal SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe lower upper see page 719 SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe see page 719 lower 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string upper 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string nondecimal Hnn n where n 0 9 A ...

Page 706: ...er when in I2S mode I2S standard LJ left justified RJ right justified Note that the word select WS polarity is specified separately with the SBUS n I2S WSLow command Query Syntax SBUS n I2S ALIGnment The SBUS n I2S ALIGnment query returns the currently selected I2S data alignment Return Format setting NL setting I2S LJ RJ See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S CLOCk SLOPe...

Page 707: ...ase DECimal HEX The SBUS n I2S BASE command determines the base to use for the I2S decode display Query Syntax SBUS n I2S BASE The SBUS n I2S BASE query returns the current I2S display decode base Return Format base NL base DECimal HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n I2S Commands on page 704 ...

Page 708: ...pecifies which edge of the I2S serial clock signal clocks in data NEGative Falling edge POSitive Rising edge Query Syntax SBUS n I2S CLOCk SLOPe The SBUS n I2S CLOCk SLOPe query returns the current I2S clock slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S ALIGnment on page 706 SBUS n I2S RWIDth on page 709 SBUS n I2S TWIDth on pag...

Page 709: ...the width of the receiver decoded data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits Query Syntax SBUS n I2S RWIDth The SBUS n I2S RWIDth query returns the currently set I2S receiver data word width Return Format receiver NL receiver 4 32 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S ALIGnment on page 706 SBUS n I2S CLOCk SLOPe on page 708 SBUS n I2S TWIDth on page 7...

Page 710: ...hannels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n I2S SOURce CLOCk controls which signal is used as the serial clock SCLK source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in I2S mode Query Syntax SBUS n I2S SOURce CLOCk The SBUS n I2S SOURce CLOCk query returns the current source for the I2S serial clock SCLK Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands ...

Page 711: ...els in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n I2S SOURce DATA command controls which signal is used as the serial data SDATA source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in I2S mode Query Syntax SBUS n I2S SOURce DATA The SBUS n I2S SOURce DATA query returns the current source for the I2S serial data SDATA Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands...

Page 712: ...channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n I2S SOURce WSELect command controls which signal is used as the word select WS source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in I2S mode Query Syntax SBUS n I2S SOURce WSELect The SBUS n I2S SOURce WSELect query returns the current source for I2S word select WS Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Comm...

Page 713: ... the range in which to trigger OUTRange enter upper and lower values to specify range in which trigger will not occur INCReasing triggers when the data value makes a certain increase over time and the specified value is met or exceeded Use the SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe command to set Trigger and Armed values The Trigger value is the value that must be met or exceeded to cause the trigger The Armed ...

Page 714: ... Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 28 SBUS n Commands See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S TRIGger AUDio on page 715 SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe on page 719 SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 718 ...

Page 715: ... The SBUS n I2S TRIGger AUDio command specifies the audio channel to trigger on RIGHt right channel LEFT left channel EITHer right or left channel Query Syntax SBUS n I2S TRIGger AUDio The SBUS n I2S TRIGger AUDio query returns the current audio channel for the I2S trigger Return Format audio_ch NL audio_ch RIGH LEFT EITH See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S TRIGger on ...

Page 716: ...aracters cannot be entered When queried the character is returned when any bits in the pattern have the value of X and base DECimal When any bits in a given nibble have the value of X and base HEX the character is returned for the corresponding nibble NOTE base is specified with the SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat command The default base is DECimal NOTE The SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern DATA comma...

Page 717: ...uction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 718 SBUS n I2S TRIGger on page 713 SBUS n I2S RWIDth on page 709 SBUS n I2S TWIDth on page 721 SBUS n I2S TRIGger AUDio on page 715 NOTE If more bits are sent for string than the specified trigger data length the most significant bits will be truncated If the word size is changed after the string is programmed the add...

Page 718: ...ern FORMat command sets the entry and query number base used by the SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern DATA command The default base is DECimal Query Syntax SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat The SBUS n I2S TRIGger PATTern FORMat query returns the currently set number base for I2S pattern data Return Format base NL base BIN HEX DEC See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S TRIGger AU...

Page 719: ... for INCReasing and DECReasing the lower and upper values correspond to the Armed and Trigger softkeys Query Syntax SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe The SBUS n I2S TRIGger RANGe query returns the currently set lower and upper range boundaries Return Format lower upper NL lower 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string upper 32 bit integer in signed decimal nondecimal or string nondecimal Hnn n...

Page 720: ...gilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 28 SBUS n Commands SBUS n I2S TRIGger on page 713 SBUS n I2S RWIDth on page 709 SBUS n I2S TWIDth on page 721 SBUS n I2S WSLow on page 722 ...

Page 721: ... the width of the transmitted data word in I2S anywhere from 4 bits to 32 bits Query Syntax SBUS n I2S TWIDth The SBUS n I2S TWIDth query returns the currently set I2S transmitted data word width Return Format word_size NL word_size 4 32 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n I2S ALIGnment on page 706 SBUS n I2S CLOCk SLOPe on page 708 SBUS n I2S RWIDth on page ...

Page 722: ...e of high indicates right channel data is active on the bus RIGHt a word select WS state of low indicates right channel data is active on the I2S bus and a WS state of high indicates left channel data is active on the bus Query Syntax SBUS n I2S WSLow The SBUS n I2S WSLow query returns the currently selected I2S word select WS polarity Return Format low_def NL low_def LEFT RIGHt See Also Introduct...

Page 723: ...ge 726 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess value see page 727 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess see page 727 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA value see page 728 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA se...

Page 724: ...Ze command determines whether the Read Write bit is included as the LSB in the display of the IIC address field of the decode bus Query Syntax SBUS n IIC ASIZe The SBUS n IIC ASIZe query returns the current IIC address width setting Return Format mode NL mode BIT7 BIT8 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n IIC Commands on page 723 ...

Page 725: ...HANnel n DIGital d for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk command sets the source for the IIC serial clock SCL Query Syntax SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk The SBUS n IIC SOURce CLOCk query returns the current source for the IIC serial clock Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBU...

Page 726: ...rce CHANnel n DIGital d for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA command sets the source for IIC serial data SDA Query Syntax SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA The SBUS n IIC SOURce DATA query returns the current source for IIC serial data Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n IIC ...

Page 727: ...ess for IIC data The address can range from 0x00 to 0x7F 7 bit or 0x3FF 10 bit hexadecimal Use the don t care address 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the address value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess query returns the current address for IIC data Return Format value NL value integer See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n IIC TR...

Page 728: ...ommand sets IIC data The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF hexadecimal Use the don t care data pattern 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the data value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current pattern for IIC data Return Format value NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess on page 72...

Page 729: ...mmand sets IIC data 2 The data value can range from 0x00 to 0x0FF hexadecimal Use the don t care data pattern 1 or 0xFFFFFFFF to ignore the data value Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 The SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 query returns the current pattern for IIC data 2 Return Format value NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess on pa...

Page 730: ...n The SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier command sets the IIC data qualifier when TRIGger IIC TRIGger TYPE is set to READEprom Query Syntax SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier The SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier query returns the current IIC data qualifier value Return Format value NL value EQUal NOTequal LESSthan GREaterthan See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n II...

Page 731: ...ng Start Address7 Write Ack Data The value WRITe is also accepted for WRITe7 W7Data2 7 bit address frame containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 WRITe10 10 bit address frame containing Start Address byte1 Write Ack Address byte 2 Data NACKnowledge Missing acknowledge ANACk Address with no acknowledge RESTart Another start condition occurs before a stop condition Query Syntax SBUS n IIC ...

Page 732: ...mmer s Guide 28 SBUS n Commands SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern ADDRess on page 727 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATA on page 728 SBUS n IIC TRIGger PATTern DATa2 on page 729 SBUS n IIC TRIGger QUALifier on page 730 Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules on page 1210 ...

Page 733: ... 625000 in 100 b s increments SBUS n LIN SOURce source see page 738 SBUS n LIN SOURce see page 738 source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n LIN STANdard std see page 739 SBUS n LIN STANdard see page 739 std LIN13 LIN20 SBUS n LIN SYNCbrea k value see page 740 SBUS n LIN SYN...

Page 734: ...imal string nn n where n 0 1 X when base BINary string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X when base HEX SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth length see page 745 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth see page 745 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat base see page 746 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat see page 746 base BINary HEX DECimal Table 109 SBUS n LIN Commands S...

Page 735: ...whether the parity bits are included as the most significant bits MSB in the display of the Frame Id field in the LIN decode bus Query Syntax SBUS n LIN PARity The SBUS n LIN PARity query returns the current LIN parity bits display setting of the serial decode bus Return Format display NL display 0 1 Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS...

Page 736: ...ed to determine whether the bit is dominant or recessive The sample point represents the percentage of time between the beginning of the bit time to the end of the bit time Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint The SBUS n LIN SAMPlepoint query returns the current LIN sample point setting Return Format value NL value 60 62 5 68 70 75 80 87 5 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on ...

Page 737: ...to 625 kb s in 100 b s increments If you enter a baud rate that is not divisible by 100 b s the baud rate is set to the nearest baud rate divisible by 100 b s Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate The SBUS n LIN SIGNal BAUDrate query returns the current LIN baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate integer from 2400 to 625000 in 100 b s increments See Also Introduction to TRIGger Comm...

Page 738: ...r the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n LIN SOURce command sets the source for the LIN signal Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SOURce The SBUS n LIN SOURce query returns the current source for the LIN signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 741 SB...

Page 739: ...LIN STANdard command sets the LIN standard in effect for triggering and decoding to be LIN1 3 or LIN2 0 Query Syntax SBUS n LIN STANdard The SBUS n LIN STANdard query returns the current LIN standard setting Return Format std NL std LIN13 LIN20 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition on page 1161 SBUS n LIN SOURce on page 738 ...

Page 740: ...or equal to 11 12 or 13 clock lengths The sync break is the idle period in the bus activity at the beginning of each packet that distinguishes one information packet from the previous one Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak The SBUS n LIN SYNCbreak query returns the current LIN sync break setting Return Format value NL value 11 12 13 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE...

Page 741: ...specify the frame ID Use the SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth and SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA commands to specify the data string length and value Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger The SBUS n LIN TRIGger query returns the current LIN trigger value Return Format condition NL condition SYNC ID DATA Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935...

Page 742: ...n LIN TRIGger ID command defines the LIN identifier searched for in each CAN message when the LIN trigger mode is set to frame ID Setting the ID to a value of 1 results in 0xXX which is equivalent to all IDs Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger ID The SBUS n LIN TRIGger ID query returns the current LIN identifier setting Return Format value NL value integer in decimal Errors 241 Hardware missing on pag...

Page 743: ...alue is used When base DECimal the X and characters cannot be entered When queried the character is returned when any bits in the pattern have the value of X and base DECimal When any bits in a given nibble have the value of X and base HEX the character is returned for the corresponding nibble Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the curren...

Page 744: ...ies Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 28 SBUS n Commands See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 746 SBUS n LIN TRIGger on page 741 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth on page 745 ...

Page 745: ...ing The number of bytes in the string can be anywhere from 1 bytes to 8 bytes 64 bits The value for these bytes is set by the SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current LIN data pattern length setting Return Format count NL count integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardwar...

Page 746: ...mmand sets the entry and query number base used by the SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA command The default base is BINary Query Syntax SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat The SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern FORMat query returns the currently set number base for LIN pattern data Return Format base NL base BIN HEX DEC See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n LIN TRIGger PATTern DATA on ...

Page 747: ... see page 749 base BINary HEX SBUS n M1553 SOURce source see page 750 SBUS n M1553 SOURce see page 750 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r PATTern DATA string see page 751 SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r PATTern DATA see page 751 string nn n where n 0 1 X SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r RTA value see page 752 SBUS n M1553 TRIGge r RTA see page 752 value 5 bit integer in decimal...

Page 748: ...omatically sets these options for decoding and triggering on MIL STD 1553 signals High Low Trigger Thresholds to a voltage value equal to 1 3 division based on the source channel s current V div setting Noise Reject Off Probe Attenuation 10 0 Serial Decode On Trigger the specified serial bus n of SBUS n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n M1553 SOU...

Page 749: ...ry HEX The SBUS n M1553 BASE command determines the base to use for the MIL STD 1553 decode display Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 BASE The SBUS n M1553 BASE query returns the current MIL STD 1553 display decode base Return Format base NL base BIN HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n M1553 Commands on page 747 ...

Page 750: ...e MIL STD 1553 signal Use the TRIGger LEVel HIGH and TRIGger LEVel LOW commands to set the thresold levels for the selected source Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger SOURce The SBUS n M1553 SOURce query returns the currently set source of the MIL STD 1553 signal Return Format source NL source CHAN n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 942 TRIGger LEVel LOW on pa...

Page 751: ...TTern DATA command sets the 11 bits to trigger on if the trigger type has been set to RTA11 RTA 11 Bits using the SBUS n M1553 TRIGger TYPE command Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger PATTern DATA The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger PATTern DATA query returns the current 11 bit setting Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 X See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n M1553 TRIGger T...

Page 752: ...here n 0 9 A F The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA command sets the Remote Terminal Address RTA to trigger on when the trigger type has been set to RTA or RTA11 using the SBUS n M1553 TRIGger TYPE command To set the RTA value to don t cares 0xXX set the value to 1 Query Syntax SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA The SBUS n M1553 TRIGger RTA query returns the RTA value Return Format value NL in decimal format See Al...

Page 753: ... Address triggers if the RTA of the Command Status word matches the specified value The value is specified in hex RTA11 RTA 11 Bits triggers if the RTA and the remaining 11 bits match the specified criteria The RTA can be specifed as a hex value and the remaining 11 bits can be specifed as a 1 0 or X don t care PERRor Parity Error triggers if the odd parity bit is incorrect for the data in the wor...

Page 754: ...I FRAMing value see page 759 SBUS n SPI FRAMing see page 759 value CHIPselect NCHipselect NOTC TIMeout SBUS n SPI SOURce C LOCk source see page 760 SBUS n SPI SOURce C LOCk see page 760 value CHANnel n EXTernal for the DSO models value CHANnel n DIGital d for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n SPI SOURce F RAMe source see page 761 SBU...

Page 755: ...rn MISO WIDTh width see page 765 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO WIDTh see page 765 width integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA string see page 766 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA see page 766 string nn n where n 0 1 X string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh width see page 767 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh see page 767 wi...

Page 756: ... order most significant bit first MSB or least significant bit first LSB used when displaying data in the serial decode waveform and in the Lister Query Syntax SBUS n SPI BITorder The SBUS n SPI BITorder query returns the current SPI decode bit order Return Format order NL order LSBF MSBF Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on p...

Page 757: ...SPI CLOCk SLOPe command specifies the rising edge POSitive or falling edge NEGative of the SPI clock source that will clock in the data Query Syntax SBUS n SPI CLOCk SLOPe The SBUS n SPI CLOCk SLOPe query returns the current SPI clock source slope Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout on page 758 SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk ...

Page 758: ...out resource in seconds from 100 ns to 10 s when the SBUS n SPI FRAMing command is set to TIMeout The timer is used to frame a signal by a clock timeout Query Syntax SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout The SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout query returns current SPI clock timeout setting Return Format time value NL time_value time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SP...

Page 759: ...r framing value If TIMeout is selected the timeout value is set by the SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout command Query Syntax SBUS n SPI FRAMing The SBUS n SPI FRAMing query returns the current SPI framing value Return Format value NL value CHIP NCH TIM See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout on page 758 SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe on page 761 NOT...

Page 760: ...rmat d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk command sets the source for the SPI serial clock Query Syntax SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk The SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk query returns the current source for the SPI serial clock Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI CLOCk SLOPe on page 757 SBUS n SPI CLOCk TIMeout on page 758 SBUS ...

Page 761: ...t d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe command sets the frame source when SBUS n SPI FRAMing is set to CHIPselect or NOTChipselect Query Syntax SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe The SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe query returns the current frame source for the SPI serial frame Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk on page...

Page 762: ...MISO command sets the source for the SPI serial MISO data Query Syntax SBUS n SPI SOURce MISO The SBUS n SPI SOURce MISO query returns the current source for the SPI serial MISO data Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI on page 763 SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk on page 760 SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe on page 761 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO ...

Page 763: ... MOSI command sets the source for the SPI serial MOSI data Query Syntax SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI The SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI query returns the current source for the SPI serial MOSI data Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI SOURce MISO on page 762 SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk on page 760 SBUS n SPI SOURce FRAMe on page 761 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO...

Page 764: ...ata stream If the string parameter starts with 0x it is a hexadecimal string made up of hexadecimal and X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO DATA The SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO DATA query returns the current settings of the specified SPI data pattern resource in the binary string format ...

Page 765: ...of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits Query Syntax SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO WIDTh The SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO WIDTh query returns the current SPI data pattern width setting Return Format width NL width integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO DATA on page 764 SBUS n SPI SOURce MISO on p...

Page 766: ...ata stream If the string parameter starts with 0x it is a hexadecimal string made up of hexadecimal and X don t care characters otherwise it is a binary string made up of 0 1 and X don t care characters Query Syntax SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA The SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA query returns the current settings of the specified SPI data pattern resource in the binary string format ...

Page 767: ...of the SPI data pattern anywhere from 4 bits to 64 bits Query Syntax SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh The SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI WIDTh query returns the current SPI data pattern width setting Return Format width NL width integer from 4 to 64 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MOSI DATA on page 766 SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI on p...

Page 768: ...s When triggering on MISO data the data value is specified by the SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO DATA and SBUS n SPI TRIGger PATTern MISO WIDTh commands Query Syntax SBUS n SPI TRIGger TYPE The SBUS n SPI TRIGger TYPE query returns the current SPI trigger type setting Return Format value NL value MOSI MISO See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI on page 763 SB...

Page 769: ...mat The SBUS n SPI WIDTh command determines the number of bits in a word of data for SPI Query Syntax SBUS n SPI WIDTh The SBUS n SPI WIDTh query returns the current SPI decode word width Return Format word_width NL word_width integer 4 16 in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n SPI Commands on page ...

Page 770: ...SBUS n UART BITorde r see page 775 bitorder LSBFirst MSBFirst n a SBUS n UART COUNt E RRor see page 776 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n UART COUNt R ESet see page 777 n a n a n a SBUS n UART COUNt R XFRames see page 778 frame_count integer in NR1 format n a SBUS n UART COUNt T XFRames see page 779 frame_count integer in NR1 format SBUS n UART FRAMing value see page 780 SBUS n UART FRAMing...

Page 771: ...ge 785 base ASCii HEX SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt value see page 786 SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt see page 786 value OFF 1 to 4096 in NR1 format SBUS n UART TRIGger DATA value see page 787 SBUS n UART TRIGger DATA see page 787 value 8 bit integer from 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary...

Page 772: ...TYPE value see page 790 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE see page 790 value RSTArt RSTOp RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX PARityerror TSTArt TSTOp TDATa TD1 TD0 TDX SBUS n UART WIDTh width see page 791 SBUS n UART WIDTh see page 791 width 5 6 7 8 9 Table 112 SBUS n UART Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 773: ...EX The SBUS n UART BASE command determines the base to use for the UART decode and Lister display Query Syntax SBUS n UART BASE The SBUS n UART BASE query returns the current UART decode and Lister base setting Return Format base NL base ASCii BINary HEX Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n UART Commands on page 770 ...

Page 774: ...the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode The baud rate can be set from 100 b s to 8 Mb s If the baud rate you select does not match the system baud rate false triggers may occur Query Syntax SBUS n UART BAUDrate The SBUS n UART BAUDrate query returns the current UART baud rate setting Return Format baudrate NL baudrate integer from 100 to 8000000 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Command...

Page 775: ...erial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode LSBFirst sets the least significant bit of each message byte as transmitted first MSBFirst sets the most significant bit as transmitted first Query Syntax SBUS n UART BITorder The SBUS n UART BITorder query returns the current UART bit order setting Return Format bitorder NL bitorder LSBF MSBF See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIG...

Page 776: ...1208 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt ERRor Returns the UART error frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 777 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n UART Commands on page 770 ...

Page 777: ...ommand Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt RESet Resets the UART frame counters Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt ERRor on page 776 SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames on page 778 SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames on page 779 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n UART Commands on page 770 ...

Page 778: ...e 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt RXFRames Returns the UART Rx frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 777 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n UART Commands on page 770 ...

Page 779: ...e 1208 Query Syntax SBUS n UART COUNt TXFRames Returns the UART Tx frame count Return Format frame_count NL frame_count integer in NR1 format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also SBUS n UART COUNt RESet on page 777 Introduction to SBUS n Commands on page 645 SBUS n MODE on page 649 SBUS n UART Commands on page 770 ...

Page 780: ...imal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary The SBUS n UART FRAMing command determines the byte value to use for framing end of packet or to turn off framing for UART decode Query Syntax SBUS n UART FRAMing The SBUS n UART FRAMing query returns the current UART decode base setting Return Format value NL value OFF decimal decimal 8 bit integer in decimal from 0 255 Errors 241 Hardware missing on p...

Page 781: ...US n UART PARity command selects the parity to be used with each message byte for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART PARity The SBUS n UART PARity query returns the current UART parity setting Return Format parity NL parity EVEN ODD NONE See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 790 ...

Page 782: ...BUS n UART POLarity command selects the polarity as idle low or idle high for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART POLarity The SBUS n UART POLarity query returns the current UART polarity setting Return Format polarity NL polarity HIGH LOW See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 790 ...

Page 783: ...nels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n UART SOURce RX command controls which signal is used as the Rx source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART SOURce RX The SBUS n UART SOURce RX query returns the current source for the UART Rx signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MO...

Page 784: ...els in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n UART SOURce TX command controls which signal is used as the Tx source by the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART SOURce TX The SBUS n UART SOURce TX query returns the current source for the UART Tx signal Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MOD...

Page 785: ...ction is from hexadecimal values The SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE setting does not affect the SBUS n UART TRIGger DATA command which can always set data values using ASCII or hexadecimal values Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE The SBUS n UART TRIGger BASE query returns the current UART base setting Return Format base NL base ASC HEX See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MO...

Page 786: ...and selects the burst value Nth frame after idle period in the range 1 to 4096 or OFF for the trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt The SBUS n UART TRIGger BURSt query returns the current UART trigger burst value Return Format value NL value OFF 1 to 4096 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE...

Page 787: ...data value is used when one of the RD or TD trigger types is selected When entering an ASCII character via the quoted string it must be one of the 128 valid characters case sensitive NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL BS HT LF VT FF CR SO SI DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US SP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z _ a b c d e f g h i j k l m...

Page 788: ...mmand selects the value of the idle period for burst trigger in the range from 1 us to 10 s when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE The SBUS n UART TRIGger IDLE query returns the current UART trigger idle period time Return Format time_value NL time_value time from 1 us to 10 s in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n UART ...

Page 789: ...n UART TRIGger QUALifier command selects the data qualifier when TYPE is set to RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX TDATa TD1 TD0 or TDX for the trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier The SBUS n UART TRIGger QUALifier query returns the current UART trigger qualifier Return Format value NL value EQU NOT GRE LESS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page ...

Page 790: ... TRIGger QUALifier commands are used to specify the data value and comparison operator The RD1 RD0 RDX TD1 TD0 and TDX types for triggering on data and alert bit values are only valid when a 9 bit width has been selected Query Syntax SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE The SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE query returns the current UART trigger data value Return Format value NL value RSTA RSTO RDAT RD1 RD0 RDX PAR TS...

Page 791: ...US n UART WIDTh command determines the number of bits 5 9 for each message byte for the serial decoder and or trigger when in UART mode Query Syntax SBUS n UART WIDTh The SBUS n UART WIDTh query returns the current UART width setting Return Format width NL width 5 6 7 8 9 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n UART TRIGger TYPE on page 790 ...

Page 792: ...rmat SBUS n USB SOURce D PLus source see page 797 SBUS n USB SOURce D PLus see page 797 source CHANnel n for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format SBUS n USB SOURce D IFFerential source see page 798 SBUS n USB SOURce D IFFerential see page 798 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SBUS n USB...

Page 793: ...g nn where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X SBUS n USB TRIGger FRAMe string see page 807 SBUS n USB TRIGger FRAMe see page 807 string nnnnnnnnnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xnnn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress string see page 808 SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress see page 808 string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger PCHeck string see page 809 SBUS n USB ...

Page 794: ...14 SBUS n USB TRIGger PORT see page 814 string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X SBUS n USB TRIGger SC string see page 815 SBUS n USB TRIGger SC see page 815 string n where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 X SBUS n USB TRIGger SEU string see page 816 SBUS n USB TRIGger SEU see page 816 string nn where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X Table 113 SBUS n USB Commands Summary contin...

Page 795: ...base base ASCii BINary DECimal HEX The SBUS n USB BASE command determines the base to use for the USB decode and Lister display controlling how the data or payload field is displayed All other fields are displayed in hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB BASE The SBUS n USB BASE query returns the currently specified base Return Format base NL base ASC BIN DEC HEX ...

Page 796: ... to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n USB SOURce DMINus command specifies which signal is used as the USB D source for the selected bus The D source is only used for Low and Full Speed USB Query Syntax SBUS n USB SOURce DMINus The SBUS n USB SOURce DMINus query returns the specified D source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also SBUS n ...

Page 797: ... to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The SBUS n USB SOURce DPLus command specifies which signal is used as the USB D source for the selected bus The D source is only used for Low and Full Speed USB Query Syntax SBUS n USB SOURce DPLus The SBUS n USB SOURce DPLus query returns the specified D source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also SBUS n USB...

Page 798: ... to analog channels in NR1 format The SBUS n USB SOURce DIFFerential command specifies which signal is used as the differential source for the selected bus Differential sources are only used for High Speed USB Query Syntax SBUS n USB SOURce DIFFerential The SBUS n USB SOURce DIFFerential query returns the specified differential source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also SBUS n USB SPEed...

Page 799: ... speed LOW FULL HIGH The SBUS n USB SPEed command specifies the speed of the USB interface for the selected bus Query Syntax SBUS n USB SPEed The SBUS n USB SPEed query returns the speed setting Return Format speed NL speed LOW FULL HIGH See Also SBUS n USB SOURce DPLus on page 797 SBUS n USB SOURce DMINus on page 796 SBUS n USB SOURce DIFFerential on page 798 ...

Page 800: ...rror STUFFerror SE1error The SBUS n USB TRIGger command specifies the USB trigger mode for the selected bus Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger The SBUS n USB TRIGger query returns the specified USB trigger mode Return Format condition NL condition SOP EOP ENT EXIT RES TOK DATA HAND SPEC ALL PID CRC5 CRC16 GLIT STUFF SE1 See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID DATA on page 810 SBUS n USB TRIGger PID HANDshake...

Page 801: ...n where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger ADDRess command specifies the 7 bit Address portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger ADDRess The SBUS n USB TRIGger ADDRess query returns the specified Address portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 SBUS n USB TRIGge...

Page 802: ...tring 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger CRC command specifies the CRC portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger CRC The SBUS n USB TRIGger CRC query returns the specified CRC portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 SBUS n USB TRIGger PID TOKen on page...

Page 803: ...F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA command specifies the Data portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex See the SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA LENGth command for setting the length of the data value Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA The SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA query returns the specified Data portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB T...

Page 804: ...USB TRIGger DATA LENGth length length data length between 1 20 The SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA LENGth command specifies the data length in bytes Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA LENGth The SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA LENGth query returns the specified data length Return Format length NL length data length between 1 20 See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger DATA on page 803 ...

Page 805: ...where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger ENDPoint command specifies the 4 bit Endpoint portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger ENDPoint The SBUS n USB TRIGger ENDPoint query returns the specified Endpoint portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 SBUS n USB TRIGge...

Page 806: ... nn where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X The SBUS n USB TRIGger ET command specifies the 2 bit ET portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger ET The SBUS n USB TRIGger ET query returns the specified ET portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 ...

Page 807: ...where n 0 1 X string 0xnnn where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger FRAMe command specifies the 11 bit Frame portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger FRAMe The SBUS n USB TRIGger FRAMe query returns the specified Frame portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnnnnnnnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID TOKen on page 813...

Page 808: ...0 1 X string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress command specifies the 7 bit Hub Address portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress The SBUS n USB TRIGger HADDress query returns the specified Hub Address portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on...

Page 809: ...bit PID check portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex See the SBUS n USB TRIGger PID commands for setting the PID Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PCHeck The SBUS n USB TRIGger PCHeck query returns the specified PID check portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID DATA on page 810 SBUS n USB TRIGger PID HANDshake on ...

Page 810: ...PID to trigger on for the selected bus The specified PID does not include the PID check value which is specified using the SBUS n USB TRIGger PIDCheck command The DATA USB trigger mode can be selected using the SBUS n USB TRIGger command Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PID DATA The SBUS n USB TRIGger PID DATA query returns the specified data PID Return Format pid NL pid DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 MDAT See ...

Page 811: ...PID to trigger on for the selected bus The specified PID does not include the PID check value which is specified using the SBUS n USB TRIGger PIDCheck command The HANDshake USB trigger mode can be selected using the SBUS n USB TRIGger command Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PID HANDshake The SBUS n USB TRIGger PID HANDshake query returns the specified handshake PID Return Format pid NL pid ACK NAK...

Page 812: ... PID to trigger on for the selected bus The specified PID does not include the PID check value which is specified using the SBUS n USB TRIGger PIDCheck command The SPECial USB trigger mode can be selected using the SBUS n USB TRIGger command Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial The SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial query returns the specified special PID Return Format pid NL pid PING PRE ERR S...

Page 813: ...PID to trigger on for the selected bus The specified PID does not include the PID check value which is specified using the SBUS n USB TRIGger PIDCheck command The TOKen USB trigger mode can be selected using the SBUS n USB TRIGger command Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PID TOKen The SBUS n USB TRIGger PID TOKen query returns the specified token PID Return Format pid NL pid OUT IN SETup SOF See Al...

Page 814: ... where n 0 1 X string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SBUS n USB TRIGger PORT command specifies the 7 bit Port portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger PORT The SBUS n USB TRIGger PORT query returns the specified Port portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnnnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 ...

Page 815: ...ing n where n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 X The SBUS n USB TRIGger SC command specifies the 1 bit SC portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger SC The SBUS n USB TRIGger SC query returns the specified SC portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nnnn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 ...

Page 816: ...n 0 1 X string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X The SBUS n USB TRIGger SEU command specifies the 2 bit S and E or U portion of the trigger for the selected bus in binary or hex Query Syntax SBUS n USB TRIGger SEU The SBUS n USB TRIGger SEU query returns the specified S and E or U portion of the trigger Return Format string NL string nn where n 0 1 X See Also SBUS n USB TRIGger PID SPECial on page 812 ...

Page 817: ...dth search SEARch RUNT Commands on page 832 SEARch TRANsition Commands on page 837 SEARch SERial A429 Commands on page 842 SEARch SERial CAN Commands on page 848 SEARch SERial FLEXray Commands on page 854 SEARch SERial I2S Commands on page 860 SEARch SERial IIC Commands on page 866 SEARch SERial LIN Commands on page 873 SEARch SERial M1553 Commands on page 879 SEARch SERial SPI Commands on page 88...

Page 818: ... Table 114 General SEARch Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns n a SEARch COUNt see page 819 count an integer count value SEARch MODE value see page 820 SEARch MODE see page 820 value EDGE GLITch RUNT TRANsition SERial 1 2 SEARch STATe value see page 821 SEARch STATe see page 821 value 0 OFF 1 ON ...

Page 819: ...illoscopes Programmer s Guide 819 SEARch COUNt see page 1208 Query Syntax SEARch COUNt The SEARch COUNt query returns the number of search events found Return Format count NL count an integer count value See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 ...

Page 820: ...sition SERial 1 2 The SEARch MODE command selects the search mode The command is only valid when the SEARch STATe is ON Query Syntax SEARch MODE The SEARch MODE query returns the currently selected mode or OFF if the SEARch STATe is OFF Return Format value NL value EDGE GLIT RUNT TRAN SER 1 2 OFF See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch STATe on page 821 ...

Page 821: ...208 Command Syntax SEARch STATe value value 0 OFF 1 ON The SEARch STATe command enables or disables the search feature Query Syntax SEARch STATe The SEARch STATe query returns returns the current setting Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 ...

Page 822: ...mands Table 115 SEARch EDGE Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns SEARch EDGE SLOPe slope see page 823 SEARch EDGE SLOPe see page 823 slope POSitive NEGative EITHer SEARch EDGE SOURce source see page 824 SEARch EDGE SOURce see page 824 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format ...

Page 823: ...d Syntax SEARch EDGE SLOPe slope slope NEGative POSitive EITHer The SEARch EDGE SLOPe command specifies the slope of the edge for the search Query Syntax SEARch EDGE SLOPe The SEARch EDGE SLOPe query returns the current slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS EITH See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 ...

Page 824: ...SEARch EDGE SOURce source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch EDGE SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edges Query Syntax SEARch EDGE SOURce The SEARch EDGE SOURce query returns the current source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 ...

Page 825: ...7 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps SEARch GLITch POLari ty polarity see page 828 SEARch GLITch POLari ty see page 828 polarity POSitive NEGative SEARch GLITch QUALif ier qualifier see page 829 SEARch GLITch QUALif ier see page 829 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan RANGe SEARch GLITch RANGe less_than_time suff ix greater_than_time s uffix see page 830 SEARch GLIT...

Page 826: ...LITch GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce Query Syntax SEARch GLITch GREaterthan The SEARch GLITch GREaterthan query returns the minimum pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format greater_than_time NL greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch...

Page 827: ...ARch GLITch LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce Query Syntax SEARch GLITch LESSthan The SEARch GLITch LESSthan query returns the pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time NL less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch GLITch SOURce on...

Page 828: ...e NEGative The SEARch GLITch POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch pulse width search Query Syntax SEARch GLITch POLarity The SEARch GLITch POLarity query returns the current polarity setting for the glitch pulse width search Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch GLITch SOURce on page 831 ...

Page 829: ...ration of the glitch pulse width search The oscilloscope can search for a pulse width that is greater than a time value less than a time value or within a range of time values Query Syntax SEARch GLITch QUALifier The SEARch GLITch QUALifier query returns the glitch pulse width qualifier Return Format operator NL operator GRE LESS RANG See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch...

Page 830: ...RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected SEARch GLITch SOURce You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax SEARch GLITch RANGe The SEARch GLITch RANGe query returns the pulse width duration time for SEARch GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time greater_than_time NL See ...

Page 831: ...s the channel on which to search for glitches pulse widths Query Syntax SEARch GLITch SOURce The SEARch GLITch SOURce query returns the current pulse width source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch GLITch POLarity on page 828 SE...

Page 832: ...ch RUNT POLarity see page 833 polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer SEARch RUNT QUALifie r qualifier see page 834 SEARch RUNT QUALifie r see page 834 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan NONE SEARch RUNT SOURce source see page 835 SEARch RUNT SOURce see page 835 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SEARch RUNT TIME time suffix see page 836 SEARch RUNT TIME see page 836 time floating point n...

Page 833: ...pe polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer The SEARch RUNT POLarity command sets the polarity for the runt search Query Syntax SEARch RUNT POLarity The SEARch RUNT POLarity query returns the currently set runt polarity Return Format slope NL polarity POS NEG EITH See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch RUNT SOURce on page 835 ...

Page 834: ...SSthan NONE The SEARch RUNT QUALifier command specifies whether to search for a runt that is greater than a time value less than a time value or any time value Query Syntax SEARch RUNT QUALifier The SEARch RUNT QUALifier query returns the current runt search qualifier Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS NONE See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820...

Page 835: ...ource CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch RUNT SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for the runt pulse Query Syntax SEARch RUNT SOURce The SEARch RUNT SOURce query returns the current runt search source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch RUNT POLarity on page 833 ...

Page 836: ...ns ps When searching for runt pulses whose widths are greater than or less than a time see SEARch RUNT QUALifier the SEARch RUNT TIME command specifies the time value Query Syntax SEARch RUNT TIME The SEARch RUNT TIME query returns the currently specified runt time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch R...

Page 837: ...Rch TRANsition QU ALifier see page 838 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan SEARch TRANsition SL OPe slope see page 839 SEARch TRANsition SL OPe see page 839 slope NEGative POSitive SEARch TRANsition SO URce source see page 840 SEARch TRANsition SO URce see page 840 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format SEARch TRANsition TI ME time suffix see page 841 SEARch TRANsition TI ME see page 841...

Page 838: ...than The SEARch TRANsition QUALifier command specifies whether to search for edge transitions greater than or less than a time Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition QUALifier The SEARch TRANsition QUALifier query returns the current transition search qualifier Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch TRANsition T...

Page 839: ...ommand selects whether to search for rising edge POSitive slope transitions or falling edge NEGative slope transitions Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition SLOPe The SEARch TRANsition SLOPe query returns the current transition search slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch TRANsition SOURce on page 840 SEA...

Page 840: ...o analog channels in NR1 format The SEARch TRANsition SOURce command selects the channel on which to search for edge transitions Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition SOURce The SEARch TRANsition SOURce query returns the current transition search source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch MODE on page 820 SEARch TRANsition SLOPe on page 83...

Page 841: ... ms us ns ps The SEARch TRANsition TIME command sets the time of the transition to search for You can search for transitions greater than or less than this time Query Syntax SEARch TRANsition TIME The SEARch TRANsition TIME query returns the current transition time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch T...

Page 842: ...tring 0xnn where n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial A429 M ODE condition see page 844 SEARch SERial A429 M ODE see page 844 condition LABel LBITs PERRor WERRor GERRor WGERrors ALLerrors SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern DATA string see page 845 SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern DATA see page 845 string nn n where n 0 1 length depends on FORMat SEARch SERial A429 P ATTern SDI string see page 846 SEARch SERial A429 P ATTe...

Page 843: ...octal Qnnn where n 0 7 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial A429 LABel command defines the ARINC 429 label value when labels are used in the selected search mode Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 LABel The SEARch SERial A429 LABel query returns the current label value in decimal format Return Format value NL in decimal format Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to...

Page 844: ...rity error WERRor finds an intra word coding error GERRor finds an inter word gap error WGERrors finds either a Word or Gap Error ALLerrors finds any of the above errors Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 MODE The SEARch SERial A429 MODE query returns the current ARINC 429 search mode condition Return Format condition NL condition LAB LBIT PERR WERR GERR WGER ALL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1...

Page 845: ...n searched for in each ARINC 429 word Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern DATA query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 data pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SEARch SERial A429 MODE on page 844 SEARch SERial ...

Page 846: ...attern searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SDI is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SDI field Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SDI The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SDI query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SDI pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Intro...

Page 847: ...pattern searched for in each ARINC 429 word The specified SSM is only used if the SBUS n A429 FORMat includes the SSM field Query Syntax SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SSM The SEARch SERial A429 PATTern SSM query returns the current settings of the specified ARINC 429 two bit SSM pattern resource in the binary string format Return Format string NL Errors 241 Hardware missing on page 1169 See Also Intr...

Page 848: ...ERial CAN PA TTern DATA string see page 850 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA see page 850 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA LENGth length see page 851 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern DATA LENGth see page 851 length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID string see page 852 SEARch SERial CAN PA TTern ID see page 852 string 0xnn n wher...

Page 849: ...atching the specified ID of a Data frame IDEither searches for the specified ID regardless if it is a Remote frame or a Data frame IDRemote searches for CAN frames matching the specified ID of a Remote frame ALLerrors searches for CAN active error frames and unknown bus conditions OVERload searches for CAN overload frames ERRor searches for CAN Error frame Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN MODE The S...

Page 850: ...the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data The length of the data value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on p...

Page 851: ... specifies the length of the data value when searching for Data Frame ID and Data The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current data length setting Return Format length NL length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands s...

Page 852: ...he ID value when searching for a CAN event The value can be a standard ID or an extended ID depending on the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE command s setting Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID query returns the current ID value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X for hexadecimal See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on p...

Page 853: ...d specifies whether a standard ID value or an extended ID value is used when searching for a CAN event The ID value is specified using the SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID command Query Syntax SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE The SEARch SERial CAN PATTern ID MODE query returns the current setting Return Format value NL value STAN EXT See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SER...

Page 854: ... 63 SEARch SERial FLEXra y DATA string see page 856 SEARch SERial FLEXra y DATA see page 856 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial FLEXra y DATA LENGth length see page 857 SEARch SERial FLEXra y DATA LENGth see page 857 length integer from 1 to 12 in NR1 format SEARch SERial FLEXra y FRAMe frame id see page 858 SEARch SERial FLEXra y FRAMe see page 858 frame_id ALL frame frame integer from...

Page 855: ... The SEARch SERial FLEXray CYCLe command specifies the cycle value to find when searching for FlexRay frames A cycle value of 1 is the same as ALL Query Syntax SEARch SERial FLEXray CYCLe The SEARch SERial FLEXray CYCLe query returns the current cycle value setting Return Format cycle NL cycle ALL cycle cycle integer from 0 63 See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial ...

Page 856: ...s the data value to find when searching for FlexRay frames The length of the data value is specified by the SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA LENGth command Query Syntax SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA The SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial FLEXray...

Page 857: ...mmand specifies the length of data values when searching for FlexRay frames The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial FLEXray DATA LENGth query returns the current data length setting Return Format length NL length integer from 1 to 12 in NR1 format See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 8...

Page 858: ...integer from 1 2047 The SEARch SERial FLEXray FRAMe command specifies the frame ID value to find when searching for FlexRay frames Query Syntax SEARch SERial FLEXray FRAMe The SEARch SERial FLEXray FRAMe query returns the current frame ID setting Return Format frame_id NL frame_id ALL frame frame integer from 1 2047 See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial FLEXray MOD...

Page 859: ...arches for FlexRay frames with the specified cycle number and frame ID DATA searches for FlexRay frames with the specified data cycle number and frame ID HERRor searches for header CRC errors FERRor searches for frame CRC errors AERRor searches for all errors Query Syntax SEARch SERial FLEXray MODE The SEARch SERial FLEXray MODE query returns the currently selected mode Return Format value NL valu...

Page 860: ... string see page 863 SEARch SERial I2S PA TTern DATA see page 863 string n where n 32 bit integer in signed decimal when base DECimal string nn n where n 0 1 X when base BINary string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X when base HEX SEARch SERial I2S PA TTern FORMat base see page 864 SEARch SERial I2S PA TTern FORMat see page 864 base BINary HEX DECimal SEARch SERial I2S RA NGe lower upper see page 865 SEAR...

Page 861: ... RIGHt LEFT EITHer The SEARch SERial I2S AUDio command specifies the channel on which to search for I2S events right left or either channel Query Syntax SEARch SERial I2S AUDio The SEARch SERial I2S AUDio query returns the current channel setting Return Format audio_ch NL audio_ch RIGH LEFT EITH See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial I2S MODE on page 862 ...

Page 862: ...nel data words less than the specified value GREaterthan searches for channel data words greater than the specified value INRange searches for channel data words in the range OUTRange searches for channel data words outside the range Data word values are specified using the SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA command Value ranges are specified using the SEARch SERial I2S RANGe command Query Syntax SEAR...

Page 863: ... data word value when searching for I2S events The base of the value entered with this command is specified using the SEARch SERial I2S PATTern FORMat command Query Syntax SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA query returns the current data word value setting Return Format string NL string n where n 32 bit integer in signed decimal when base DECimal string nn n where n ...

Page 864: ... HEX DECimal The SEARch SERial I2S PATTern FORMat command specifies the number base used with the SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial I2S PATTern FORMat The SEARch SERial I2S PATTern FORMat query returns the current number base setting Return Format base NL base BIN HEX DEC See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial I2S PATTern DATA on page...

Page 865: ...r hexadecimal The SEARch SERial I2S RANGe command specifies the data value range when searching for I2S events in the INRange and OUTRange search modes set by the SEARch SERial I2S MODE command You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the lower and the larger value becomes the upper Query Syntax SEARch SERial I2S RANGe The SEARch SERial I2S RANGe query returns the curren...

Page 866: ...ch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess value see page 869 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern ADDRess see page 869 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA value see page 870 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA see page 870 value integer or string string 0xnn n 0 9 A F SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA2 value see page 871 SEARch SERial IIC PA TTern DATA2 see page 871 value integer or...

Page 867: ...s frames containing Start Address7 Read Ack Data Ack Data2 W7Data2 searches for 7 bit address frames containing Start Address7 Write Ack Data Ack Data2 RESTart searches for another start condition occurring before a stop condition READEprom searches for EEPROM data reads When searching for events containing addresses address values are specified using the SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess command ...

Page 868: ...X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 29 SEARch Commands SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess on page 869 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA on page 870 SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 on page 871 SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier on page 872 ...

Page 869: ...ing 0xnn n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess command specifies address values when searching for IIC events To set don t care values use the integer 1 Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern ADDRess query returns the current address value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SER...

Page 870: ...IIC events To set don t care values use the integer 1 When searching for IIC EEPROM data read events you specify the data value qualifier using the SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier command Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 81...

Page 871: ... IIC PATTern DATA2 command specifies the second data value when searching for IIC events with two data values To set don t care values use the integer 1 Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 The SEARch SERial IIC PATTern DATA2 query returns the current second data value setting Return Format value NL value integer See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial IIC MO...

Page 872: ...SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier used when searching for IIC EEPROM data read events Query Syntax SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier The SEARch SERial IIC QUALifier query returns the current data value qualifier setting Return Format value NL value EQU NOT LESS GRE See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial IIC MODE on page 867 SEARch SERi...

Page 873: ...r hexadecimal SEARch SERial LIN MO DE value see page 875 SEARch SERial LIN MO DE see page 875 value ID DATA ERRor SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA string see page 876 SEARch SERial LIN PA TTern DATA see page 876 When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t DECimal string n where n 32 bit integer in unsigned decimal returns if data has any don t cares When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMa t HEX string 0xnn...

Page 874: ...nn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal nondecimal Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal The SEARch SERial LIN ID command specifies the frame ID value when searching for LIN events Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN ID The SEARch SERial LIN ID query returns the current frame ID setting Return Format value NL value 7 bit integer in decimal with Option AMS See Also Chapter ...

Page 875: ...arches for a frame ID DATA searches for a frame ID and data ERRor searches for errors Frame IDs are specified using the SEARch SERial LIN ID command Data values are specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN MODE The SEARch SERial LIN MODE query returns the currently selected mode Return Format value NL value ID DATA ERR See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Com...

Page 876: ...SERial LIN PATTern FORMat command To set don t care values with the DATA command the FORMat must be HEX The length of the data value entered is specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL When SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat DECi...

Page 877: ...ATA LENGth command specifies the the length of the data value when searching for LIN events The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA LENGth query returns the current data value length setting Return Format length NL length integer from 1 to 8 in NR1 format See Also Chapter 29 S...

Page 878: ...HEX DECimal The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat command specifies the number base used with the SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat The SEARch SERial LIN PATTern FORMat query returns the current number base setting Return Format base NL base HEX DEC See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial LIN PATTern DATA on page 876 ...

Page 879: ...EARch SERial M1553 MODE see page 880 value DSTArt CSTArt RTA RTA11 PERRor SERRor MERRor SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA string see page 881 SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA see page 881 string nn n where n 0 1 SEARch SERial M1553 RTA value see page 882 SEARch SERial M1553 RTA see page 882 value 5 bit integer in decimal hexadecimal binary or string from 0 31 hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F binary ...

Page 880: ... word RTA11 searches for the Remote Terminal Address RTA and the additional 11 bits of a Command Status word PERRor searches for odd parity errors for the data in the word SERRor searches for invalid Sync pulses MERRor searches for Manchester encoding errors In the RTA or RTA11 modes the Remote Terminal Address is specified using the SEARch SERial M1553 RTA command In the RTA11 mode the additional...

Page 881: ...ch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA command specifies the additional 11 bits when searching for the MIL STD 1553 Remote Terminal Address 11 Bits Query Syntax SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial M1553 PATTern DATA query returns the current value setting for the additional 11 bits Return Format string NL string nn n where n 0 1 See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch ...

Page 882: ... Hnn where n 0 9 A F binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F The SEARch SERial M1553 RTA command specifies the Remote Terminal Address RTA value when searching for MIL STD 1553 events Query Syntax SEARch SERial M1553 RTA The SEARch SERial M1553 RTA query returns the current Remote Terminal Address value setting Return Format value NL value 5 bit integer in decimal from 0 31...

Page 883: ...ry Options and Query Returns SEARch SERial SPI MO DE value see page 884 SEARch SERial SPI MO DE see page 884 value MOSI MISO SEARch SERial SPI PA TTern DATA string see page 885 SEARch SERial SPI PA TTern DATA see page 885 string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial SPI PA TTern WIDTh width see page 886 SEARch SERial SPI PA TTern WIDTh see page 886 width integer from 1 to 10 ...

Page 884: ...ODE command specifies whether the SPI search will be on the MOSI data or the MISO data Data values are specified using the SEARch SERial SPI PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial SPI MODE The SEARch SERial SPI MODE query returns the current SPI search mode setting Return Format value NL value MOSI MISO See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial SPI PATTern DAT...

Page 885: ...PATTern DATA command specifies the data value when searching for SPI events The width of the data value is specified using the SEARch SERial SPI PATTern WIDTh command Query Syntax SEARch SERial SPI PATTern DATA The SEARch SERial SPI PATTern DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format string NL string 0xnn n where n 0 9 A F X See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page ...

Page 886: ...rn WIDTh command specifies the width of the data value in bytes when searching for SPI events The data value is specified using the SEARch SERial SPI PATTern DATA command Query Syntax SEARch SERial SPI PATTern WIDTh The SEARch SERial SPI PATTern WIDTh query returns the current data width setting Return Format width NL width integer from 1 to 10 See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page ...

Page 887: ... 0 255 0x00 0xff in decimal hexadecimal binary or quoted_string format hexadecimal Hnn where n 0 9 A F for hexadecimal binary Bnn n where n 0 1 for binary quoted_string any of the 128 vali 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations SEARch SERial UART M ODE value see page 889 SEARch SERial UART M ODE see page 889 value RDATa RD1 RD0 RDX TDATa TD1 TD0 TDX PARityerror AERRor SEARch SERial UART ...

Page 888: ... of the 128 valid 7 bit ASCII characters or standard abbreviations The SEARch SERial UART DATA command specifies a data value when searching for UART RS232 events The data value qualifier is specified using the SEARch SERial UART QUALifier command Query Syntax SEARch SERial UART DATA The SEARch SERial UART DATA query returns the current data value setting Return Format value NL value 8 bit integer...

Page 889: ...t is a don t care X TDATa searches for a transmit data value when data words are from 5 to 8 bits long TD1 searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is 1 TD0 searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is 0 TDX searches for a transmit data value when data words are 9 bits long and the 9th alert bit is a don...

Page 890: ...al GREaterthan LESSthan The SEARch SERial UART QUALifier command specifies the data value qualifier when searching for UART RS232 events Query Syntax SEARch SERial UART QUALifier The SEARch SERial UART QUALifier query returns the current data value qualifier setting Return Format value NL value EQU NOT GRE LESS See Also Chapter 29 SEARch Commands starting on page 817 SEARch SERial UART DATA on pag...

Page 891: ... X SEARch SERial USB DA TA LENGth value see page 897 SEARch SERial USB DA TA LENGth see page 897 length data length between 1 20 SEARch SERial USB EN DPoint string see page 898 SEARch SERial USB EN DPoint see page 898 string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial USB ET string see page 899 SEARch SERial USB ET see page 899 string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X SEARch SERial USB FR AMe string see page 900 SEAR...

Page 892: ...h SERial USB PO RT string see page 906 SEARch SERial USB PO RT see page 906 string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X SEARch SERial USB SC string see page 907 SEARch SERial USB SC see page 907 string 0xn where n 0 1 X SEARch SERial USB SE U string see page 908 SEARch SERial USB SE U see page 908 string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X Table 128 SEARch SERial USB Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query...

Page 893: ...cherror STUFFerror SE1error The SEARch SERial USB MODE command specifies the USB search mode Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB MODE The SEARch SERial USB MODE query returns the specified USB search mode Return Format mode NL mode TOK DATA HAND SPEC ALL PID CRC5 CRC16 GLIT STUFF SE1 See Also SEARch SERial USB PID DATA on page 902 SEARch SERial USB PID HANDshake on page 903 SEARch SERial USB PID SPECia...

Page 894: ...here n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB ADDRess command specifies the 7 bit Address portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB ADDRess The SEARch SERial USB ADDRess query returns the specified Address portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen on page 905 ...

Page 895: ...ng 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB CRC command specifies the CRC portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB CRC The SEARch SERial USB CRC query returns the specified CRC portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen on page 905 ...

Page 896: ... The SEARch SERial USB DATA command specifies the Data portion of the search value in hex See the SEARch SERial USB DATA LENGth command for setting the length of the data value Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB DATA The SEARch SERial USB DATA query returns the specified Data portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB DATA LENGth on page...

Page 897: ...ch SERial USB DATA LENGth length length data length between 1 20 The SEARch SERial USB DATA LENGth command specifies the data length in bytes Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB DATA LENGth The SEARch SERial USB DATA LENGth query returns the specified data length Return Format length NL length data length between 1 20 See Also SEARch SERial USB DATA on page 896 ...

Page 898: ...re n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB ENDPoint command specifies the 4 bit Endpoint portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB ENDPoint The SEARch SERial USB ENDPoint query returns the specified Endpoint portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen on page 905 ...

Page 899: ...l USB ET string string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X The SEARch SERial USB ET command specifies the 2 bit ET portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB ET The SEARch SERial USB ET query returns the specified ET portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 ...

Page 900: ...e string string 0xnnn where n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB FRAMe command specifies the 11 bit Frame portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB FRAMe The SEARch SERial USB FRAMe query returns the specified Frame portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xnnn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen on page 905 ...

Page 901: ...ng string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB HADDress command specifies the 7 bit Hub Address portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB HADDress The SEARch SERial USB HADDress query returns the specified Hub Address portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 ...

Page 902: ...id DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 MDATa The SEARch SERial USB PID DATA command specifies the USB data PID to find The DATA USB search mode can be selected using the SEARch SERial USB MODE command Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB PID DATA The SEARch SERial USB PID DATA query returns the specified data PID Return Format pid NL pid DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 MDAT See Also SEARch SERial USB MODE on page 893 ...

Page 903: ...K NAK STALL NYET The SEARch SERial USB PID HANDshake command specifies the USB handshake PID to find The HANDshake USB search mode can be selected using the SEARch SERial USB MODE command Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB PID HANDshake The SEARch SERial USB PID HANDshake query returns the specified handshake PID Return Format pid NL pid ACK NAK STALL NYET See Also SEARch SERial USB MODE on page 893 ...

Page 904: ...d PING PRE ERR SPLit The SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial command specifies the USB special PID to find The SPECial USB search mode can be selected using the SEARch SERial USB MODE command Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial The SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial query returns the specified special PID Return Format pid NL pid PING PRE ERR SPL See Also SEARch SERial USB MODE on page 893 ...

Page 905: ...pid pid OUT IN SETup SOF The SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen command specifies the USB token PID to find The TOKen USB search mode can be selected using the SEARch SERial USB MODE command Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen The SEARch SERial USB PID TOKen query returns the specified token PID Return Format pid NL pid OUT IN SETup SOF See Also SEARch SERial USB MODE on page 893 ...

Page 906: ...ORT string string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X The SEARch SERial USB PORT command specifies the 7 bit Port portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB PORT The SEARch SERial USB PORT query returns the specified Port portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xnn where n 0 9 A F X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 ...

Page 907: ...ERial USB SC string string 0xn where n 0 1 X The SEARch SERial USB SC command specifies the 1 bit SC portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB SC The SEARch SERial USB SC query returns the specified SC portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 1 X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 ...

Page 908: ...ring string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X The SEARch SERial USB SEU command specifies the 2 bit S and E or U portion of the search value in hex Query Syntax SEARch SERial USB SEU The SEARch SERial USB SEU query returns the specified S and E or U portion of the search value Return Format string NL string 0xn where n 0 1 2 3 X See Also SEARch SERial USB PID SPECial on page 904 ...

Page 909: ...string see page 912 n a string up to 75 characters as a quoted ASCII string n a SYSTem ERRor see page 913 error an integer error code error string quoted ASCII string See Error Messages see page 1167 SYSTem LOCK value see page 914 SYSTem LOCK see page 914 value 1 ON 0 OFF SYSTem PRESet see page 915 n a See SYSTem PRESet see page 915 SYSTem PROTection LO CK value see page 918 SYSTem PROTection LO C...

Page 910: ...illoscopes Programmer s Guide 30 SYSTem Commands Introduction to SYSTem Commands SYSTem subsystem commands enable writing messages to the display setting and reading both the time and the date querying for errors and saving and recalling setups ...

Page 911: ... NR1 format month 1 12 JANuary FEBruary MARch APRil MAY JUNe JULy AUGust SEPtember OCTober NOVember DECember day 1 31 The SYSTem DATE command sets the date Validity checking is performed to ensure that the date is valid Query Syntax SYSTem DATE The SYSTem DATE query returns the date Return Format year month day NL See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 SYSTem TIME on page 921 ...

Page 912: ...g up to 75 characters The SYSTem DSP command writes the quoted string excluding quotation marks to a text box on screen Use SYStem DSP to remotely remove the message from the display Two sets of quote marks without a space between them creates a NULL string Press any menu key to manually remove the message from the display See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 ...

Page 913: ...tedly sending the SYSTem ERRor query returns the errors in the order that they occurred until the queue is empty Any further queries then return zero until another error occurs Return Format error number error string NL error number an integer error code in NR1 format error string quoted ASCII string containing the error message Error messages are listed in Chapter 37 Error Messages starting on pa...

Page 914: ...OCK value value 1 ON 0 OFF The SYSTem LOCK command disables the front panel LOCK ON is the equivalent of sending a local lockout message over the programming interface Query Syntax SYSTem LOCK The SYSTem LOCK query returns the lock status of the front panel Return Format value NL value 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 ...

Page 915: ...efault Setup on the front panel When you perform a default setup some user settings like preferences remain unchanged To reset all user settings to their factory defaults use the RST command Reset conditions are Acquire Menu Mode Normal Averaging Off Averages 8 Analog Channel Menu Channel 1 On Channel 2 Off Volts division 5 00 V Offset 0 00 Coupling DC Probe attenuation 10 1 Vernier Off Invert Off...

Page 916: ...ld TTL 1 4 V Display Menu Persistence Off Grid 20 Quick Meas Menu Source Channel 1 Run Control Scope is running Time Base Menu Main time division 100 us Main time base delay 0 00 s Delay time division 500 ns Delay time base delay 0 00 s Reference center Mode main Vernier Off Trigger Menu Type Edge Mode Auto Coupling dc Source Channel 1 Level 0 0 V Slope Positive ...

Page 917: ...loscopes Programmer s Guide 917 See Also Introduction to Common Commands on page 164 RST Reset on page 176 HF Reject and noise reject Off Holdoff 40 ns External probe attenuation 10 1 External Units Volts External Impedance 1 M Ohm cannot be changed Trigger Menu ...

Page 918: ...STem PROTection LOCK value value 1 ON 0 OFF The SYSTem PROTection LOCK command disables the fifty ohm impedance setting for all analog channels Query Syntax SYSTem PROTection LOCK The SYSTem PROTection LOCK query returns the analog channel protection lock status Return Format value NL value 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 ...

Page 919: ...88 2 format See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 LRN Learn Device Setup on page 171 Example Code SAVE_SYSTEM_SETUP The SYSTEM SETUP query returns a program message that contains the current state of the instrument Its format is a definite length binary block for example 800075595 setup string NL where the setup string is 75595 bytes in length myScope WriteString SYSTEM SETUP varQue...

Page 920: ...mmer s Guide 30 SYSTem Commands Write setup string back to oscilloscope using SYSTEM SETUP command myScope WriteIEEEBlock SYSTEM SETUP varSetupString CheckForInstrumentErrors See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 921: ...mat The SYSTem TIME command sets the system time using a 24 hour format Commas are used as separators Validity checking is performed to ensure that the time is valid Query Syntax SYSTem TIME time The SYSTem TIME query returns the current system time Return Format time NL time hours minutes seconds in NR1 format See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 SYSTem DATE on page 911 ...

Page 922: ...ee page 1208 Command Syntax SYSTem TOUCh on_off on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The SYSTem TOUCh command disables or enables the touchscreen Query Syntax SYSTem TOUCh time The SYSTem TOUCh query returns the touchscreen s on off status Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to SYSTem Commands on page 910 ...

Page 923: ... in NR3 format TIMebase RANGe range_value see page 927 TIMebase RANGe see page 927 range_value time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format TIMebase REFClock 0 OFF 1 ON see page 928 TIMebase REFClock see page 928 0 1 TIMebase REFerence LEFT CENTer RIGHt see page 929 TIMebase REFerence see page 929 return_value LEFT CENTer RIGHt TIMebase SCALe scale_value see page 930 TIMebase SCALe see page 930 scale_...

Page 924: ...Use TIMebase to query setup information for the TIMebase subsystem Return Format The following is a sample response from the TIMebase query In this case the query was issued following a RST command TIM MODE MAIN REF CENT MAIN RANG 1 00E 03 POS 0 0E 00 TIMebase WINDow RANG e range_value see page 933 TIMebase WINDow RANG e see page 933 range value range value in seconds in NR3 format for the zoomed ...

Page 925: ...EFerence commands are not available No measurements are available in this mode ROLL In the ROLL mode data moves continuously across the display from left to right The oscilloscope runs continuously and is untriggered The TIMebase REFerence selection changes to RIGHt Query Syntax TIMebase MODE The TIMebase MODE query returns the current time base mode Return Format value NL value MAIN WIND XY ROLL ...

Page 926: ...center and is set with the TIMebase REFerence command The maximum position value depends on the time division settings Query Syntax TIMebase POSition The TIMebase POSition query returns the current time from the trigger to the display reference in seconds Return Format pos NL pos time in seconds from the trigger to the display reference in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on p...

Page 927: ... RANGe The TIMebase RANGe query returns the current full scale range value for the main window Return Format range_value NL range_value time for 10 div in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 924 TIMebase MODE on page 925 TIMebase SCALe on page 930 TIMebase WINDow RANGe on page 933 Example Code TIME_RANGE Sets the full scale horizontal time in seconds The range ...

Page 928: ...erence clock when synchronizing multiple instruments see ACQuire RSIGnal on page 233 The TIMebase REFClock ON command enables the 10 MHz REF BNC and sets the reference signal mode to IN The TIMebase REFClock OFF command disables the 10 MHz REF BNC the same as setting the reference signal mode to OFF Query Syntax TIMebase REFClock The TIMebase REFClock query returns the current state of the 10 MHz ...

Page 929: ...uery Syntax TIMebase REFerence The TIMebase REFerence query returns the current display reference for the main window Return Format reference NL reference LEFT CENT RIGH See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 924 TIMebase MODE on page 925 Example Code TIME_REFERENCE Possible values are LEFT CENTer or RIGHt LEFT sets the display reference one time division from the left CENTer sets the ...

Page 930: ...nd sets the horizontal scale or units per division for the main window Query Syntax TIMebase SCALe The TIMebase SCALe query returns the current horizontal scale setting in seconds per division for the main window Return Format scale_value NL scale_value time div in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 924 TIMebase RANGe on page 927 TIMebase WINDow SCALe on page ...

Page 931: ...r value 1 ON 0 OFF The TIMebase VERNier command specifies whether the time base control s vernier fine horizontal adjustment setting is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax TIMebase VERNier The TIMebase VERNier query returns the current state of the time base control s vernier setting Return Format vernier value NL vernier value 0 1 See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 924 ...

Page 932: ... range and the main sweep horizontal position determine the range for this command The value for this command must keep the zoomed view window within the main sweep range Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow POSition The TIMebase WINDow POSition query returns the current horizontal window position setting in the zoomed view Return Format value NL value position value in seconds See Also Introduction to TI...

Page 933: ...ed delayed window The range is 10 times the current zoomed view window seconds per division setting The main sweep range determines the range for this command The maximum value is one half of the TIMebase RANGe value Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow RANGe The TIMebase WINDow RANGe query returns the current window timebase range setting Return Format value NL value range value in seconds See Also Intro...

Page 934: ...econds division The main sweep scale determines the range for this command The maximum value is one half of the TIMebase SCALe value Query Syntax TIMebase WINDow SCALe The TIMebase WINDow SCALe query returns the current zoomed window scale setting Return Format scale_value NL scale_value current seconds per division for the zoomed window See Also Introduction to TIMebase Commands on page 924 TIMeb...

Page 935: ...e commands in the TRIGger subsystem define the conditions for an internal trigger Many of these commands are valid in multiple trigger modes The default trigger mode is EDGE The trigger subsystem controls the trigger sweep mode and the trigger specification The trigger sweep see TRIGger SWEep on page 946 can be AUTO or NORMal NORMal mode displays a waveform only if a trigger signal is present and ...

Page 936: ...waveforms of television equipment The trigger circuitry detects the vertical and horizontal interval of the waveform and produces triggers based on the TV trigger settings you selected TV triggering requires greater than º division of sync amplitude with any analog channel as the trigger source USB Universal Serial Bus triggering will trigger on a Start of Packet SOP End of Packet EOP Reset Comple...

Page 937: ...Gger LEVel HIGH source see page 942 level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger LEVel LOW level source see page 943 TRIGger LEVel LOW source see page 943 level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger MODE mode see page 944 TRIGger MODE see ...

Page 938: ...ds TRIGger FORCe see page 1208 Command Syntax TRIGger FORCe The TRIGger FORCe command causes an acquisition to be captured even though the trigger condition has not been met This command is equivalent to the front panel Force Trigger key See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 ...

Page 939: ...frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz low pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency components from the trigger waveform Use this filter to remove high frequency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations from the trigger path Query Syntax TRIGger HFReject The TRIGger HFReject query returns the current high frequency reject filter mode Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introd...

Page 940: ...able when a waveform crosses the trigger level multiple times during one period of the waveform Without holdoff the oscilloscope could trigger on each of the crossings producing a confusing waveform With holdoff set correctly the oscilloscope always triggers on the same crossing The correct holdoff setting is typically slightly less than one period Query Syntax TRIGger HOLDoff The TRIGger HOLDoff ...

Page 941: ...ETup The TRIGger LEVel ASETup command automatically sets the trigger levels of all displayed analog channels to their waveforms 50 values If AC coupling is used the trigger levels are set to 0 V When High and Low dual trigger levels are used as with Rise Fall Time and Runt triggers for example this command has no effect See Also TRIGger EDGE LEVel on page 962 ...

Page 942: ...LEVel HIGH command sets the high trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise fall time transition triggers Query Syntax TRIGger LEVel HIGH source The TRIGger LEVel HIGH query returns the high trigger voltage level for the specified source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger ...

Page 943: ...r LEVel LOW command sets the low trigger voltage level voltage for the specified source High and low trigger levels are used with runt triggers and rise fall time transition triggers Query Syntax TRIGger LEVel LOW source The TRIGger LEVel LOW query returns the low trigger voltage level for the specified source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger LEV...

Page 944: ...yntax TRIGger MODE The TRIGger MODE query returns the current trigger mode If the TIMebase MODE is ROLL or XY the query returns NONE Return Format mode NL mode EDGE GLIT PATT TV DEL EBUR OR RUNT SHOL TRAN SBUS 1 2 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger SWEep on page 946 TIMebase MODE on page 925 Example Code TRIGGER_MODE Set the trigger mode to EDGE myScope WriteString TRIGg...

Page 945: ...oise reject filter off and on When the noise reject filter is on the trigger circuitry is less sensitive to noise but may require a greater amplitude waveform to trigger the oscilloscope This command is not valid in TV trigger mode Query Syntax TRIGger NREJect The TRIGger NREJect query returns the current noise reject filter mode Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to TRIGger Co...

Page 946: ... present but the oscilloscope is not triggered the unsynchronized signal is displayed instead of a baseline When NORMal sweep mode is selected and no trigger is present the instrument does not sweep and the data acquired on the previous trigger remains on the screen Query Syntax TRIGger SWEep The TRIGger SWEep query returns the current trigger sweep mode Return Format sweep NL sweep current trigge...

Page 947: ...M SL OPe slope see page 948 TRIGger DELay ARM SL OPe see page 948 slope NEGative POSitive TRIGger DELay ARM SO URce source see page 949 TRIGger DELay ARM SO URce see page 949 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME time_value see page 950 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME see page 950 time_value time in seconds in NR...

Page 948: ...Gger DELay ARM SLOPe command specifies rising POSitive or falling NEGative for the arming edge in the Edge Then Edge triggger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe The TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe query returns the current arming edge slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce on page 949 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME on ...

Page 949: ... digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce command selects the input used for the arming edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce The TRIGger DELay ARM SOURce query returns the current arming edge source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay ARM SLOPe on page 948 TRIGger DE...

Page 950: ...nd sets the delay time between the arming edge and the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger The time is in seconds and must be from 4 ns to 10 s Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME The TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME query returns current delay time setting Return Format time value NL time_value time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay TR...

Page 951: ...ELay TRIGger COUNt command sets the Nth edge of the trigger source to trigger on Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt The TRIGger DELay TRIGger COUNt query returns the current Nth trigger edge setting Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe on page 952 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce on page 953 TRIGger D...

Page 952: ...command specifies rising POSitive or falling NEGative for the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge triggger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe The TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe query returns the current trigger edge slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce on page 953 TRIGger DELay TDELay TIME on page 95...

Page 953: ...1 format The TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce command selects the input used for the trigger edge in the Edge Then Edge trigger Query Syntax TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce The TRIGger DELay TRIGger SOURce query returns the current trigger edge source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger DELay TRIGger SLOPe on page 952 TRIGger DELay TDE...

Page 954: ...command is used to set the Nth Edge Burst trigger level Table 133 TRIGger EBURst Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger EBURst COUNt count see page 955 TRIGger EBURst COUNt see page 955 count integer in NR1 format TRIGger EBURst IDLE time_value see page 956 TRIGger EBURst IDLE see page 956 time_value time in seconds in NR3 format TRIGger EBURst SLOPe slope see page 957 TR...

Page 955: ... the Nth edge at burst counter resource The edge counter is used in the trigger stage to determine which edge in a burst will generate a trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst COUNt The TRIGger EBURst COUNt query returns the current Nth edge of burst edge counter setting Return Format count NL count integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe on pa...

Page 956: ...mand sets the Nth edge in a burst idle resource in seconds from 10 ns to 10 s The timer is used to set the minimum time before the next burst Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst IDLE The TRIGger EBURst IDLE query returns current Nth edge in a burst idle setting Return Format time value NL time_value time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger EBURst SLOPe on...

Page 957: ... EBURst SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge POSitive or falling edge NEGative of the Nth edge in a burst will generate a trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst SLOPe The TRIGger EBURst SLOPe query returns the current Nth edge in a burst slope Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger EBURst IDLE on page 956 TRIGger EBURst COUNt on p...

Page 958: ...R1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger EBURst SOURce command selects the input that produces the Nth edge burst trigger Query Syntax TRIGger EBURst SOURce The TRIGger EBURst SOURce query returns the current Nth edge burst trigger source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page...

Page 959: ...rce see page 962 TRIGger EDGE LEVel source see page 962 For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers level external range setting in NR3 format For digital channels MSO models level 8 V source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d EXTernal for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels...

Page 960: ...5 TRIGger EDGE SOURc e see page 965 source CHANnel n EXTernal LINE WGEN WGEN1 WGEN2 WMOD for the DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d EXTernal LINE WGEN WGEN1 WGEN2 WMOD for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format Note WGEN and WGEN1 are equivalent Note WGEN2 only available on models with 2 WaveGen outputs Table 134 TRIGger EDGE Commands Summary...

Page 961: ...fset voltage from the trigger waveform Use AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when your waveform has a large dc offset LFReject coupling places a 50 KHz high pass filter in the trigger path DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE COUPling The TRIGger EDGE COUPling query returns the current coupling selection Return Format coupling NL coupling AC D...

Page 962: ...for the MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger EDGE LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active trigger source Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE LEVel source The TRIGger EDGE LEVel query returns the trigger level of the current trigger source Return Format level NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger EDG...

Page 963: ...ency noise such as AM or FM broadcast stations from the trigger path The low frequency reject filter adds a 50 kHz high pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to remove any unwanted low frequency components from a trigger waveform such as power line frequencies that can interfere with proper triggering Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE REJect The TRIGger EDGE REJect query returns the current stat...

Page 964: ... TRIGger TV POLarity to set the polarity in TV trigger mode Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE SLOPe The TRIGger EDGE SLOPe query returns the current trigger slope Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS EITH ALT See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger TV POLarity on page 1005 Example Code TRIGGER_EDGE_SLOPE Sets the slope of the edge for the trigger Set the slop...

Page 965: ...iggers at the 50 level of the rising edge of the waveform generator output signal This option is not available when the DC NOISe or CARDiac waveforms are selected WMOD when waveform generator FSK or FM modulation is used triggers at the 50 level of the rising edge of the modulating signal Query Syntax TRIGger EDGE SOURce The TRIGger EDGE SOURce query returns the current source If all channels are ...

Page 966: ...r in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger GLITch LEVel level source see page 970 TRIGger GLITch LEVel see page 970 For internal triggers level 75 x full scale voltage from center screen in NR3 format For external triggers DSO models level external range setting in NR3 format For digital channels MSO models level 8 V source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO mod...

Page 967: ...ge 973 less_than_time 15 ns to 10 seconds in NR3 format greater_than_time 10 ns to 9 99 seconds in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger GLITch SOURc e source see page 974 TRIGger GLITch SOURc e see page 974 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format Table 135 TRIGger GLITch Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Re...

Page 968: ...LITch GREaterthan command sets the minimum pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch GREaterthan The TRIGger GLITch GREaterthan query returns the minimum pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format greater_than_time NL greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGg...

Page 969: ...Gger GLITch LESSthan command sets the maximum pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch LESSthan The TRIGger GLITch LESSthan query returns the pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time NL less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger GLITch SOURce ...

Page 970: ...s source CHANnel n EXTernal for DSO models source CHANnel n DIGital d for MSO models n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger GLITch LEVel command sets the trigger level voltage for the active pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch LEVel The TRIGger GLITch LEVel query returns the trigger level of the current pulse width trigger mode If all c...

Page 971: ...rity POSitive NEGative The TRIGger GLITch POLarity command sets the polarity for the glitch pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch POLarity The TRIGger GLITch POLarity query returns the glitch pulse width trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger GLITch SOURce on page 974 ...

Page 972: ...ration of the glitch pulse width trigger The oscilloscope can trigger on a pulse width that is greater than a time value less than a time value or within a range of time values Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch QUALifier The TRIGger GLITch QUALifier query returns the glitch pulse width qualifier Return Format operator NL operator GRE LESS RANG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGge...

Page 973: ... RANGe command sets the pulse width duration for the selected TRIGger GLITch SOURce You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch RANGe The TRIGger GLITch RANGe query returns the pulse width duration time for TRIGger GLITch SOURce Return Format less_than_time greater_than_time NL...

Page 974: ...ce command selects the channel that produces the pulse width trigger Query Syntax TRIGger GLITch SOURce The TRIGger GLITch SOURce query returns the current pulse width source If all channels are off the query returns NONE Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger GLITch LEVel on page 970 TRIGger GLITch POLarity on page 971 TRIGge...

Page 975: ...able 136 TRIGger OR Commands Summary Command Query Options and Query Returns TRIGger OR string see page 976 TRIGger OR see page 976 string nn n where n R F E X R rising edge F falling edge E either edge X don t care Each character in the string is for an analog or digital channel as shown on the front panel display ...

Page 976: ...RIGger OR The TRIGger OR query returns the current OR ed edge trigger string Return Format string NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 Oscilloscope Models Value and Mask Bit Assignments 4 analog 16 digital channels mixed signal Bits 0 through 15 digital channels 0 through 15 Bits 16 through 19 analog channels 4 through 1 2 analog 16 digital channels mix...

Page 977: ...80 TRIGger PATTern FORM at see page 980 base ASCii HEX TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan greater_than_time s uffix see page 981 TRIGger PATTern GREa terthan see page 981 greater_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps TRIGger PATTern LESS than less_than_time suff ix see page 982 TRIGger PATTern LESS than see page 982 less_than_time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s...

Page 978: ...n the TRIGger PATTern FORMat command setting When the format is ASCii the string looks just like the string you see on the oscilloscope s front panel made up of 0 1 X don t care R rising edge and F falling edge characters When the format is HEX the string begins with 0x and contains hex digit characters or X don t care for all four bits in the nibble With the hex format string you can use the edge...

Page 979: ...query returns the pattern string edge source and edge Return Format string edge_source edge NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger PATTern FORMat on page 980 TRIGger PATTern QUALifier on page 983 TRIGger MODE on page 944 NOTE The optional edge_source and edge parameters should be sent together or not at all The edge can be specified in the ASCII string parameter If the ed...

Page 980: ...X The TRIGger PATTern FORMat command sets the entry and query number base used by the TRIGger PATTern command The default base is ASCii Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern FORMat The TRIGger PATTern FORMat query returns the currently set number base for pattern trigger patterns Return Format base NL base ASC HEX See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger PATTern on page 978 ...

Page 981: ...an command sets the minimum duration for the defined pattern when TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to GREaterthan The command also sets the timeout value when the TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to TIMeout Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern GREaterthan The TRIGger PATTern GREaterthan query returns the minimum duration time for the defined pattern Return Format greater_than_time NL See Also Introduction...

Page 982: ...t suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger PATTern LESSthan command sets the maximum duration for the defined pattern when TRIGger PATTern QUALifier is set to LESSthan Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern LESSthan The TRIGger PATTern LESSthan query returns the duration time for the defined pattern Return Format less_than_time NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger PATTern on page 978 TRI...

Page 983: ...e pattern is present for a time within a range of values OUTRange when the pattern is present for a time outside of range of values Pattern durations are evaluated using a timer The timer starts on the last edge that makes the pattern logical AND true Except when the TIMeout qualifier is selected the trigger occurs on the first edge that makes the pattern false provided the time qualifier criteria...

Page 984: ...984 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 32 TRIGger Commands TRIGger PATTern LESSthan on page 982 TRIGger PATTern RANGe on page 985 ...

Page 985: ...mand sets the duration for the defined pattern when the TRIGger PATTern QUALifier command is set to INRange or OUTRange You can enter the parameters in any order the smaller value becomes the greater_than_time and the larger value becomes the less_than_time Query Syntax TRIGger PATTern RANGe The TRIGger PATTern RANGe query returns the duration time for the defined pattern Return Format less_than_t...

Page 986: ...er RUNT POLarit y see page 987 polarity POSitive NEGative EITHer TRIGger RUNT QUALifi er qualifier see page 988 TRIGger RUNT QUALifi er see page 988 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan NONE TRIGger RUNT SOURce source see page 989 TRIGger RUNT SOURce see page 989 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger RUNT TIME time suffix see page 990 TRIGger RUNT TIME see page 990 time floating ...

Page 987: ...olarity for the runt trigger POSitive positive runt pulses NEGative negative runt pulses EITHer either positive or negative runt pulses Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT POLarity The TRIGger RUNT POLarity query returns the runt trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG EITH See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger LEVel HIGH on page 942 TRIGg...

Page 988: ...nt pulse widths GREaterthan triggers on runt pulses whose width is greater than the TRIGger RUNT TIME LESSthan triggers on runt pulses whose width is less than the TRIGger RUNT TIME NONE triggers on runt pulses of any width Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT QUALifier The TRIGger RUNT QUALifier query returns the runt trigger qualifier setting Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS NONE See Also Intr...

Page 989: ...urce source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger RUNT SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT SOURce The TRIGger RUNT SOURce query returns the current runt trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger RUNT POLarity on page 987 ...

Page 990: ...gering on runt pulses whose width is greater than or less than a certain value see TRIGger RUNT QUALifier the TRIGger RUNT TIME command specifies the time used with the qualifer Query Syntax TRIGger RUNT TIME The TRIGger RUNT TIME query returns the current runt pulse qualifier time setting Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on p...

Page 991: ... CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA source see page 994 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA see page 994 source CHANnel n DIGital d n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format TRIGger SHOLd TIME H OLD time suffix see page 995 TRIGger SHOLd TIME H OLD see page 995 time floating point numbe...

Page 992: ...HOLd SLOPe command specifies whether the rising edge or the falling edge of the clock signal is used Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe The TRIGger SHOLd SLOPe query returns the current rising or falling edge setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk on page 993 TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA on p...

Page 993: ...annels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk command selects the input channel probing the clock signal Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce CLOCk query returns the currently set clock signal source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRI...

Page 994: ...hannels in NR1 format d 0 to digital channels 1 in NR1 format The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA command selects the input channel probing the data signal Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA The TRIGger SHOLd SOURce DATA query returns the currently set data signal source Return Format source NL source CHAN n DIG d See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger...

Page 995: ...E HOLD time suffix time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD command sets the hold time Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD The TRIGger SHOLd TIME HOLD query returns the currently specified hold time Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 ...

Page 996: ...ETup time suffix time floating point number in NR3 format suffix s ms us ns ps The TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup command sets the setup time Query Syntax TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup The TRIGger SHOLd TIME SETup query returns the currently specified setup time Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 ...

Page 997: ...ifier qualifier see page 998 TRIGger TRANsition Q UALifier see page 998 qualifier GREaterthan LESSthan TRIGger TRANsition S LOPe slope see page 999 TRIGger TRANsition S LOPe see page 999 slope NEGative POSitive TRIGger TRANsition S OURce source see page 1000 TRIGger TRANsition S OURce see page 1000 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger TRANsition T IME time suffix see page ...

Page 998: ...ecifies whether you are looking for rise fall times greater than or less than a certain time value The time value is set using the TRIGger TRANsition TIME command Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier The TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier query returns the current rise fall time trigger qualifier setting Return Format qualifier NL qualifier GRE LESS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page...

Page 999: ...ve POSitive The TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe command specifies a POSitive rising edge or a NEGative falling edge Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe The TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe query returns the current rise fall time trigger slope setting Return Format slope NL slope NEG POS See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger TRANsition SOURce on page 1000 ...

Page 1000: ...n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger TRANsition SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition SOURce The TRIGger TRANsition SOURce query returns the current transition trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger TRANsition SLOPe on page 999 ...

Page 1001: ...mand sets the time value for rise fall time triggers You also use the TRIGger TRANsition QUALifier command to specify whether you are triggering on times greater than or less than this time value Query Syntax TRIGger TRANsition TIME The TRIGger TRANsition TIME query returns the current rise fall time trigger time value Return Format time NL time floating point number in NR3 format See Also Introdu...

Page 1002: ...RIGger TV SOURce see page 1006 source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format TRIGger TV STANdard standard see page 1007 TRIGger TV STANdard see page 1007 standard NTSC PAL PALM SECam standard GENeric P480L60HZ P480 P720L60HZ P720 P1080L24HZ P1080 P1080L25HZ P1080L50HZ P1080L60HZ I1080L50HZ I1080 I1080L60HZ with extended video triggering license TRIGger TV UDTV ENUM ber count see page 1008 ...

Page 1003: ... trigger line number setting Return Format line_number NL line_number integer in NR1 format See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1007 TRIGger TV MODE on page 1004 Table 142 TV Trigger Line Number Limits TV Standard Mode LINE LFIeld1 LFIeld2 LALTernate VERTical NTSC 1 to 263 1 to 262 1 to 262 PAL 1 to 313 314 to 625 1 to 312 PAL M 1 to 263 264 to 525 1 t...

Page 1004: ...ameter is not available when TRIGger TV STANdard is GENeric Old forms for mode are accepted Query Syntax TRIGger TV MODE The TRIGger TV MODE query returns the TV trigger mode Return Format value NL value FIE1 FIE2 AFI ALIN LINE LFI1 LFI2 LALT See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1007 TRIGger MODE on page 944 mode Old Forms Accepted FIEld1 F1 FIEld2 F2 A...

Page 1005: ...Larity polarity polarity POSitive NEGative The TRIGger TV POLarity command sets the polarity for the TV trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TV POLarity The TRIGger TV POLarity query returns the TV trigger polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity POS NEG See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger TV SOURce on page 1006 ...

Page 1006: ...analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger TV SOURce command selects the channel used to produce the trigger Query Syntax TRIGger TV SOURce The TRIGger TV SOURce query returns the current TV trigger source Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 TRIGger TV POLarity on page 1005 Example Code Example Code on page 965 ...

Page 1007: ...TANdard command selects the video standard NTSC PAL PAL M SECAM With an extended Video triggering license the oscilloscope additionally supports these standards Generic GENeric mode is non interlaced EDTV 480p 60 HDTV 720p 60 HDTV 1080p 24 HDTV 1080p 25 HDTV 1080i 50 HDTV 1080i 60 Query Syntax TRIGger TV STANdard The TRIGger TV STANdard query returns the current TV trigger standard setting Return ...

Page 1008: ... The TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber command specifies the Generic video trigger s Nth edge to trigger on after synchronizing with the vertical sync Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber The TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber query returns the edge count setting Return Format count NL count edge number in NR1 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1007 TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan on page 1011 TRIGger TV UDTV HSYNc on...

Page 1009: ... and not double count during equalization Additionally the Field Holdoff can be adjusted so that the oscilloscope triggers once per frame Similarly for progressive video with a tri level sync enabling the HSYNc control and setting the HTIMe adjustment to the sync time of the probed video signal allows the ENUMber function to count only lines and not double count during vertical sync Query Syntax T...

Page 1010: ...neric video trigger s horizontal sync control is enabled the TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe command sets the minimum time the horizontal sync pulse must be present to be considered valid Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe The TRIGger TV UDTV HTIMe query returns the horizontal sync time setting Return Format time NL time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1007 TRIGger TV UDTV HSYNc o...

Page 1011: ...ecifies the greater than the sync pulse width time in the Generic video trigger This setting allows oscilloscope synchronization to the vertical sync Query Syntax TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan The TRIGger TV UDTV PGTHan query returns the greater than the sync pulse width time setting Return Format min_time NL min_time seconds in NR3 format See Also TRIGger TV STANdard on page 1007 TRIGger TV UDTV ENUMber...

Page 1012: ...page 1014 0 1 TRIGger ZONE n MODE mode see page 1015 TRIGger ZONE n MODE see page 1015 mode INTersect NOTintersect n 1 2 in NR1 format TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement width height x_center y_center see page 1016 TRIGger ZONE n PLAC ement see page 1016 width width of zone in seconds height height of zone in volts x_center center of zone in seconds y_center center of zone in volts n 1 2 in NR1 format n a ...

Page 1013: ...Rce source source CHANnel n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format The TRIGger ZONE SOURce command sets the analog source channel shared by all zones Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE SOURce The TRIGger ZONE SOURce query returns the analog source channel specified for zone qualified triggers Return Format source NL source CHAN n See Also TRIGger ZONE STATe on page 1014 ...

Page 1014: ... STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone 1 On and Zone 2 On softkeys At least one zone s state must be on for the Zone Trigger feature TRIGger ZONE STATe to be on When the states of both individual zones are turned off Zone Trigger is automatically turned off In this case when Zone Trigger is turned back on Zone 1 is forced to on Otherwise if at least one zone was on when Zone Trigger was turned off...

Page 1015: ...rmat The TRIGger ZONE n MODE command sets the zone qualifying condition for Zone 1 or Zone 2 as either Must Intersect or Must Not Intersect Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE n MODE The TRIGger ZONE n MODE query returns the zone qualifying condition for Zone 1 or Zone 2 Return Format mode NL mode INT NOT See Also TRIGger ZONE n STATe on page 1018 TRIGger ZONE n PLACement on page 1016 TRIGger ZONE n VALidit...

Page 1016: ...he TRIGger ZONE n PLACement command sets the size and location of Zone 1 or Zone 2 No error is returned if the zone is placed off screen or if the zones overlap such that Zone 2 becomes invalid The TRIGger ZONE n VALidity query is used to retrieve this information Query Syntax TRIGger ZONE n PLACement The TRIGger ZONE n PLACement query returns the size and location of Zone 1 or Zone 2 Return Forma...

Page 1017: ...g qualifying conditions modes Zone 1 can never be invalid OSCReen off screen is returned when the associated zone is off screen and thus not being used to qualify the trigger A zone is valid when it is neither invalid nor off screen The validity of a zone is not affected by the zone s state For example a zone can be valid and off You cannot directly set the validity of a zone Return Format validit...

Page 1018: ...ates Note that TRIGger ZONE STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone key on the front panel and TRIGger ZONE n STATe mimics the behavior of the Zone 1 On and Zone 2 On softkeys At least one zone s state must be on for the Zone Trigger feature TRIGger ZONE STATe to be on When the states of both individual zones are turned off Zone Trigger is automatically turned off In this case when Zone Trigger is t...

Page 1019: ...rm DATA see page 1029 binary block length bytes binary data For example to transmit 1000 bytes of data the syntax would be 800001000 1000 bytes of data NL 8 is the number of digits that follow 00001000 is the number of bytes to be transmitted 1000 bytes of data is the actual data WAVeform FORMat value see page 1031 WAVeform FORMat see page 1031 value WORD BYTE ASCII WAVeform POINts points see page...

Page 1020: ... Average count or 1 if PEAK detect type or NORMal an integer in NR1 format n a WAVeform SEGMented C OUNt see page 1039 count an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format with Option SGM n a WAVeform SEGMented T TAG see page 1040 time_tag in NR3 format with Option SGM WAVeform SOURce source see page 1041 WAVeform SOURce see page 1041 source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m SBUS for DSO models source CHANnel ...

Page 1021: ... the type of acquired data The preamble also contains the X and Y increments origins and references for the acquired data so that word and byte data can be translated to time and voltage values WAVeform UNSigned 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1047 WAVeform UNSigned see page 1047 0 1 WAVeform VIEW view see page 1048 WAVeform VIEW see page 1048 view MAIN n a WAVeform XINCrement see page 1049 return_value x inc...

Page 1022: ...e number of points acquired may be queried using ACQuire POINts see page 232 Helpful Hints The number of points transferred to the computer is controlled using the WAVeform POINts command see page 1032 If WAVeform POINts MAXimum is specified and the instrument is not running stopped all of the points that are displayed are transferred This can be as many as 4 000 000 in some operating modes or as ...

Page 1023: ...bucket n 1 where n is the number returned by the WAVeform POINts query see page 1032 The first value corresponds to a point at the left side of the screen and the last value corresponds to one point away from the right side of the screen The maximum number of points that can be returned in average mode is 1000 unless ACQuire COUNt has been set to 1 PEAK Data Peak detect display mode is used to det...

Page 1024: ...a point sent with WAVeform XORigin 16 ns WAVeform XREFerence 0 and WAVeform XINCrement 2 ns can be calculated using the following formula time data point number xreference xincrement xorigin This would result in the following calculation for time bucket 3 time 3 0 2 ns 16 ns 22 ns In ACQuire TYPE PEAK mode see page 240 because data is acquired in max min pairs modify the previous time formula to t...

Page 1025: ... query see page 1032 If the data intrinsically has less than 16 bits of resolution the data is left shifted to provide 16 bits of resolution and the least significant bits are set to 0 Currently the greatest intrinsic resolution of any data is 12 bits so at least the lowest 4 bits of data will be 0 If there is a hole in the data the hole is represented by a 16 bit value equal to 0 Use WAVeform BYT...

Page 1026: ... WORD see page 1031 is WORD every other data byte will be 0 The setting of WAVeform BYTeorder see page 1027 controls which byte is 0 If a digital channel is not displayed its bit value in the pod data byte is not defined Digital Channel BUS Data Format Digital channel BUS definitions can include any or all of the digital channels Therefore data is always returned as 16 bit values BUS commands see ...

Page 1027: ... The parameter LSBFirst sets the least significant byte to be transmitted first This command affects the transmitting sequence only when WAVeform FORMat WORD is selected The default setting is LSBFirst Query Syntax WAVeform BYTeorder The WAVeform BYTeorder query returns the current output sequence Return Format value NL value LSBF MSBF See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVefo...

Page 1028: ...count used to acquire the current waveform This may differ from current values if the unit has been stopped and its configuration modified For all acquisition types except average this value is 1 Return Format count_argument NL count_argument an integer from 1 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 ACQuire COUNt on page 230 ACQuire TYPE on page 240 ...

Page 1029: ...is intended for ASCII transfers Use telnet port 5025 instead 0x01 or 0x0001 Clipped low These are locations where the waveform is clipped at the bottom of the oscilloscope display 0xFF or 0xFFFF Clipped high These are locations where the waveform is clipped at the top of the oscilloscope display Return Format binary block data NL See Also For a more detailed description of the data returned for di...

Page 1030: ...aValue As Long varQueryResult myScope ReadIEEEBlock BinaryType_UI1 Unsigned integer bytes For lngI 0 To UBound varQueryResult _ Step UBound varQueryResult 20 20 points If intBytesPerData 2 Then lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 256 _ varQueryResult lngI 1 16 bit value Else lngDataValue varQueryResult lngI 8 bit value End If strOutput strOutput Data point _ CStr lngI intBytesPerData _ FormatNumber l...

Page 1031: ...eform BYTeorder command can be used to specify whether the upper or lower byte is transmitted first The default no command sent is that the upper byte transmitted first BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8 bit bytes When the WAVeform SOURce is the serial decode bus SBUS1 or SBUS2 ASCii is the only waveform format allowed When the WAVeform SOURce is one of the digital channel buses BUS1 or BUS2 ...

Page 1032: ...aveforms is determined by the NORMal waveform points mode See the WAVeform POINts MODE command see page 1034 for more information Only data visible on the display will be returned When the WAVeform SOURce is the serial decode bus SBUS1 or SBUS2 this command is ignored and all available serial decode bus data is returned Query Syntax WAVeform POINts The WAVeform POINts query returns the number of w...

Page 1033: ...1029 WAVeform SOURce on page 1041 WAVeform VIEW on page 1048 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform POINts MODE on page 1034 Example Code WAVE_POINTS Specifies the number of points to be transferred using the WAVEFORM DATA query myScope WriteString WAVEFORM POINTS 1000 See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 NOTE If a full screen of data is not displ...

Page 1034: ...ecord is unavailable If the points_mode is MAXimum whichever record contains the maximum amount of points is used Usually this is the raw acquisition record But the measurement record may have more data If data is being retrieved as the oscilloscope is stopped and as the data displayed is changing the data being retrieved can switch between the measurement and raw acquisition records Consideration...

Page 1035: ...ts_mode NL points_mode NORMal MAXimum RAW See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform DATA on page 1029 ACQuire POINts on page 232 WAVeform VIEW on page 1048 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform POINts on page 1032 TIMebase MODE on page 925 ACQuire TYPE on page 240 ACQuire COUNt on page 230 ...

Page 1036: ...oint NR3 xreference 32 bit NR1 yincrement 32 bit floating point NR3 yorigin 32 bit floating point NR3 yreference 32 bit NR1 format 0 for BYTE format 1 for WORD format 4 for ASCii format an integer in NR1 format format set by WAVeform FORMat type 2 for AVERage type 0 for NORMal type 1 for PEAK detect type an integer in NR1 format type set by ACQuire TYPE count Average count or 1 if PEAK or NORMal a...

Page 1037: ...rred COUNT int32 1 and is always 1 XINCREMENT float64 time difference between data points XORIGIN float64 always the first data point in memory XREFERENCE int32 specifies the data point associated with x origin YINCREMENT float32 voltage diff between data points YORIGIN float32 value is the voltage at center screen YREFERENCE int32 specifies the data point where y origin occurs Dim Preamble Dim in...

Page 1038: ... 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 33 WAVeform Commands sngYIncrement Preamble 7 sngYOrigin Preamble 8 lngYReference Preamble 9 See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting on page 1217 ...

Page 1039: ...is complete The segmented memory acquisition mode is enabled with the ACQuire MODE command The number of segments to acquire is set using the ACQuire SEGMented COUNt command and data is acquired using the DIGitize SINGle or RUN commands Return Format count an integer from 2 to 1000 in NR1 format count set by ACQuire SEGMented COUNt See Also ACQuire MODE on page 231 ACQuire SEGMented COUNt on page ...

Page 1040: ...TAG query returns the time tag of the currently selected segmented memory index The index is selected using the ACQuire SEGMented INDex command Return Format time_tag in NR3 format See Also ACQuire SEGMented INDex on page 236 Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 Example Code Example Code on page 236 NOTE This command is available when the segmented memory option Option SGM is enabled ...

Page 1041: ...ry returns a string with timestamps and associated bus decode information With MSO oscilloscope models you can choose a POD or BUS as the waveform source There are some differences between POD and BUS when formatting and getting data from the oscilloscope When POD1 or POD2 is selected as the waveform source you can choose the BYTE WORD or ASCii formats see WAVeform FORMat on page 1031 When the WOR...

Page 1042: ... sent the waveform data and the preamble can be read WAVE_SOURCE Selects the channel to be used as the source for the waveform commands myScope WriteString WAVEFORM SOURCE CHAN1 WAVE_POINTS Specifies the number of points to be transferred using the WAVEFORM DATA query myScope WriteString WAVEFORM POINTS 1000 WAVE_FORMAT Sets the data transmission mode for the waveform data output This command cont...

Page 1043: ...YIncrement As Single Dim sngYOrigin As Single Dim lngYReference As Long Dim strOutput As String myScope WriteString WAVEFORM PREAMBLE Query for the preamble Preamble myScope ReadList Read preamble information intFormat Preamble 0 intType Preamble 1 lngPoints Preamble 2 lngCount Preamble 3 dblXIncrement Preamble 4 dblXOrigin Preamble 5 lngXReference Preamble 6 sngYIncrement Preamble 7 sngYOrigin Pr...

Page 1044: ...n example header The 8 may be stripped off of the header and the remaining numbers are the size in bytes of the waveform data block The size can vary depending on the number of points acquired for the waveform You can then read that number of bytes from the oscilloscope and the terminating NL character Dim lngI As Long Dim lngDataValue As Long Unsigned integer bytes varQueryResult myScope ReadIEEE...

Page 1045: ...lets you get TX data TX is an alias for SUB1 The default SUB0 specifies RX data RX is an alias for SUB0 When using SPI serial decode this option lets you get MISO data MISO is an alias for SUB1 The default SUB0 specifies MOSI data MOSI is an alias for SUB0 If the WAVeform SOURce is not SBUS or the SBUS n MODE is not UART or SPI the only valid subsource is SUB0 Query Syntax WAVeform SOURce SUBSourc...

Page 1046: ...de associated with the currently selected waveform The acquisition mode is set by the ACQuire TYPE command Return Format mode NL mode NORM PEAK AVER HRES See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 ACQuire TYPE on page 240 WAVeform DATA on page 1029 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform SOURce on page 1041 NOTE If the WAVeform SOURce is POD1 POD2 or SBUS1 SBUS2 the type is always NOR...

Page 1047: ...e sent as unsigned or signed integers This command can be used to match the instrument s internal data type to the data type used by the programming language This command has no effect if the data format is ASCii If WAVeform SOURce is set to POD1 POD2 BUS1 or BUS2 WAVeform UNSigned must be set to ON Query Syntax WAVeform UNSigned The WAVeform UNSigned query returns the status of unsigned mode for ...

Page 1048: ...IEW command sets the view setting associated with the currently selected waveform Currently the only legal value for the view setting is MAIN Query Syntax WAVeform VIEW The WAVeform VIEW query returns the view setting associated with the currently selected waveform Return Format view NL view MAIN See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform POINts on page 1032 ...

Page 1049: ...rement query returns the x increment value for the currently specified source This value is the time difference between consecutive data points in seconds Return Format value NL value x increment in the current preamble in 64 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 Example Code Example Code on page 1037 ...

Page 1050: ...urce XORigin is the X axis value of the data point specified by the WAVeform XREFerence value In this product that is always the X axis value of the first data point XREFerence 0 Return Format value NL value x origin value in the current preamble in 64 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform XREFerence on page 10...

Page 1051: ...urrently specified source This value specifies the index of the data point associated with the x origin data value In this product the x reference point is the first point displayed and XREFerence is always 0 Return Format value NL value x reference value 0 in 32 bit NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform XORigin on page 1050 Exam...

Page 1052: ...crement value in volts for the currently specified source This value is the voltage difference between consecutive data values The y increment for digital waveforms is always 1 Return Format value NL value y increment value in the current preamble in 32 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 Example Code Example Code on ...

Page 1053: ...ecified source This value is the Y axis value of the data value specified by the WAVeform YREFerence value For this product this is the Y axis value of the center of the screen Return Format value NL value y origin in the current preamble in 32 bit floating point NR3 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform YREFerence on page 1054 Examp...

Page 1054: ...pecified source This value specifies the data point value where the y origin occurs In this product this is the data point value of the center of the screen It is undefined if the format is ASCii Return Format value NL value y reference value in the current preamble in 32 bit NR1 format See Also Introduction to WAVeform Commands on page 1021 WAVeform PREamble on page 1036 WAVeform YORigin on page ...

Page 1055: ...in NR1 format WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA binary value value see page 1060 n a binary floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in IEEE 488 2 binary block format value floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in comma separated format w 1 or 2 in NR1 format n a WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA ATTRibute POINts see page 1061 points number of points in NR1 format w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w ARBitrary DA TA CLEar ...

Page 1056: ...NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion RAM P SYMMetry percent see page 1071 WGEN w FUNCtion RAM P SYMMetry see page 1071 percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w FUNCtion SQU are DCYCle percent see page 1072 WGEN w FUNCtion SQU are DCYCle see page 1072 percent duty cycle percentage from 20 to 80 in NR1 format w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation A M DEPTh perce...

Page 1057: ...UNCtion RAMP SYMMetry see page 1080 percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation N OISe percent see page 1081 WGEN w MODulation N OISe see page 1081 percent 0 to 100 w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation S TATe 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1082 WGEN w MODulation S TATe see page 1082 0 1 w 1 in NR1 format WGEN w MODulation T YPE type see page 1083 WGEN w MOD...

Page 1058: ... format WGEN w TRACk AMPLit ude 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1091 WGEN w TRACk AMPLit ude see page 1091 0 1 w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w TRACk CSIGna l see page 1092 n a w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w TRACk FREQue ncy 0 OFF 1 ON see page 1093 WGEN w TRACk FREQue ncy see page 1093 0 1 w 1 or 2 in NR1 format WGEN w VOLTage amplitude see page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage see page 1094 amplitude amplitude in volts in N...

Page 1059: ...der w 1 or 2 in NR1 format order MSBFirst LSBFirst The WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder command selects the byte order for binary transfers Query Syntax WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder The WGEN w ARBitrary BYTeorder query returns the current byte order selection Return Format order NL order MSBFirst LSBFirst See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1060 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1063 ...

Page 1060: ...1 or 2 in NR1 format binary floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in IEEE 488 2 binary block format value floating point values between 1 0 to 1 0 in comma separated format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA command downloads an arbitrary waveform in floating point values format See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1063 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 624 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615 ...

Page 1061: ...itrary DATA ATTRibute POINts w 1 or 2 in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA ATTRibute POINts query returns the number of points used by the current arbitrary waveform Return Format points number of points in NR1 format See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1060 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1063 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 624 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615 ...

Page 1062: ...8 Command Syntax WGEN w ARBitrary DATA CLEar w 1 or 2 in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA CLEar command clears the arbitrary waveform memory and loads it with the default waveform See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1060 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1063 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 624 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615 ...

Page 1063: ...or 2 in NR1 format binary decimal 16 bit integer values between 512 to 511 in IEEE 488 2 binary block format value decimal integer values between 512 to 511 in comma separated NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC command downloads an arbitrary waveform using 16 bit integer DAC values See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1060 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 624 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615...

Page 1064: ... waveform points When ON lines are drawn between points in the arbitrary waveform Voltage levels change linearly between one point and the next When OFF all line segments in the arbitrary waveform are horizontal The voltage level of one point remains until the next point Query Syntax WGEN w ARBitrary INTerpolate The WGEN w ARBitrary INTerpolate query returns the current interpolation setting Retur...

Page 1065: ...format source CHANnel n WMEMory r FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format The WGEN w ARBitrary STORe command stores the source s waveform into the arbitrary waveform memory See Also WGEN w ARBitrary DATA on page 1060 WGEN w ARBitrary DATA DAC on page 1063 SAVE ARBitrary STARt on page 624 RECall ARBitrary STARt on page 615 ...

Page 1066: ...ept Noise and DC the WGEN w FREQuency command specifies the frequency of the waveform You can also specify the frequency indirectly using the WGEN w PERiod command Query Syntax WGEN w FREQuency The WGEN w FREQuency query returns the currently set waveform generator frequency Return Format frequency NL frequency frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1058 WGE...

Page 1067: ...00 mHz to 20 MHz 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 4 00 V SQUare Use these commands to set the square wave signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 WGEN w PERiod on page 1088 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1097 WGEN w VOLTage HIGH on page 1095 WGEN w VOLTage LOW on page 1096 WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle on page 1072 The duty cycle can be adjusted from 20 to 80 100 mHz to 10 MHz ...

Page 1068: ... on page 1096 n a 20 mVpp to 10 Vpp 5 00 V SINC Use these commands to set the sine cardinal signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 WGEN w PERiod on page 1088 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1097 100 mHz to 1 MHz 20 mVpp to 9 Vpp 2 50 V EXPRise Use these commands to set the exponential rise signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 WGEN w PERiod on page 1088...

Page 1069: ...to set the gaussian pulse signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 WGEN w PERiod on page 1088 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1097 100 mHz to 5 MHz 20 mVpp to 7 5 Vpp 2 50 V ARBitrary Use these commands to set the arbitrary signal parameters WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 WGEN w PERiod on page 1088 WGEN w VOLTage on page 1094 WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet on page 1097 WGEN ...

Page 1070: ... NR3 format For Pulse waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh command specifies the width of the pulse The pulse width can be adjusted from 20 ns to the period minus 20 ns Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh The WGEN w FUNCtion PULSe WIDTh query returns the currently set pulse width Return Format width NL width pulse width in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on...

Page 1071: ...t For Ramp waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry command specifies the symmetry of the waveform Symmetry represents the amount of time per cycle that the ramp waveform is rising Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry The WGEN w FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry query returns the currently set ramp symmetry Return Format percent NL percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR3 format See Also Int...

Page 1072: ...at For Square waveforms the WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle command specifies the square wave duty cycle Duty cycle is the percentage of the period that the waveform is high Query Syntax WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle The WGEN w FUNCtion SQUare DCYCle query returns the currently set square wave duty cycle Return Format percent NL percent duty cycle percentage from 20 to 80 in NR3 format See Also Intr...

Page 1073: ...m 10 to 90 90 10 80 of the original amplitude as the modulating signal goes from its minimum to maximum amplitude Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh The WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh query returns the AM depth percentage setting Return Format percent NL percent AM depth percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on p...

Page 1074: ...ulation AM FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency query returns the frequency of the modulating signal Return Format frequency NL frequency modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1075 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1076 WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1077 WGEN w MODulation FS...

Page 1075: ...quency deviation cannot be greater than the original carrier signal frequency Also the sum of the original carrier signal frequency and the frequency deviation must be less than or equal to the maximum frequency for the selected waveform generator function plus 100 kHz Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation The WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation query returns the frequency deviation setting Retur...

Page 1076: ...ulation FM FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency query returns the frequency of the modulating signal Return Format frequency NL frequency modulating waveform frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1075 WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1077 WGEN w MODulation FS...

Page 1077: ...nd this hop frequency Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency The WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency query returns the hop frequency setting Return Format frequency NL frequency hop frequency in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1075 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1076 W...

Page 1078: ... modulating signal Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE The WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE query returns the FSK rate setting Return Format rate NL rate FSK modulation rate in Hz in NR3 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1075 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1076 WGEN w MODulation FSKey...

Page 1079: ...etry command This command applies to AM and FM modulation The FSK modulation signal is a square wave shape Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion The WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion query returns the specified modulating signal shape Return Format shape NL shape SIN SQU RAMP See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on p...

Page 1080: ...ied with the WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion command Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry The WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry query returns ramp symmetry percentage setting Return Format percent NL percent symmetry percentage from 0 to 100 in NR1 format See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation o...

Page 1081: ...noise is limited to the regular amplitude limit for example 5 Vpp in 1 MOhm so the range for percent varies according to current amplitude Note that adding noise affects edge triggering on the waveform generator source as well as the waveform generator sync pulse output signal which can be sent to TRIG OUT This is because the trigger comparator is located after the noise source Query Syntax WGEN w...

Page 1082: ...d noise Query Syntax WGEN w MODulation STATe The WGEN w MODulation STATe query returns whether the modulated waveform generator output is enabled of disabled Return Format setting NL setting 0 1 See Also WGEN w MODulation AM DEPTh on page 1073 WGEN w MODulation AM FREQuency on page 1074 WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation on page 1075 WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency on page 1076 WGEN w MODulation FSKey ...

Page 1083: ...WGEN w MODulation FM FREQuency command to set the modulating signal frequency Use the WGEN w MODulation FM DEViation command to specify the frequency deviation from the original carrier signal frequency FSK frequency shift keying modulation the output frequency shifts between the original carrier frequency and a hop frequency at the specified FSK rate The FSK rate specifies a digital square wave m...

Page 1084: ...Programmer s Guide 34 WGEN w Commands WGEN w MODulation FSKey FREQuency on page 1077 WGEN w MODulation FSKey RATE on page 1078 WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion on page 1079 WGEN w MODulation FUNCtion RAMP SYMMetry on page 1080 WGEN w MODulation STATe on page 1082 ...

Page 1085: ...on_off w 1 or 2 in NR1 format on_off 1 ON 0 OFF The WGEN w OUTPut command specifies whether the waveform generator signal output is ON 1 or OFF 0 Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut The WGEN w OUTPut query returns the current state of the waveform generator output setting Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1058 ...

Page 1086: ... the Gen Out BNC is fixed at 50 ohms However the output load selection lets the waveform generator display the correct amplitude and offset levels for the expected output load If the actual load impedance is different than the selected value the displayed amplitude and offset levels will be incorrect Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut LOAD The WGEN w OUTPut LOAD query returns the current expected output l...

Page 1087: ...Larity polarity w 1 or 2 in NR1 format polarity NORMal INVerted The WGEN w OUTPut POLarity command specifies whether the waveform generator output is inverted Query Syntax WGEN w OUTPut POLarity The WGEN w OUTPut POLarity query returns the specified output polarity Return Format polarity NL polarity NORM INV See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1058 ...

Page 1088: ...except Noise and DC the WGEN w PERiod command specifies the period of the waveform You can also specify the period indirectly using the WGEN w FREQuency command Query Syntax WGEN w PERiod The WGEN w PERiod query returns the currently set waveform generator period Return Format period NL period period in seconds in NR3 format See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1058 WGEN w FUNCtion on ...

Page 1089: ...N w RST see page 1208 Command Syntax WGEN w RST w 1 or 2 in NR1 format The WGEN w RST command restores the waveform generator factory default settings 1 kHz sine wave 500 mVpp 0 V offset See Also Introduction to WGEN w Commands on page 1058 WGEN w FUNCtion on page 1067 WGEN w FREQuency on page 1066 ...

Page 1090: ...w TRACk or WGEN w TRACk FREQuency is enabled the other generator s waveform selections WGEN w FUNCtion must be in the same group as this generator s waveform When tracking is enabled adjustments for tracked settings in the other waveform generator become unavailable Query Syntax WGEN w TRACk The WGEN w TRACk query returns whether tracking is on or off Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also WG...

Page 1091: ...adjustments to this waveform generator output signal to be tracked by the other waveform generator output Also when tracking is enabled adjustments for tracked settings in the other waveform generator become unavailable ghosted Query Syntax WGEN w TRACk AMPLitude The WGEN w TRACk AMPLitude query returns whether amplitude tracking is on or off Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also WGEN w TRAC...

Page 1092: ...CSIGnal The WGEN w TRACk CSIGnal command sets the other waveform generator output to be identical to this waveform generator output except that the shape of either output may be inverted If the signal selected is ARB the ARB waveform is copied as well See Also WGEN w TRACk on page 1090 WGEN w TRACk AMPLitude on page 1091 WGEN w TRACk FREQuency on page 1093 ...

Page 1093: ... WGEN w TRACk FREQuency is enabled the other generator s waveform selections WGEN w FUNCtion must be in the same group as this generator s waveform When tracking is enabled adjustments for tracked settings in the other waveform generator become unavailable Query Syntax WGEN w TRACk FREQuency The WGEN w TRACk FREQuency query returns whether frequency tracking is on or off Return Format on_off NL on...

Page 1094: ...ou can also specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage HIGH and WGEN w VOLTage LOW commands For example an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage The WGEN w VOLTage query returns the currently specified waveform amplitude Return Format amplitude NL amplitude amplitude in v...

Page 1095: ... also specify the high level and low level voltages indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage and WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet commands For example a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V is the same as an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage HIGH The WGEN w VOLTage HIGH query returns the currently specified waveform high level voltage Return Format high NL high ...

Page 1096: ... also specify the high level and low level voltages indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage and WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet commands For example a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V is the same as an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage LOW The WGEN w VOLTage LOW query returns the currently specified waveform low level voltage Return Format low NL low low l...

Page 1097: ... specify the amplitude and offset indirectly using the WGEN w VOLTage HIGH and WGEN w VOLTage LOW commands For example an amplitude of 5 V and an offset of 1 V is the same as a high level voltage of 4 V and a low level voltage of 1 V Query Syntax WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet The WGEN w VOLTage OFFSet query returns the currently specified waveform offset voltage Return Format offset NL offset offset in vo...

Page 1098: ...1098 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 34 WGEN w Commands ...

Page 1099: ... 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format string any series of 10 or less ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks WMEMory r SAVE source see page 1104 n a r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms WMEMory r SKEW skew see page 1105 WMEMory r ...

Page 1100: ... 1107 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format suffix V mV WMEMory r YSCale scale suffix see page 1108 WMEMory r YSCale see page 1108 r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format scale vertical units per division value in NR3 format suffix V mV Table 146 WMEMory r Commands Summary continued Command Query Options and Query Returns ...

Page 1101: ...01 WMEMory r CLEar see page 1208 Command Syntax WMEMory r CLEar r 1 to ref waveforms in NR1 format The WMEMory r CLEar command clears the specified reference waveform location See Also Chapter 35 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1099 WMEMory r SAVE on page 1104 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 ...

Page 1102: ...n or off There are two reference waveform locations but only one reference waveform can be displayed at a time That means if WMEMory1 DISPlay is ON sending the WMEMory2 DISPlay ON command will automatically set WMEMory1 DISPlay OFF Query Syntax WMEMory r DISPlay The WMEMory r DISPlay query returns the current display setting for the reference waveform Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Ch...

Page 1103: ...s the name to the label list in non volatile memory replacing the oldest label in the list Query Syntax WMEMory r LABel The WMEMory r LABel query returns the label associated with a particular reference waveform Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string See Also Chapter 35 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1099 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 NOTE Label strings are 10 characters or less ...

Page 1104: ...format source CHANnel n FUNCtion m MATH m n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format m 1 4 in NR1 format The WMEMory r SAVE command copies the analog channel or math function waveform to the specified reference waveform location See Also Chapter 35 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1099 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 NOTE Only ADD or SUBtract math operations can be saved as reference waveforms ...

Page 1105: ...Mory r SKEW command sets the skew factor for the specified reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r SKEW The WMEMory r SKEW query returns the current skew setting for the selected reference waveform Return Format skew NL skew time in seconds in NR3 format See Also Chapter 35 WMEMory r Commands starting on page 1099 WMEMory r DISPlay on page 1102 WMEMory r YOFFset on page 1106 WMEMory r YRANge on ...

Page 1106: ...he value set by the WMEMory r YRANge or WMEMory r YSCale commands If you set the offset to a value outside of the legal range the offset value is automatically set to the nearest legal value Legal values are affected by the probe attenuation setting Query Syntax WMEMory r YOFFset The WMEMory r YOFFset query returns the current offset value for the selected reference waveform Return Format offset N...

Page 1107: ...rm Legal values for the range are copied from the original source waveform that is the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r YRANge The WMEMory r YRANge query returns the current full scale range setting for the specified reference waveform Return Format range NL range vertical full scale range value in NR3 format See Also...

Page 1108: ...ce waveform Legal values for the scale are copied from the original source waveform that is the analog channel or math function waveform that was originally saved as a reference waveform Query Syntax WMEMory r YSCale The WMEMory r YSCale query returns the current scale setting for the specified reference waveform Return Format scale NL scale vertical units per division in NR3 format See Also Chapt...

Page 1109: ... 267 ANALog n INVert CHANnel n INVert see page 270 ANALog n LABel CHANnel n LABel see page 271 ANALog n OFFSet CHANnel n OFFSet see page 272 ANALog n PROBe CHANnel n PROBe see page 273 ANALog n PMODe none ANALog n RANGe CHANnel n RANGe see page 279 CHANnel ACTivity see page 1116 ACTivity see page 191 CHANnel LABel see page 1117 CHANnel n LABel see page 271 or DIGital n LABel see page 304 use CHANn...

Page 1110: ...T OPERation see page 1126 FUNCtion1 OPERation see page 358 GOFT maps to FUNCtion1 FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 see page 1127 FUNCtion1 SOURce1 see page 364 GOFT maps to FUNCtion1 FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 see page 1128 FUNCtion1 SOURce2 see page 366 GOFT maps to FUNCtion1 FUNCtion SOURce see page 1129 FUNCtion SOURce1 see page 364 Obsolete command has ADD SUBTract and MULTiply parameters current command has ...

Page 1111: ...e page 483 MEASure TSTArt see page 1142 MARKer X1Position see page 395 MEASure TSTOp see page 1143 MARKer X2Position see page 397 MEASure TVOLt see page 1144 MEASure TVALue see page 469 TVALue measures additional values such as db Vs etc MEASure UPPer see page 1146 MEASure DEFine THResholds see page 427 MEASure DEFine THResholds can define absolute values or percentage MEASure VDELta see page 1147...

Page 1112: ...ee page 935 There are various commands for setting the source with different types of triggers PRINt see page 1158 DISPlay DATA see page 316 SAVE IMAGe AREA see page 1160 none TIMebase DELay see page 1164 TIMebase POSition see page 926 or TIMebase WINDow POSition see page 932 TIMebase POSition is position value of main time base TIMebase WINDow POSition is position value of zoomed delayed time bas...

Page 1113: ... tripped protect and the query returns the status of TRIPed or NORMal DISPlay INVerse none DISPlay COLumn none DISPlay FREeze none DISPlay GRID none DISPLay LINE none DISPlay PIXel none DISPlay POSition none DISPlay ROW none DISPlay TEXT none FUNCtion MOVE none FUNCtion PEAKs none HARDcopy ADDRess none Only parallel printer port is supported GPIB printing not supported MASK none All commands disco...

Page 1114: ...ands for specific types of power analysis POWer SIGNals VSTeady POWer SIGNals VSTeady ON OFf OFF see page 595 POWer SIGNals VSTeady ON OFf ON see page 596 POWer SIGNals VSTeady TRA Nsient see page 597 This command was separated into several other commands for specific types of power analysis POWer SLEW VALue none Slew rate values are now displayed using max and min measurements of a differentiate ...

Page 1115: ...umerated values 0 for off and 1 for on TRIGger TV TVHFrej TRIGger TV VIR none TRIGger USB SOURce DMINu s none These USB trigger commands are superseded by commands that are available with the DSOX4USBFL USB 2 0 Full Low Speed or DSOX4USBH USB 2 0 High Speed serial decode and triggering licenses See SBUS n USB Commands on page 792 TRIGger USB SOURce DPLus none TRIGger USB SPEed none TRIGger USB TRI...

Page 1116: ...ormat edges levels NL edges presence of edges 32 bit integer in NR1 format levels logical highs or lows 32 bit integer in NR1 format A bit equal to one indicates that edges have been detected at the specified threshold since the last clear on that channel NOTE The CHANnel ACTivity command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the ACTivity command see page ...

Page 1117: ...HANnel LABel command sets the source text to the string that follows Setting a channel will also result in the name being added to the label list Query Syntax CHANnel LABel The CHANnel LABel query returns the label associated with a particular analog channel Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string NOTE The CHANnel LABel command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previo...

Page 1118: ...is either set to a predefined value or to a user defined value For the predefined value the voltage parameter is ignored Query Syntax CHANnel THReshold channel group The CHANnel THReshold query returns the voltage and threshold text for a specific group of channels Return Format threshold type value NL threshold type CMOS ECL TTL USERdef value voltage for USERdef float 32 NR3 NOTE The CHANnel THRe...

Page 1119: ...pe s analog probe skew control to remove cable delay errors between channel 1 and channel 2 Query Syntax CHANnel2 SKEW The CHANnel2 SKEW query returns the current probe skew setting for the selected channel Return Format skew value NL skew value skew value in NR3 format See Also Introduction to CHANnel n Commands on page 264 NOTE The CHANnel2 SKEW command is an obsolete command provided for compat...

Page 1120: ...elects the input impedance setting for the specified channel The legal values for this command are ONEMeg 1 MΩ and FIFTy 50Ω Query Syntax CHANnel n INPut The CHANnel n INPut query returns the current input impedance setting for the specified channel Return Format impedance value NL impedance value ONEM FIFT NOTE The CHANnel n INPut command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previ...

Page 1121: ... probe with sense is connected to the specified channel auto sensing is enabled otherwise the mode is manual If the PMODe sent matches the oscilloscope s setting the command will be accepted Otherwise a setting conflict error is generated Query Syntax CHANnel n PMODe The CHANnel n PMODe query returns AUT if an autosense probe is attached and MAN otherwise Return Format pmode value NL pmode value A...

Page 1122: ...rned on the oscilloscope displays lines connecting sampled data points When vectors are turned off only the sampled data is displayed Query Syntax DISPlay CONNect The DISPlay CONNect query returns the current state of the vectors setting Return Format connect NL connect 1 0 See Also DISPlay VECTors on page 322 NOTE The DISPlay CONNEct command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to pr...

Page 1123: ...II string See Also DIGital d POSition on page 305 Example Code DISP_ORDER Set the order the channels are displayed on the analyzer You can enter between 1 and 32 channels at one time If you leave out channels they will not be displayed Display ONLY channel 0 and channel 10 in that order myScope WriteString DISPLAY ORDER 0 10 See complete example programs at Chapter 41 Programming Examples starting...

Page 1124: ...Guide 36 Obsolete and Discontinued Commands ERASe see page 1208 Command Syntax ERASe The ERASe command erases the screen NOTE The ERASe command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the DISplay CLEar command see page 315 instead ...

Page 1125: ...is connected to the specified channel auto sensing is enabled otherwise the mode is manual If the pmode sent matches the oscilloscope s setting the command will be accepted Otherwise a setting conflict error is generated Query Syntax EXTernal PMODe The EXTernal PMODe query returns AUT if an autosense probe is attached and MAN otherwise Return Format pmode value NL pmode value AUT MAN NOTE The EXTe...

Page 1126: ...T OPERation operation operation ADD SUBTract MULTiply The FUNCtion GOFT OPERation command sets the math operation for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available ADD Source1 source2 SUBTract Source1 source2 MULTiply Source1 source2 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 and FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 commands are used to select source1 and source2 ...

Page 1127: ...selects the first input channel for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available Query Syntax FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce1 query returns the current selection for the first input channel for the g t source Return Format value NL value CHAN n n 1 2 3 4 for the 4ch models n 1 2 for the 2ch models See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Com...

Page 1128: ...nd selects the second input channel for the g t source that can be used as the input to transform or filter functions if available Query Syntax FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 The FUNCtion GOFT SOURce2 query returns the current selection for the second input channel for the g t source Return Format value NL value CHAN n n 1 2 3 4 for 4ch models n 1 2 for 2ch models See Also Introduction to FUNCtion m Comman...

Page 1129: ... command selects the source for function operations Choose CHANnel n or ADD SUBT or MULT to specify the desired source for function DIFF differentiate INTegrate and FFT operations specified by the FUNCtion OPERation command Query Syntax FUNCtion SOURce The FUNCtion SOURce query returns the current source for function operations Return Format value NL value CHAN n ADD SUBT MULT n 1 to analog channe...

Page 1130: ...n or off When ON is selected the function performs as specified using the other FUNCtion commands When OFF is selected function is neither calculated nor displayed Query Syntax FUNCtion VIEW The FUNCtion VIEW query returns the current state of the selected function Return Format view NL view 1 0 NOTE The FUNCtion VIEW command is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the...

Page 1131: ...opy DESTination command sets the hardcopy destination Query Syntax HARDcopy DESTination The HARDcopy DESTination query returns the selected hardcopy destination Return Format destination NL destination CENT FLOP See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 NOTE The HARDcopy DESTination command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the HARDcopy FI...

Page 1132: ...ame for those print formats whose output is a file Query Syntax HARDcopy FILename The HARDcopy FILename query returns the current hardcopy output filename Return Format string NL string quoted ASCII string See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 NOTE The HARDcopy FILename command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the SAVE FILename comman...

Page 1133: ...HARDcopy GRAYscale The HARDcopy GRAYscale query returns a flag indicating whether grayscaling is performed in the hardcopy dump Return Format gray NL gray 0 1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 NOTE The HARDcopy GRAYscale command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the HARDcopy PALette command see page 383 instead HARDcopy GRAYscale O...

Page 1134: ...ols whether the graticule colors are inverted or not Query Syntax HARDcopy IGColors The HARDcopy IGColors query returns a flag indicating whether graticule colors are inverted or not Return Format value NL value 0 1 See Also Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 NOTE The HARDcopy IGColors command is an obsolete command provided for compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the HARDcopy I...

Page 1135: ...hardcopy printer driver used for the selected printer If the correct driver for the selected printer can be identified it will be selected and cannot be changed Query Syntax HARDcopy PDRiver The HARDcopy PDRiver query returns the selected hardcopy printer driver Return Format driver NL driver AP2X AP21 AP25 DJ35 DJ6 DJ63 DJ6S DJ6P DJ8S DJ8 DJ9V OJPR DJ9 GVIP DJ55 PS10 PS47 CLAS MLAS LJF POST See A...

Page 1136: ...when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Query Syntax MEASure LOWer The MEASure LOWer query returns the current lower threshold level Return Format voltage NL voltage the user defined lower threshold in volts in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure THResholds on page 1139 MEASure UPPer on page 1146 NOTE The MEASure LOWe...

Page 1137: ...MEASure SCRatch see page 1208 Command Syntax MEASure SCRatch The MEASure SCRatch command clears all selected measurements and markers from the screen NOTE The MEASure SCRatch command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the MEASure CLEar command see page 425 instead ...

Page 1138: ...DELta query is received by the oscilloscope The delta time value that is output is the current value This is the same value as the front panel cursors delta X value Return Format value NL value time difference between start and stop markers in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer X1Position on page 395 MARKer X2Position...

Page 1139: ...cted when making time measurements Return Format T1090 T2080 VOLTage NL T1090 uses the 10 and 90 levels of the selected waveform T2080 uses the 20 and 80 levels of the selected waveform VOLTage uses the upper and lower voltage thresholds set by the UPPer and LOWer commands on the selected waveform See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure LOWer on page 1136 MEASure UPPer on pag...

Page 1140: ...ed Query Syntax MEASure TMAX source The MEASure TMAX query returns the horizontal axis value at which the maximum vertical value occurs on the current source If the optional source is specified the current source is modified If all channels are off the query returns 9 9E 37 Return Format value NL value time at maximum in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure TMIN...

Page 1141: ...ed Query Syntax MEASure TMIN source The MEASure TMIN query returns the horizontal axis value at which the minimum vertical value occurs on the current source If the optional source is specified the current source is modified If all channels are off the query returns 9 9E 37 Return Format value NL value time at minimum in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure TMAX...

Page 1142: ... time at the start marker in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer X1Position on page 395 MARKer X2Position on page 397 MARKer XDELta on page 399 MEASure TDELta on page 1138 MEASure TSTOp on page 1143 NOTE The short form of this command TSTA does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules see page 12...

Page 1143: ...me at the stop marker in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer X1Position on page 395 MARKer X2Position on page 397 MARKer XDELta on page 399 MEASure TDELta on page 1138 MEASure TSTArt on page 1142 NOTE The short form of this command TSTO does not follow the defined Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules see page 1210 ...

Page 1144: ...sponse to the query The specified voltage can be negative or positive To specify a negative voltage use a minus sign The sign of the slope selects a rising or falling edge If no sign is specified for the slope it is assumed to be the rising edge The magnitude of the occurrence defines the occurrence to be reported For example 3 returns the time for the third time the waveform crosses the specified...

Page 1145: ...Obsolete and Discontinued Commands 36 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1145 value time in seconds of the specified voltage crossing in NR3 format ...

Page 1146: ...tage when the thresholds are PERCent as defined by the MEASure DEFine THResholds command Query Syntax MEASure UPPer The MEASure UPPer query returns the current upper threshold level Return Format value NL value the user defined upper threshold in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MEASure LOWer on page 1136 MEASure THResholds on page 1139 NOTE The MEASure UPPer comman...

Page 1147: ...at is returned is the current value This is the same value as the front panel cursors delta Y value VDELta value at marker 2 value at marker 1 Return Format value NL value delta V value in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer Y1Position on page 402 MARKer Y2Position on page 403 MARKer YDELta on page 404 MEASure TDELta o...

Page 1148: ...ge at voltage marker 1 in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer Y1Position on page 402 MARKer Y2Position on page 403 MARKer YDELta on page 404 MARKer X1Y1source on page 396 MEASure SOURce on page 458 MEASure TDELta on page 1138 MEASure TSTArt on page 1142 NOTE The short form of this command VSTA does not follow the defin...

Page 1149: ... the Y2 cursor in NR3 format See Also Introduction to MARKer Commands on page 392 Introduction to MEASure Commands on page 420 MARKer Y1Position on page 402 MARKer Y2Position on page 403 MARKer YDELta on page 404 MARKer X2Y2source on page 398 MEASure SOURce on page 458 MEASure TDELta on page 1138 MEASure TSTArt on page 1142 NOTE The short form of this command VSTO does not follow the defined Long ...

Page 1150: ...has not been generated an error occurs The filename parameter is an MS DOS compatible name of the file a maximum of 254 characters long including the path name if used The filename assumes the present working directory if a path does not precede the file name See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 NOTE The MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe command is obsolete and is provided for backward compati...

Page 1151: ... bucket and averages them When OFF averaging is disabled To set the number of averages use the MTESt AVERage COUNt command described next Query Syntax MTESt AVERage The MTESt AVERage query returns the current setting for averaging Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AVERage COUNt on page 1152 NOTE The MTESt AVERage command is obsolete and is...

Page 1152: ... command specifies the number of data values to be averaged for each time bucket before the acquisition is considered complete for that time bucket Query Syntax MTESt AVERage COUNt The MTESt AVERage COUNt query returns the currently selected count value Return Format count NL count an integer from 2 to 65536 in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AVERage on page 11...

Page 1153: ...he specified mask file The filename parameter is an MS DOS compatible name of the file a maximum of 254 characters long including the path name if used See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt AMASk SAVE STORe on page 1150 NOTE The MTESt LOAD command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the RECall MASK STARt command see page 617 inst...

Page 1154: ...onds parameter is a real number from 1 to 86400 seconds WAVeforms sets the maximum number of waveforms that are required before the mask test terminates The wfm_count parameter indicates the number of waveforms that are to be acquired it is an integer from 1 to 1 000 000 000 Query Syntax MTESt RUMode The MTESt RUMode query returns the currently selected termination condition and value Return Forma...

Page 1155: ...is run and a mask violation is detected the mask test is stopped and the acquisition system is stopped Query Syntax MTESt RUMode SOFailure The MTESt RUMode SOFailure query returns the current state of the Stop on Failure control Return Format on_off NL on_off 1 0 See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 MTESt RUMode on page 1154 NOTE The MTESt RUMode SOFailure command is obsolete and is...

Page 1156: ...mand Syntax MTESt STARt STOP The MTESt STARt STOP command starts or stops the acquisition system See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 NOTE The MTESt STARt and MTESt STOP commands are obsolete and are provided for backward compatibility to previous oscilloscopes Use the RUN command see page 220 and STOP command see page 224 instead ...

Page 1157: ...Gger SOURce command sets the channel to use as the trigger Query Syntax MTESt TRIGger SOURce The MTESt TRIGger SOURce query returns the currently selected trigger source Return Format source CHAN n n 1 to analog channels in NR1 format See Also Introduction to MTESt Commands on page 509 NOTE The MTESt TRIGger SOURce command is obsolete and is provided for backward compatibility to previous oscillos...

Page 1158: ...e page 316 instead Print Option PRINt command PRINt query Query Default COLor Sets palette COLor GRAYscale Sets palette GRAYscale palette COLor PRINter0 1 Causes the USB printer 0 1 to be selected as destination if connected Not used N A BMP8bit Sets print format to 8 bit BMP Selects 8 bit BMP formatting for query N A BMP Sets print format to BMP Selects BMP formatting for query N A FACTors Select...

Page 1159: ...rammer s Guide 1159 See Also Introduction to Root Commands on page 190 Introduction to HARDcopy Commands on page 370 HARDcopy FACTors on page 373 HARDcopy GRAYscale on page 1133 DISPlay DATA on page 316 DISK invalid PCL invalid Old Print Option Is Now NOTE The PRINt query is not a core command ...

Page 1160: ...ted image area When saving images this query returns SCR screen When saving setups or waveform data this query returns GRAT graticule even though graticule images are not saved Return Format area NL area GRAT SCR See Also Introduction to SAVE Commands on page 623 SAVE IMAGe STARt on page 627 SAVE IMAGe FACTors on page 628 SAVE IMAGe FORMat on page 629 SAVE IMAGe INKSaver on page 630 SAVE IMAGe PAL...

Page 1161: ...nt low signals LIN the actual LIN single end bus signal line RX the Receive signal from the LIN bus transceiver TX the Transmit signal to the LIN bus transceiver Query Syntax SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition The SBUS n LIN SIGNal DEFinition query returns the current LIN signal type Return Format value NL value LIN See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 TRIGger MODE on page 944 SBUS n LI...

Page 1162: ...I serial MOSI data This command is the same as the SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI command Query Syntax SBUS n SPI SOURce DATA The SBUS n SPI SOURce DATA query returns the current source for the SPI serial MOSI data Return Format source NL See Also Introduction to TRIGger Commands on page 935 SBUS n SPI SOURce MOSI on page 763 SBUS n SPI SOURce MISO on page 762 SBUS n SPI SOURce CLOCk on page 760 SBUS n SP...

Page 1163: ...36 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1163 SYSTem MENU see page 1208 Command Syntax SYSTem MENU menu menu MASK MEASure SEGMented LISTer POWer The SYSTem MENU command changes the front panel softkey menu ...

Page 1164: ...rence point is set with the TIMebase REFerence command see page 929 Query Syntax TIMebase DELay The TIMebase DELay query returns the current delay value Return Format delay_value NL delay_value time from trigger to display reference in seconds in NR3 format Example Code TIMEBASE_DELAY Sets the time base delay This delay is the internal time between the trigger event and the onscreen delay referenc...

Page 1165: ...ed value or to a user defined value For the predefined value the voltage parameter is not required Query Syntax TRIGger THReshold channel group The TRIGger THReshold query returns the voltage and threshold text for analog channel 1 or 2 or POD1 or POD2 Return Format threshold type value NL threshold type CMOS ECL TTL USER CMOS 2 5V TTL 1 5V ECL 1 3V USERdef range from 8 0V to 8 0V value voltage fo...

Page 1166: ...ernate parameter is not available when TRIGger TV STANdard is GENeric see page 1007 Old forms for mode are accepted Query Syntax TRIGger TV TVMode The TRIGger TV TVMode query returns the TV trigger mode Return Format value NL value FIE1 FIE2 AFI ALIN LINE VERT LFI1 LFI2 LALT LVER mode Old Forms Accepted FIEld1 F1 FIEld2 F2 AFIeld ALLFields ALLFLDS ALINes ALLLines LFIeld1 LINEF1 LINEFIELD1 LFIeld2 ...

Page 1167: ...r s Guide 37 Error Messages 440 Query UNTERMINATED after indefinite response 430 Query DEADLOCKED 420 Query UNTERMINATED 410 Query INTERRUPTED 400 Query error 340 Calibration failed 330 Self test failed 321 Out of memory 320 Storage fault 315 Configuration memory lost ...

Page 1168: ...all memory lost 313 Calibration memory lost 311 Memory error 310 System error 300 Device specific error 278 Macro header not found 277 Macro redefinition not allowed 276 Macro recursion error 273 Illegal macro label 272 Macro execution error 258 Media protected 257 File name error 256 File name not found ...

Page 1169: ...n occur when a feature is unavailable or unlicensed For example serial bus decode commands which require a four channel oscilloscope are unavailable on two channel oscilloscopes and some serial bus decode commands are only available on four channel oscilloscopes when the AMS automotive serial decode or LSS low speed serial decode options are licensed 240 Hardware error 231 Data questionable 230 Da...

Page 1170: ... 222 Data out of range 221 Settings conflict 220 Parameter error 200 Execution error 183 Invalid inside macro definition 181 Invalid outside macro definition 178 Expression data not allowed 171 Invalid expression 170 Expression error 168 Block data not allowed 161 Invalid block data 158 String data not allowed ...

Page 1171: ...string data 150 String data error 148 Character data not allowed 138 Suffix not allowed 134 Suffix too long 131 Invalid suffix 128 Numeric data not allowed 124 Too many digits 123 Exponent too large 121 Invalid character in number 120 Numeric data error 114 Header suffix out of range 113 Undefined header ...

Page 1172: ...Messages 112 Program mnemonic too long 109 Missing parameter 108 Parameter not allowed 105 GET not allowed 104 Data type error 103 Invalid separator 102 Syntax error 101 Invalid character 100 Command error 10 Software Fault Occurred 100 File Exists 101 End Of File Found 102 Read Error ...

Page 1173: ...led 106 Print Initialization Failed 107 Invalid Trace File 108 Compression Error 109 No Data For Operation A remote operation wants some information but there is no information available For example you may request a stored TIFF image using the DISPlay DATA query but there may be no image stored 112 Unknown File Type 113 Directory Not Supported ...

Page 1174: ...1174 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 37 Error Messages ...

Page 1175: ...Condition Register HWERegister CONDition 1193 Mask Test Event Event Register MTERegister EVENt 1194 Clearing Registers and Queues 1195 Status Reporting Decision Chart 1196 IEEE 488 2 defines data structures commands and common bit definitions for status reporting for example the Status Byte Register and the Standard Event Status Register There are also instrument defined structures and bits for ex...

Page 1176: ...any enabled bit in the event register is set The events are enabled with the corresponding event enable register Events captured by an event register remain set until the register is read or cleared Registers are read with their associated commands The CLS command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue If you send CLS immediately after a program message terminator the ou...

Page 1177: ...gister PLL Locked 0 OR OR MTEenable MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable MASK Register MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register RP SOHWH DLO MTE To bits in Operation Status Condition Register OVLR HWE XWR 0DVN 6WDUWHG Wait Trig Run Arm Reg AER Run bit set if oscilloscope not stopped OPERation CONDition Operation Status Condition Register OPEE OPEE Operation Status Enable Mask Register 1 0 2 3 ...

Page 1178: ...us Register bits to generate a summary bit the bits must be enabled These bits are enabled by using the ESE common command to set the corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Enable Register To generate a service request SRQ interrupt to an external controller at least one bit in the Status Byte Register must be enabled These bits are enabled by using the SRE common command to set the corres...

Page 1179: ...S bit and clears the bit which clears the SRQ interrupt The STB command reads bit 6 as the Master Summary Status MSS and does not clear the bit or have any affect on the SRQ interrupt The value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are set at the present time The use of bit 6 can be confusing This bit was defined to cover all possible computer interfaces including a computer th...

Page 1180: ...s cleared when the Status Byte Register is read by the serial poll command Example The following example uses the resource session object s ReadSTB method to read the contents of the oscilloscope s Status Byte Register varQueryResult myScope IO ReadSTB MsgBox Status Byte Register Serial Poll 0x Hex varQueryResult NOTE Use Serial Polling to Read Status Byte Register Serial polling is the preferred ...

Page 1181: ...egister using the SRE command and the bits that are set are read with the SRE query Example The following example sets bit 4 MAV and bit 5 ESB in the Service Request Enable Register myScope WriteString SRE CStr CInt H30 This example uses the decimal parameter value of 48 the string returned by CStr CInt H30 to enable the oscilloscope to generate an SRQ interrupt under the following conditions When...

Page 1182: ...rigger event occurs The TER event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register or using the CLS command If your application needs to detect multiple triggers the TER event register must be cleared after each one If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller operation you must clear the event register each time the trigger bit is set ...

Page 1183: ...erated by certain instrument commands and queries The output queue generates the Message Available summary bit when the output queue contains one or more bytes This summary bit sets the MAV bit bit 4 in the Status Byte Register When using the Agilent VISA COM library the output queue may be read with the FormattedIO488 object s ReadString ReadNumber ReadList or ReadIEEEBlock methods ...

Page 1184: ... Message Queue The message queue contains the text of the last message written to the advisory line on the screen of the oscilloscope The length of the oscilloscope s message queue is 1 Note that messages sent with the SYSTem DSP command do not set the MSG status bit in the Status Byte Register ...

Page 1185: ...abled in the Standard Event Status Enable Register the bits set in this register generate a summary bit to set bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register You can read the contents of the Standard Event Status Register and clear the register by sending the ESR query The value returned is the total bit weights of all of the bits that are set at the present time Example The following example uses the ESR ...

Page 1186: ...lue 0x3C Therefore you can enable any of these bits to generate the summary bit by sending myScope WriteString ESE CStr CInt H3C Whenever an error occurs it sets one of these bits in the Standard Event Status Register Because all the error related bits are enabled a summary bit is generated to set bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register If bit 5 ESB in the Status Byte Register is enabled via the SRE...

Page 1187: ...r is discarded The length of the oscilloscope s error queue is 30 29 positions for the error messages and 1 position for the Queue overflow message The error queue is read with the SYSTem ERRor query Executing this query reads and removes the oldest error from the head of the queue which opens a position at the tail of the queue for a new error When all the errors have been read from the queue sub...

Page 1188: ...ister output is enabled or disabled using the mask value supplied with the OPEE command Name Location Description RUN bit bit 3 Is set whenever the instrument goes from a stop state to a single or running state WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed MTE bit bit 9 Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers OVLR bit bit 11 Is set whenever...

Page 1189: ...tatus Condition Register Name Location Description RUN bit bit 3 Is set whenever the instrument is not stopped WAIT TRIG bit bit 5 Is set by the Trigger Armed Event Register and indicates that the trigger is armed MTE bit bit 9 Comes from the Mask Test Event Registers OVLR bit bit 11 Is set whenever a 50Ω input overload occurs HWE bit bit 12 Comes from the Hardware Event Registers IOC bit bit 13 I...

Page 1190: ...en the instrument becomes armed The ARM event register stays set until it is cleared by reading the register with the AER query or using the CLS command If your application needs to detect multiple triggers the ARM event register must be cleared after each one If you are using the Service Request to interrupt a program or controller operation when the trigger bit is set then you must clear the eve...

Page 1191: ...el 2 input Channel 3 OVL bit 2 Overload has occurred on Channel 3 input Channel 4 OVL bit 3 Overload has occurred on Channel 4 input External Trigger OVL bit 4 Overload has occurred on External Trigger input Channel 1 Fault bit 6 Fault has occurred on Channel 1 input Channel 2 Fault bit 7 Fault has occurred on Channel 2 input Channel 3 Fault bit 8 Fault has occurred on Channel 3 input Channel 4 Fa...

Page 1192: ...Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 38 Status Reporting Hardware Event Event Register HWERegister EVENt This register hosts the PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 The PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 is for internal use and is not intended for general use ...

Page 1193: ...Guide 1193 Hardware Event Condition Register HWERegister CONDition This register hosts the PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 The HWERegister CONDition query returns the value of the Hardware Event Condition Register The PLL LOCKED bit bit 12 is for internal use and is not intended for general use ...

Page 1194: ...Register register hosts these bits The MTERegister EVENt query returns the value of and clears the Mask Test Event Event Register Name Location Description Complete bit 0 Is set when the mask test is complete Fail bit 1 Is set when there is a mask test failure Started bit 8 Is set when mask testing is started Auto Mask bit 10 Is set when auto mask creation is completed ...

Page 1195: ...es Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1195 Clearing Registers and Queues The CLS common command clears all event registers and all queues except the output queue If CLS is sent immediately after a program message terminator the output queue is also cleared ...

Page 1196: ...H 6WDWXV WH 5HJLVWHU DQG VHQG DQ 654 WR WKH FRPSXWHU I HYHQWV DUH PRQLWRUHG E WKH 6WDQGDUG YHQW 6WDWXV 5HJLVWHU DOVR HQDEOH 6 ZLWK WKH 65 FRPPDQG FWLYDWH WKH LQVWUXPHQW IXQFWLRQ WKDW RX ZDQW WR PRQLWRU KHQ DQ LQWHUUXSW RFFXUV LQWHUUXSW KDQGOHU VKRXOG VHULDO SROO 67 ZLWK YDU5 P 6FRSH 2 5HDG67 1 7R UHDG WKH 6WDWXV WH 5HJLVWHU XVH WKH IROORZLQJ P 6FRSH ULWH6WULQJ 67 YDU5 P 6FRSH 5HDG1XPEHU 0VJ R 67 H...

Page 1197: ...pe with programming commands it is often necessary to know when the oscilloscope has finished the previous operation and is ready for the next command The most common example is when an acquisition is started using the DIGitize RUN or SINGle commands Before a measurement result can be queried the acquisition must complete Too often fixed delays are used to accomplish this wait but fixed delays oft...

Page 1198: ...rieve Results Once the acquisition is complete it is safe to retrieve measurements and statistics NOTE It is not necessary to use OPC hard coded waits or status checking when setting up the oscilloscope After the oscilloscope is configured it is ready for an acquisition Blocking Wait Polling Wait Use When You know the oscilloscope will trigger based on the oscilloscope setup and device under test ...

Page 1199: ...b Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface Set up myScope WriteString TRIGger MODE EDGE myScope WriteString TRIGger EDGE LEVel 2 myScope WriteString TIMebase SCALe 5e 8 Acquire myScope WriteString D...

Page 1200: ...omLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface Set up Set up the trigger and horizontal scale myScope WriteString TRIGger MODE EDGE myScope WriteString TRIGger EDGE LEVel 2 myScope WriteString TIMebase SCALe 5e 8 Stop acquisitions and wait for the operation to complete myScope WriteStrin...

Page 1201: ...p 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get results If lngElapsed lngTimeout Then myScope WriteString MEASure RISetime myScope WriteString MEASure RISetime varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Read risetime Debug Print Risetime _ FormatNumber varQueryResult 1000000000 1 ns Else Debug Print Timeout waiting for single shot trigger End If Exit Sub VisaComError...

Page 1202: ...As VisaComLib ResourceManager Public myScope As VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Public varQueryResult As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 6...

Page 1203: ...ecs to wait for single shot Dim lngElapsed As Long lngTimeout 10000 10 seconds lngElapsed 0 Do While lngElapsed lngTimeout myScope WriteString OPERegister CONDition varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber Mask RUN bit bit 3 H8 If varQueryResult And H8 0 Then Exit Do Else Sleep 100 Small wait to prevent excessive queries lngElapsed lngElapsed 100 End If Loop Get results If lngElapsed lngTimeout Then mySc...

Page 1204: ...As Variant Public strQueryResult As String Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Sub Main On Error GoTo VisaComError Create the VISA COM I O resource Set myMgr New VisaComLib ResourceManager Set myScope New VisaComLib FormattedIO488 Set myScope IO myMgr Open TCPIP0 130 29 69 12 inst0 INSTR myScope IO Clear Clear the interface myScope IO Timeout 5000 Set up Set up the ...

Page 1205: ...ster STB from Standard Event Status register ESR is set STB can be read during DIGitize without generating a timeout Do Sleep 4000 Poll more often than the timeout setting varQueryResult myScope IO ReadSTB Loop While varQueryResult And H20 0 Clear ESR and restore previously saved ESE mask myScope WriteString ESR Clear ESR by reading it varQueryResult myScope ReadNumber myScope WriteString ESE CStr...

Page 1206: ...1206 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 39 Synchronizing Acquisitions ...

Page 1207: ...iVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 40 More About Oscilloscope Commands Command Classifications 1208 Valid Command Query Strings 1209 Query Return Values 1215 All Oscilloscope Commands Are Sequential 1216 ...

Page 1208: ... methods are employed Non Core Commands Non core commands are commands that provide specific features but are not universal across all Agilent InfiniiVision oscilloscope models Non core commands may be modified or deleted in the future With a command structure as complex as the one for your oscilloscope some evolution over time is inevitable Agilent s intent is to continue to expand command subsys...

Page 1209: ...nly time a parameter is not meant to be expressed as a string is when the instruction s syntax definition specifies block data such as learn string There are only a few instructions that use block data Program messages can have long or short form commands and data in some cases see Long Form to Short Form Truncation Rules on page 1210 and upper and or lower case ASCII characters may be used Query ...

Page 1210: ...l as the values they accept Program Data Syntax Rules on page 1212 describes all of the general rules about acceptable values When there is more than one data parameter they are separated by commas Spaces can be added around the commas to improve readability Program Message Terminator The program instructions within a data message are executed after the program message terminator is received The t...

Page 1211: ...hey must be preceded by a colon When program data must be included with the simple command header for example DIGitize CHANnel1 white space is added to separate the data from the header The syntax is program mnemonic separator program data terminator Compound Command Headers Compound command headers are a combination of two or more program mnemonics The first mnemonic selects the subsystem and the...

Page 1212: ...ODE command can be set to normal zoomed delayed XY or ROLL The character program data in this case may be MAIN WINDow XY or ROLL The command TIMebase MODE WINDow sets the time base mode to zoomed The available mnemonics for character program data are always included with the command s syntax definition When sending commands you may either the long form or short form if one exists Uppercase and low...

Page 1213: ...nd header would be TIMebase RANGe This is referred to as a compound header A compound header is a header made of two or more mnemonics separated by colons The mnemonic created contains no spaces The following rules apply to traversing the tree A leading colon NL or EOI true on the last byte places the parser at the root of the command tree A leading colon is a colon that is the first character of ...

Page 1214: ...am mnemonic data program mnemonic data terminator For example myScope WriteString TIMebase REFerence CENTer DISPlay VECTors ON Multiple commands may be any combination of compound and simple commands NOTE The colon between TIMebase and RANGe is necessary because TIMebase RANGe is a compound command The semicolon between the RANGe command and the POSition command is the required program message uni...

Page 1215: ...bus to the designated listener typically a controller For example the query TIMebase RANGe places the current time base setting in the output queue When using the Agilent VISA COM library in Visual Basic the controller statements Dim strQueryResult As String myScope WriteString TIMebase RANGe strQueryResult myScope ReadString pass the value across the bus to the controller and place it in the vari...

Page 1216: ...ial IEEE 488 2 makes the distinction between sequential and overlapped commands Sequential commands finish their task before the execution of the next command starts Overlapped commands run concurrently Commands following an overlapped command may be started before the overlapped command is completed All of the oscilloscope commands are sequential ...

Page 1217: ...loscopes Programmer s Guide 41 Programming Examples VISA COM Examples 1218 VISA Examples 1251 SICL Examples 1298 SCPI NET Examples 1318 Example programs are ASCII text files that can be cut from the help file and pasted into your favorite text editor ...

Page 1218: ... Agilent VISA COM library a Choose Tools References from the main menu b In the References dialog check the VISA COM 3 0 Type Library c Click OK 4 Choose Insert Module 5 Cut and paste the code that follows into the editor 6 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope and save the changes 7 Run the program Agilent VISA COM Example in Visual Basic This program illustrates a few com...

Page 1219: ...meout Initialize start from a known state Initialize Capture data Capture Analyze the captured waveform Analyze Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Sub Initialize On Error GoTo VisaComError Get and display the device s IDN string strQueryResult DoQueryString IDN Debug Print Identification string strQuer...

Page 1220: ...yString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration varQueryResult DoQueryIEEEBlock_UI1 SYSTem SETup Output setup string to a file Dim strPath As String strPath c scope config setup dat Dim hFile As Long hFile FreeFile Open strPath For Binary Access Write Lock Write As hFile Put hFile varQueryResult Write data Close hFile Close file Debug Print Setup bytes saved CStr LenB varQueryResult Cha...

Page 1221: ...p command DoCommandIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup varSetupString Debug Print Setup bytes restored CStr LenB varSetupString Capture an acquisition using DIGitize DoCommand DIGitize CHANnel1 Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Analyze the captured waveform Private Sub Analyze On Error GoTo VisaComError Make a couple of measurements DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1...

Page 1222: ...ta Set the waveform points mode DoCommand WAVeform POINts MODE RAW Debug Print Waveform points mode _ DoQueryString WAVeform POINts MODE Get the number of waveform points available Debug Print Waveform points available _ DoQueryString WAVeform POINts Set the waveform source DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Debug Print Waveform source _ DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of the data ...

Page 1223: ...uisition type NORMal ElseIf intType 1 Then Debug Print Acquisition type PEAK ElseIf intType 2 Then Debug Print Acquisition type AVERage ElseIf intType 3 Then Debug Print Acquisition type HRESolution End If Debug Print Waveform points _ FormatNumber lngPoints 0 Debug Print Waveform average count _ FormatNumber lngCount 0 Debug Print Waveform X increment _ Format dblXIncrement Scientific Debug Print...

Page 1224: ...age value Print hFile _ FormatNumber dblXOrigin lngI dblXIncrement 9 _ _ FormatNumber lngDataValue lngYReference _ sngYIncrement sngYOrigin Next lngI Close output file Close hFile Close file MsgBox Waveform format BYTE data written to _ c scope data waveform_data csv Exit Sub VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf Err Description End End Sub Private Sub DoCommand command As String On Error GoTo...

Page 1225: ... myScope WriteString query DoQueryString myScope ReadString CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf CStr Err Number _ Err Source _ Err Description vbExclamation VISA COM Error End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumber query As String As Variant On Error GoTo VisaComError myScope WriteString query DoQueryNumber myScope ReadNumber CheckInstrumentErrors Exi...

Page 1226: ...BinaryType_UI1 CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function VisaComError MsgBox VISA COM Error vbCrLf CStr Err Number _ Err Source _ Err Description vbExclamation VISA COM Error End End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors On Error GoTo VisaComError Dim strErrVal As String Dim strOut As String myScope WriteString SYSTem ERRor Query any errors data strErrVal myScope ReadString Read Errnum Error String...

Page 1227: ...he project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment b Choose Add Reference c In the Add Reference dialog select the COM tab d Select VISA COM 3 0 Type Library then click OK 6 Build and run the program For more information see the VISA COM Help that comes with Agilent IO Libraries Suite 15 Agilent VISA COM Example in C This progr...

Page 1228: ...eption err Console WriteLine System Error Message err Message catch System Exception err System Diagnostics Debug Fail Unexpected Error Console WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message finally myScope Close Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state private static void Initialize string strResults Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN re...

Page 1229: ...urned from instrument string strPath Query and read setup string ResultsArray myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup nLength ResultsArray Length Write setup string to file strPath c scope config setup stp FileStream fStream File Open strPath FileMode Create fStream Write ResultsArray 0 nLength fStream Close Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set v...

Page 1230: ...e CHANnel1 Analyze the captured waveform private static void Analyze byte ResultsArray Results array int nLength Number of bytes returned from instrument string strPath Make a couple of measurements myScope DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce double fResult myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASur...

Page 1231: ...ing WAVeform POINts Set the waveform source myScope DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Waveform source 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII myScope DoCommand WAVeform FORMat BYTE Console WriteLine Waveform format 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform FORMat Display the waveform settings double fResultsArray fResultsArray myScop...

Page 1232: ...crement fResultsArray 7 Console WriteLine Waveform Y increment 0 e fYincrement double fYorigin fResultsArray 8 Console WriteLine Waveform Y origin 0 e fYorigin double fYreference fResultsArray 9 Console WriteLine Waveform Y reference 0 e fYreference Read waveform data ResultsArray myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock WAVeform DATA nLength ResultsArray Length Console WriteLine Number of data values 0 nLength S...

Page 1233: ...lic void DoCommand string strCommand Send the command m_IoObject WriteString strCommand true Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public void DoCommandIEEEBlock string strCommand byte DataArray Send the command to the device m_IoObject WriteIEEEBlock strCommand DataArray true Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public string DoQueryString string strQuery Send t...

Page 1234: ...fResultsArray double m_IoObject ReadList IEEEASCIIType ASCIIType_R8 Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return result numbers return fResultsArray public byte DoQueryIEEEBlock string strQuery Send the query m_IoObject WriteString strQuery true Get the results array System Threading Thread Sleep 2000 Delay before reading byte ResultsArray ResultsArray byte m_IoObject ReadIEEEBlock ...

Page 1235: ...strInstrumentError ToString StartsWith 0 private void OpenIo m_ResourceManager new ResourceManagerClass m_IoObject new FormattedIO488Class Open the default VISA COM IO object try m_IoObject IO IMessage m_ResourceManager Open m_strVisaAddress AccessMode NO_LOCK 0 catch Exception e Console WriteLine An error occurred 0 e Message public void SetTimeoutSeconds int nSeconds m_IoObject IO Timeout nSecon...

Page 1236: ...e Add Reference dialog select the COM tab d Select VISA COM 3 0 Type Library then click OK e Right click the project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment and choose Properties then select InfiniiVision VisaComInstrumentApp as the Startup object 6 Build and run the program For more information see the VISA COM Help that comes...

Page 1237: ...ole WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message Finally myScope Close End Try End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Shared Sub Initialize Dim strResults As String Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope DoCommand CLS myScope DoCommand RST End Sub Captu...

Page 1238: ...am File Open strPath FileMode Create fStream Write ResultsArray 0 nLength fStream Close Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 SCALe myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertica...

Page 1239: ...a couple of measurements myScope DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 _ myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure FREQuency Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 myScope DoCommand MEASure VAMPlitude fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude Console WriteLine Vertial amplitude 0 F...

Page 1240: ...ttings Dim fResultsArray As Double fResultsArray myScope DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble Dim fFormat As Double fResultsArray 0 If fFormat 0 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE ElseIf fFormat 1 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format WORD ElseIf fFormat 2 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format ASCii End If Dim fType As Double fResultsArray 1 If fType 0 Then Console WriteLine Acquire type NO...

Page 1241: ... output file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv If File Exists strPath Then File Delete strPath End If Open file for output Dim writer As StreamWriter File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format For index As Integer 0 To nLength 1 Write time value voltage value writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 _ fXorigin CSng index fXincrement _ CSng ResultsArray index fYreference _ fYincrement fYorig...

Page 1242: ...e Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand End Sub Public Function DoQueryString ByVal strQuery As String As String Send the query m_IoObject WriteString strQuery True Get the result string Dim strResults As String strResults m_IoObject ReadString Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return results string Return strResults End Function Public Function DoQueryNumber By...

Page 1243: ...ray System Threading Thread Sleep 2000 Delay before reading data Dim ResultsArray As Byte ResultsArray _ m_IoObject ReadIEEEBlock IEEEBinaryType BinaryType_UI1 _ False True Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return results array Return ResultsArray End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors ByVal strCommand As String Check for instrument errors Dim strInstrumentError As Strin...

Page 1244: ...Try Marshal ReleaseComObject m_IoObject Catch End Try Try Marshal ReleaseComObject m_ResourceManager Catch End Try End Sub End Class End Namespace VISA COM Example in Python You can use the Python programming language with the comtypes package to control Agilent oscilloscopes The Python language and comtypes package can be downloaded from the web at http www python org and http starship python net...

Page 1245: ...rate comtypes gen VisaComLib if not hasattr sys frozen GetModule C Program Files x86 IVI Foundation VISA VisaCom GlobMgr dll import comtypes gen VisaComLib as VisaComLib Global variables booleans 0 False 1 True Initialize def initialize Get and display the device s IDN string idn_string do_query_string IDN print Identification string s idn_string Clear status and load the default setup do_command ...

Page 1246: ...dividual commands Set vertical scale and offset do_command CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 qresult do_query_number CHANnel1 SCALe print Channel 1 vertical scale f qresult do_command CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 qresult do_query_number CHANnel1 OFFSet print Channel 1 offset f qresult Set horizontal scale and offset do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 qresult do_query_string TIMebase SCALe print Timebase scale s qresult do...

Page 1247: ...ength len image_bytes f open c scope data screen bmp wb f write bytearray image_bytes f close print Screen image written to c scope data screen bmp Download waveform data Set the waveform points mode do_command WAVeform POINts MODE RAW qresult do_query_string WAVeform POINts MODE print Waveform points mode s qresult Get the number of waveform points available do_command WAVeform POINts 10240 qresu...

Page 1248: ...Waveform Y increment f y_increment print Waveform Y origin f y_origin print Waveform Y reference d y_reference Always 125 Get numeric values for later calculations x_increment do_query_number WAVeform XINCrement x_origin do_query_number WAVeform XORigin y_increment do_query_number WAVeform YINCrement y_origin do_query_number WAVeform YORigin y_reference do_query_number WAVeform YREFerence Get the ...

Page 1249: ...cope WriteString s query True result myScope ReadString check_instrument_errors query return result Send a query check for errors return string def do_query_ieee_block query myScope WriteString s query True result myScope ReadIEEEBlock VisaComLib BinaryType_UI1 False True check_instrument_errors query return result Send a query check for errors return values def do_query_number query myScope Write...

Page 1250: ...break else SYSTem ERRor should always return string print ERROR SYSTem ERRor returned nothing command s command print Exited because of error sys exit 1 Main program rm CreateObject VISA GlobalRM interface VisaComLib IResourceManager myScope CreateObject VISA BasicFormattedIO interface VisaComLib IFormattedIO488 myScope IO rm Open TCPIP0 a mx3104a 90028 cos agilent com inst0 INSTR Clear the interf...

Page 1251: ...he example c file and click Add 6 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope 7 Choose Project Properties In the Property Pages dialog update these project settings a Under Configuration Properties Linker Input add visa32 lib to the Additional Dependencies field b Under Configuration Properties C C Code Generation select Multi threaded DLL for the Runtime Library field c Click OK...

Page 1252: ...o_query_numbers char query Query for numbers int do_query_ieeeblock char query Query for IEEE block void check_instrument_errors Check for inst errors void error_handler VISA error handler Global variables ViSession defaultRM vi Device session ID ViStatus err VISA function return value char str_result 256 0 Result from do_query_string double num_result Result from do_query_number unsigned char iee...

Page 1253: ...ommand RST Capture the waveform void capture void int num_bytes FILE fp Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope do_command AUToscale Set trigger mode EDGE PULSe PATTern etc and input source do_command TRIGger MODE EDGE do_query_string TRIGger MODE printf Trigger mode s n str_result Set EDGE trigger parameters do_command TRIGger EDGE SOURCe CHANnel1 do_query_string TRIGger EDGE SOURc...

Page 1254: ...et horizontal scale and offset do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 do_query_string TIMebase SCALe printf Timebase scale s n str_result do_command TIMebase POSition 0 0 do_query_string TIMebase POSition printf Timebase position s n str_result Set the acquisition type NORMal PEAK AVERage or HRESolution do_command ACQuire TYPE NORMal do_query_string ACQuire TYPE printf Acquire type s n str_result Or con...

Page 1255: ...cy 4f kHz n num_result 1000 do_command MEASure VAMPlitude do_query_number MEASure VAMPlitude printf Vertical amplitude 2f V n num_result Download the screen image do_command HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Read screen image num_bytes do_query_ieeeblock DISPlay DATA PNG COLor printf Screen image bytes d n num_bytes Write screen image bytes to file fp fopen c scope data screen png wb num_bytes fwrite ieeebloc...

Page 1256: ...s do_query_numbers WAVeform PREamble wav_format dbl_results 0 if wav_format 0 0 printf Waveform format BYTE n else if wav_format 1 0 printf Waveform format WORD n else if wav_format 2 0 printf Waveform format ASCii n acq_type dbl_results 1 if acq_type 0 0 printf Acquire type NORMal n else if acq_type 1 0 printf Acquire type PEAK n else if acq_type 2 0 printf Acquire type AVERage n else if acq_type...

Page 1257: ...d n num_bytes Open file for output fp fopen c scope data waveform_data csv wb Output waveform data in CSV format for i 0 i num_bytes 1 i Write time value voltage value fprintf fp 9f 6f n x_origin float i x_increment float ieeeblock_data i y_reference y_increment y_origin Close output file fclose fp printf Waveform format BYTE data written to printf c scope data waveform_data csv n Send a command t...

Page 1258: ...rn data_length Query for a string result void do_query_string query char query char message 80 strcpy message query strcat message n err viPrintf vi message if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler err viScanf vi t str_result if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler check_instrument_errors Query for a number result void do_query_number query char query char message 80 strcpy message query strcat message n err viPri...

Page 1259: ...har query char message 80 int data_length strcpy message query strcat message n err viPrintf vi message if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE err viScanf vi b n data_length ieeeblock_data if err VI_SUCCESS error_handler if data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE printf IEEE block buffer full printf May not have received all data n check_instrument_errors return data_length Check for inst...

Page 1260: ...UCCESS exit 1 VISA Example in Visual Basic To run this example in Visual Basic for Applications 1 Start the application that provides Visual Basic for Applications for example Microsoft Excel 2 Press ALT F11 to launch the Visual Basic editor 3 Add the visa32 bas file to your project a Choose File Import File b Navigate to the header file visa32 bas installed with Agilent IO Libraries Suite and fou...

Page 1261: ...rray DblArraySize As Double Declare fixed length string variable to hold string value returned by viVScanf viVQueryf Public strQueryResult As String 200 For Sleep subroutine Private Declare Sub Sleep Lib kernel32 ByVal dwMilliseconds As Long Main Program Sub Main Open the default resource manager session err viOpenDefaultRM drm If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError drm Open the session using the ...

Page 1262: ...auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope DoCommand AUToscale Set trigger mode EDGE PULSe PATTern etc and input source DoCommand TRIGger MODE EDGE Debug Print Trigger mode _ DoQueryString TRIGger MODE Set EDGE trigger parameters DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SOURCe CHANnel1 Debug Print Trigger edge source _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SOURce DoCommand TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 Debug Print Trigger ed...

Page 1263: ... Channel 1 vertical offset _ DoQueryString CHANnel1 OFFSet Set horizontal scale and position DoCommand TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 Debug Print Timebase scale _ DoQueryString TIMebase SCALe DoCommand TIMebase POSition 0 0 Debug Print Timebase position _ DoQueryString TIMebase POSition Set the acquisition type NORMal PEAK AVERage or HRESolution DoCommand ACQuire TYPE NORMal Debug Print Acquire type _ DoQu...

Page 1264: ...lt DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude MsgBox Vertial amplitude vbCrLf _ FormatNumber dblQueryResult 4 V Download the screen image DoCommand HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Get screen image Dim lngBlockSize As Long lngBlockSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes DISPlay DATA PNG COLor Debug Print Screen image bytes CStr lngBlockSize Save screen image to a file Dim strPath As String strPath c scope data screen png If Len D...

Page 1265: ...orm FORMat Display the waveform settings Dim intFormat As Integer Dim intType As Integer Dim lngPoints As Long Dim lngCount As Long Dim dblXIncrement As Double Dim dblXOrigin As Double Dim lngXReference As Long Dim sngYIncrement As Single Dim lngYOrigin As Long Dim lngYReference As Long Dim strOutput As String Dim lngNumNumbers As Long lngNumNumbers DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble intFormat dblAr...

Page 1266: ...erence _ FormatNumber lngXReference 0 Debug Print Waveform Y increment _ Format sngYIncrement Scientific Debug Print Waveform Y origin _ FormatNumber lngYOrigin 0 Debug Print Waveform Y reference _ FormatNumber lngYReference 0 Get the waveform data Dim lngNumBytes As Long lngNumBytes DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes WAVeform DATA Debug Print Number of data values CStr lngNumBytes Set up output file strPath ...

Page 1267: ...unt lngBlockSize Dim strCommandAndLength As String strCommandAndLength command _ Format lngBlockSize b err viVPrintf vi strCommandAndLength vbLf paramsArray 1 If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi DoCommandIEEEBlock retCount CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryString query As String As String Dim strResult As String 200 err viVPrintf vi query vbLf 0 If err VI_SUCCESS The...

Page 1268: ... number of elements array can hold retCount DblArraySize Read numbers err viVScanf vi lf vbLf paramsArray 0 If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi retCount is now actual number of values returned by query DoQueryNumbers retCount CheckInstrumentErrors End Function Private Function DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes query As String As Long Send query err viVPrintf vi query vbLf 0 If err VI_SUCCESS Then Handl...

Page 1269: ...Scanf vi t strErrVal Read Errnum Error String If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi While Val strErrVal 0 End if find 0 No Error strOut strOut INST Error strErrVal err viVPrintf vi SYSTem ERRor vbLf 0 Request error If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi err viVScanf vi t strErrVal Read error message If err VI_SUCCESS Then HandleVISAError vi Wend If Not strOut Then MsgBox strOut vbExclamatio...

Page 1270: ...ify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment b Click Add and then click Add Existing Item c Navigate to the header file visa32 cs installed with Agilent IO Libraries Suite and found in the Program Files IVI Foundation VISA WinNT include directory select it but do not click the Open button d Click the down arrow to the right of the Add button and c...

Page 1271: ...re data Capture Analyze the captured waveform Analyze catch System ApplicationException err Console WriteLine VISA Error Message err Message catch System SystemException err Console WriteLine System Error Message err Message catch System Exception err System Diagnostics Debug Fail Unexpected Error Console WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message finally myScope Close Initialize the oscilloscope to a...

Page 1272: ...rigger edge level 0 myScope DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE LEVel myScope DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive Console WriteLine Trigger edge slope 0 myScope DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration byte ResultsArray Results array int nLength Number of bytes returned from instrument string strPath Query and read setup string nLength myScope DoQueryIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup out Res...

Page 1273: ... Read setup string from file strPath c scope config setup stp DataArray File ReadAllBytes strPath Restore setup string nBytesWritten myScope DoCommandIEEEBlock SYSTem SETup DataArray Console WriteLine Setup bytes restored 0 nBytesWritten Capture an acquisition using DIGitize myScope DoCommand DIGitize CHANnel1 Analyze the captured waveform private static void Analyze byte ResultsArray Results arra...

Page 1274: ...ne Waveform points mode 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform POINts MODE Get the number of waveform points available myScope DoCommand WAVeform POINts 10240 Console WriteLine Waveform points available 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform POINts Set the waveform source myScope DoCommand WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Waveform source 0 myScope DoQueryString WAVeform SOURce Choose the format of t...

Page 1275: ...t 0 e fXincrement double fXorigin fResultsArray 5 Console WriteLine Waveform X origin 0 e fXorigin double fXreference fResultsArray 6 Console WriteLine Waveform X reference 0 e fXreference double fYincrement fResultsArray 7 Console WriteLine Waveform Y increment 0 e fYincrement double fYorigin fResultsArray 8 Console WriteLine Waveform Y origin 0 e fYorigin double fYreference fResultsArray 9 Conso...

Page 1276: ...aAddress Save VISA addres in member variable m_strVisaAddress strVisaAddress Open the default VISA resource manager OpenResourceManager Open a VISA resource session OpenSession Clear the interface int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viClear m_nSession public void DoCommand string strCommand Send the command VisaSendCommandOrQuery strCommand Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strCommand public ...

Page 1277: ...e query VisaSendCommandOrQuery strQuery Get the result string StringBuilder strResults new StringBuilder 1000 strResults VisaGetResultString Check for inst errors CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return string results return strResults public double DoQueryNumber string strQuery Send the query VisaSendCommandOrQuery strQuery Get the result string double fResults fResults VisaGetResultNumber Check fo...

Page 1278: ...ate void VisaSendCommandOrQuery string strCommandOrQuery Send command or query to the device string strWithNewline strWithNewline String Format 0 n strCommandOrQuery int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viPrintf m_nSession strWithNewline CheckVisaStatus nViStatus private StringBuilder VisaGetResultString StringBuilder strResults new StringBuilder 1000 Read return value string from the device int nViStat...

Page 1279: ...ltsArray to 300 000 300kB length 300000 Read return value string from the device int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viScanf m_nSession b ref length ResultsArray CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Write and read buffers need to be flushed after IEEE block nViStatus visa32 viFlush m_nSession visa32 VI_WRITE_BUF CheckVisaStatus nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viFlush m_nSession visa32 VI_READ_BUF CheckVisaStatus nViSt...

Page 1280: ...esourceManager this m_strVisaAddress visa32 VI_NO_LOCK visa32 VI_TMO_IMMEDIATE out this m_nSession CheckVisaStatus nViStatus public void SetTimeoutSeconds int nSeconds int nViStatus nViStatus visa32 viSetAttribute this m_nSession visa32 VI_ATTR_TMO_VALUE nSeconds 1000 CheckVisaStatus nViStatus public void CheckVisaStatus int nViStatus If VISA error throw exception if nViStatus visa32 VI_SUCCESS St...

Page 1281: ...ogram Files IVI Foundation VISA WinNT include directory select it but do not click the Open button d Click the down arrow to the right of the Add button and choose Add as Link You should now see the file underneath your project in the Solution Explorer It will have a little arrow icon in its lower left corner indicating that it is a link e Right click the project again and choose Properties then s...

Page 1282: ... err Message End Try End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Shared Sub Initialize Dim strResults As StringBuilder Get and display the device s IDN string strResults myScope DoQueryString IDN Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope DoCommand CLS myScope DoCommand RST End Sub Capture the waveform Private Shared Sub Capture Us...

Page 1283: ...reate fStream Write ResultsArray 0 nLength fStream Close Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 _ myScope DoQueryString CHANnel1 SCALe myScope DoCommand CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical offset 0 _ myScope DoQueryStr...

Page 1284: ...f measurements myScope DoCommand MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 _ myScope DoQueryString MEASure SOURce myScope DoCommand MEASure FREQuency fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure FREQuency Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 myScope DoCommand MEASure VAMPlitude fResult myScope DoQueryNumber MEASure VAMPlitude Console WriteLine Vertial amplitude 0 F2 V fResul...

Page 1285: ...eform settings Dim fResultsArray As Double fResultsArray myScope DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble Dim fFormat As Double fResultsArray 0 If fFormat 0 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE ElseIf fFormat 1 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format WORD ElseIf fFormat 2 Then Console WriteLine Waveform format ASCii End If Dim fType As Double fResultsArray 1 If fType 0 Then Console WriteLine Acquire...

Page 1286: ... file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv If File Exists strPath Then File Delete strPath End If Open file for output Dim writer As StreamWriter File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format For index As Integer 0 To nLength 1 Write time value voltage value writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 _ fXorigin CSng index fXincrement _ CSng ResultsArray index fYreference _ fYincrement fYorigin Next...

Page 1287: ... nLength As Integer Dim nBytesWritten As Integer nLength DataArray Length strCommandAndLength String Format 0 8 1 D8 _ strCommand nLength Write first part of command to formatted I O write buffer nViStatus visa32 viPrintf m_nSession strCommandAndLength CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Write the data to the formatted I O write buffer nViStatus visa32 viBufWrite m_nSession DataArray nLength _ nBytesWritten...

Page 1288: ...e result string Dim fResultsArray As Double fResultsArray VisaGetResultNumbers Check for instrument errors another command and result CheckInstrumentErrors strQuery Return string results Return fResultsArray End Function Public Function DoQueryIEEEBlock ByVal strQuery As String _ ByRef ResultsArray As Byte As Integer Send the query VisaSendCommandOrQuery strQuery Get the result string System Threa...

Page 1289: ...e device Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viScanf m_nSession lf fResults CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Return fResults End Function Private Function VisaGetResultNumbers As Double Dim fResultsArray As Double fResultsArray New Double 9 Read return value string from the device Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viScanf m_nSession _ 10lf Chr 10 fResultsArray CheckVisaStatus nViStatus Retu...

Page 1290: ...r Then Console WriteLine ERROR s for command 0 _ strCommand bFirstError False End If Console Write strInstrumentError End If Loop While Not strInstrumentError ToString StartsWith 0 End Sub Private Sub OpenResourceManager Dim nViStatus As Integer nViStatus visa32 viOpenDefaultRM Me m_nResourceManager If nViStatus visa32 VI_SUCCESS Then Throw New _ ApplicationException Failed to open Resource Manage...

Page 1291: ...yVISA package to control Agilent oscilloscopes The Python language and PyVISA package can be downloaded from the web at http www python org and http pyvisa sourceforge net respectively To run this example with Python and PyVISA 1 Cut and paste the code that follows into a file named example py 2 Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope 3 If python exe can be found via your PAT...

Page 1292: ..._command TRIGger EDGE SOURCe CHANnel1 qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE SOURce print Trigger edge source s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE LEVel print Trigger edge level s qresult do_command TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive qresult do_query_string TRIGger EDGE SLOPe print Trigger edge slope s qresult Save oscilloscope setup sSetup do_query_string SYSTem...

Page 1293: ...etup f open setup stp rb sSetup f read f close do_command SYSTem SETup 8 08d s len sSetup sSetup hide_param s True print Setup bytes restored d len sSetup Capture an acquisition using DIGitize do_command DIGitize CHANnel1 Analyze def analyze Make measurements do_command MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 qresult do_query_string MEASure SOURce print Measure source s qresult do_command MEASure FREQuency qresul...

Page 1294: ...t Choose the format of the data returned do_command WAVeform FORMat BYTE print Waveform format s do_query_string WAVeform FORMat Display the waveform settings from preamble wav_form_dict 0 BYTE 1 WORD 4 ASCii acq_type_dict 0 NORMal 1 PEAK 2 AVERage 3 HRESolution preamble_string do_query_string WAVeform PREamble wav_form acq_type wfmpts avgcnt x_increment x_origin x_reference y_increment y_origin y...

Page 1295: ... d len values Save waveform data values to CSV file f open waveform_data csv w for i in xrange 0 len values 1 time_val x_origin i x_increment voltage values i y_reference y_increment y_origin f write E f n time_val voltage f close print Waveform format BYTE data written to waveform_data csv Send a command and check for errors def do_command command hide_params False if hide_params header data stri...

Page 1296: ... find 0 0 3 1 Not No error print ERROR s command s error_string command print Exited because of error sys exit 1 else No error break else SYSTem ERRor should always return string print ERROR SYSTem ERRor returned nothing command s comma nd print Exited because of error sys exit 1 Returns data from definite length block def get_definite_length_block_data sBlock First character should be pound sBloc...

Page 1297: ...rammer s Guide 1297 return sData Main program InfiniiVision visa instrument TCPIP0 130 29 70 139 inst0 INSTR InfiniiVision timeout 15 InfiniiVision term_chars InfiniiVision clear Initialize the oscilloscope capture data and analyze initialize capture analyze print End of program ...

Page 1298: ...e Project Properties In the Property Pages dialog update these project settings a Under Configuration Properties Linker Input add sicl32 lib to the Additional Dependencies field b Under Configuration Properties C C Code Generation select Multi threaded DLL for the Runtime Library field c Click OK to close the Property Pages dialog 8 Add the include files and library files search paths a Choose Too...

Page 1299: ...umber void do_query_numbers char query Query for numbers int do_query_ieeeblock char query Query for IEEE block void check_instrument_errors Check for inst errors Global variables INST id Device session ID char str_result 256 0 Result from do_query_string double num_result Result from do_query_number unsigned char ieeeblock_data IEEEBLOCK_SPACE Result from do_query_ieeeblock double dbl_results 10 ...

Page 1300: ...out value for this session to 5 seconds itimeout id TIMEOUT Clear the interface iclear id Get and display the device s IDN string do_query_string IDN printf Oscilloscope IDN string s n str_result Clear status and load the default setup do_command CLS do_command RST Capture the waveform void capture void int num_bytes FILE fp Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope do_command AUTosca...

Page 1301: ... setup stp n Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset do_command CHANnel1 SCALe 0 05 do_query_string CHANnel1 SCALe printf Channel 1 vertical scale s n str_result do_command CHANnel1 OFFSet 1 5 do_query_string CHANnel1 OFFSet printf Channel 1 offset s n str_result Set horizontal scale and position do_command TIMebase SCALe 0 0002 do_query_string TIMebase SCALe printf ...

Page 1302: ... y_increment double y_origin double y_reference FILE fp int num_bytes Number of bytes returned from instrument int i Make a couple of measurements do_command MEASure SOURce CHANnel1 do_query_string MEASure SOURce printf Measure source s n str_result do_command MEASure FREQuency do_query_number MEASure FREQuency printf Frequency 4f kHz n num_result 1000 do_command MEASure VAMPlitude do_query_number...

Page 1303: ...tr_result Set the waveform source do_command WAVeform SOURce CHANnel1 do_query_string WAVeform SOURce printf Waveform source s n str_result Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII do_command WAVeform FORMat BYTE do_query_string WAVeform FORMat printf Waveform format s n str_result Display the waveform settings do_query_numbers WAVeform PREamble wav_format dbl_results 0 if wav_format...

Page 1304: ...ntf Waveform Y increment e n y_increment y_origin dbl_results 8 printf Waveform Y origin e n y_origin y_reference dbl_results 9 printf Waveform Y reference e n y_reference Read waveform data num_bytes do_query_ieeeblock WAVeform DATA printf Number of data values d n num_bytes Open file for output fp fopen c scope data waveform_data csv wb Output waveform data in CSV format for i 0 i num_bytes 1 i ...

Page 1305: ...t data_length strcpy message command strcat message 8 08d iprintf id message num_bytes ifwrite id ieeeblock_data num_bytes 1 data_length check_instrument_errors return data_length Query for a string result void do_query_string query char query char message 80 strcpy message query strcat message n iprintf id message iscanf id t n str_result check_instrument_errors Query for a number result void do_...

Page 1306: ... block result int do_query_ieeeblock query char query char message 80 int data_length strcpy message query strcat message n iprintf id message data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE iscanf id b data_length ieeeblock_data if data_length IEEEBLOCK_SPACE printf IEEE block buffer full printf May not have received all data n check_instrument_errors return data_length Check for instrument errors void check_instrum...

Page 1307: ...ent IO Libraries Suite and found in the Program Files Agilent IO Libraries Suite include directory select it and click Open 4 Choose Insert Module 5 Cut and paste the code that follows into the editor 6 Edit the program to use the SICL address of your oscilloscope and save the changes 7 Run the program Agilent SICL Example in Visual Basic This program illustrates a few commonly used programming fe...

Page 1308: ...om a known state Initialize Capture data Capture Analyze the captured waveform Analyze Close the vi session and the resource manager session Call iclose id Exit Sub ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Sub Initialize On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Clear the interface Call iclear id Get and display the device s IDN string strQuer...

Page 1309: ...ource _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SOURce DoCommand TRIGger EDGE LEVel 1 5 Debug Print Trigger edge level _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE LEVel DoCommand TRIGger EDGE SLOPe POSitive Debug Print Trigger edge slope _ DoQueryString TRIGger EDGE SLOPe Save oscilloscope configuration Dim lngSetupStringSize As Long lngSetupStringSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes SYSTem SETup Debug Print Setup bytes saved CStr ln...

Page 1310: ...t Timebase position _ DoQueryString TIMebase POSition Set the acquisition type NORMal PEAK AVERage or HRESolution DoCommand ACQuire TYPE NORMal Debug Print Acquire type _ DoQueryString ACQuire TYPE Or configure by loading a previously saved setup strPath c scope config setup dat Open strPath For Binary Access Read As hFile Open file for input Dim lngSetupFileSize As Long lngSetupFileSize LOF hFile...

Page 1311: ... the screen image DoCommand HARDcopy INKSaver OFF Get screen image Dim lngBlockSize As Long lngBlockSize DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes DISPlay DATA PNG COLor Debug Print Screen image bytes CStr lngBlockSize Save screen image to a file Dim strPath As String strPath c scope data screen png If Len Dir strPath Then Kill strPath Remove file if it exists End If Dim hFile As Long hFile FreeFile Open strPath For...

Page 1312: ...ts As Long Dim lngCount As Long Dim dblXIncrement As Double Dim dblXOrigin As Double Dim lngXReference As Long Dim sngYIncrement As Single Dim sngYOrigin As Single Dim lngYReference As Long Preamble DoQueryNumbers WAVeform PREamble intFormat Preamble 0 intType Preamble 1 lngPoints Preamble 2 lngCount Preamble 3 dblXIncrement Preamble 4 dblXOrigin Preamble 5 lngXReference Preamble 6 sngYIncrement P...

Page 1313: ...Number sngYOrigin 0 Debug Print Waveform Y reference _ FormatNumber lngYReference 0 Get the waveform data Dim lngNumBytes As Long lngNumBytes DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes WAVeform DATA Debug Print Number of data values _ CStr lngNumBytes CInt Chr byteArray 1 2 Set up output file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv Open file for output Open strPath For Output Access Write Lock Write As hFile Output wa...

Page 1314: ...rors Exit Sub ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Sub Private Function DoCommandIEEEBlock command As String _ lngBlockSize As Long On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Send command part Call ivprintf id command Write definite length block bytes Call ifwrite id byteArray lngBlockSize vbNull retCount retCount is now actual number of bytes written DoCommandIEEEBlock retCount CheckInstrumentEr...

Page 1315: ...ate Function DoQueryNumber query As String As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim dblResult As Double Call ivprintf id query vbLf Call ivscanf id lf vbLf dblResult DoQueryNumber dblResult CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Function Private Function DoQueryNumbers query As String As Double On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim dblResults 10 As Doubl...

Page 1316: ...ockLength As String strBlockLength Dim i As Integer For i 2 To intLengthDigits 1 strBlockLength strBlockLength Chr byteArray i Next Return number of bytes in block plus header DoQueryIEEEBlock_Bytes CLng strBlockLength intLengthDigits 2 CheckInstrumentErrors Exit Function ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Function Private Sub CheckInstrumentErrors On Error GoTo ErrorHandler Dim...

Page 1317: ...Vision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1317 If Not strOut Then MsgBox strOut vbExclamation INST Error Messages Call iflush id I_BUF_READ Or I_BUF_WRITE End If Exit Sub ErrorHandler MsgBox Error Error vbExclamation End End Sub ...

Page 1318: ...abVIEW Microsoft Excel Agilent VEE and Agilent SystemVue For more information on Agilent Command Expert and to download the software see http www agilent com find commandexpert SCPI NET Example in C on page 1318 SCPI NET Example in Visual Basic NET on page 1324 SCPI NET Example in IronPython on page 1330 SCPI NET Example in C To compile and run this example in Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 1 Instal...

Page 1319: ...ogramming features of your Agilent oscilloscope using System using System IO using System Text using Agilent CommandExpert ScpiNet AgInfiniiVision3000X_02_00 namespace InfiniiVision class ScpiNetInstrumentApp private static AgInfiniiVision3000X myScope static void Main string args try string strScopeAddress strScopeAddress a mx3054a 60028 cos agilent com strScopeAddress TCPIP0 a mx4054a 60154 cos ...

Page 1320: ...tic void Initialize string strResults Get and display the device s IDN string myScope SCPI IDN Query out strResults Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScope SCPI CLS Command myScope SCPI RST Command Capture the waveform private static void Capture string strResults double fResult Use auto scale to automatically configure oscilloscope myScope SCPI...

Page 1321: ...ltsArray Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Command 1 0 05 myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Query 1 out fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical scale 0 F4 fResult myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Command 1 1 5 myScope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Query 1 out fResult Console WriteLine Channel 1 vertical of...

Page 1322: ...EQuency Query CHANnel1 out fResult Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 Use direct command query when commands not in command set myScope Transport Command Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 myScope Transport Query Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 out strResults Console WriteLine Vertial amplitude 0 V strResults Download the screen image myScope SCPI HARDcopy INKSaver Command false ...

Page 1323: ...ole WriteLine Waveform source 0 strResults Choose the format of the data returned WORD BYTE ASCII myScope SCPI WAVeform FORMat Command BYTE myScope SCPI WAVeform FORMat Query out strResults Console WriteLine Waveform format 0 strResults Display the waveform settings int nFormat nType nPoints nCount nXreference nYreference double dblXincrement dblXorigin dblYincrement dblYorigin myScope SCPI WAVefo...

Page 1324: ...myScope SCPI WAVeform DATA QueryBYTE out byteResultsArray nLength byteResultsArray Length Console WriteLine Number of data values 0 nLength Set up output file strPath c scope data waveform_data csv if File Exists strPath File Delete strPath Open file for output StreamWriter writer File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format for int i 0 i nLength 1 i writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 dblXor...

Page 1325: ...2_00 dll then click OK e Right click the project you wish to modify not the solution in the Solution Explorer window of the Microsoft Visual Studio environment and choose Properties then select InfiniiVision ScpiNetInstrumentApp as the Startup object 7 Build and run the program For more information see the SCPI NET driver help that comes with Agilent Command Expert Agilent SCPI NET Example in Visu...

Page 1326: ... System Diagnostics Debug Fail Unexpected Error Console WriteLine Unexpected Error err Message myScope Dispose Finally End Try End Sub Initialize the oscilloscope to a known state Private Shared Sub Initialize Dim strResults As String Get and display the device s IDN string myScope SCPI IDN Query strResults Console WriteLine IDN result is 0 strResults Clear status and load the default setup myScop...

Page 1327: ...SCPI SYSTem SETup Query strResultsArray nLength strResultsArray Length Write setup string to file strPath c scope config setup stp File WriteAllLines strPath strResultsArray Console WriteLine Setup bytes saved 0 nLength Change settings with individual commands Set vertical scale and offset myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Command 1 0 05 myScope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Query 1 fResult Console WriteLine Channe...

Page 1328: ...CPI MEASure SOURce Query source1 source2 Console WriteLine Measure source 0 source1 myScope SCPI MEASure FREQuency Command CHANnel1 myScope SCPI MEASure FREQuency Query CHANnel1 fResult Console WriteLine Frequency 0 F4 kHz fResult 1000 Use direct command query when commands not in command set myScope Transport Command Invoke MEASure VAMPlitude CHANnel1 myScope Transport Query Invoke MEASure VAMPli...

Page 1329: ...rm FORMat Command BYTE myScope SCPI WAVeform FORMat Query strResults Console WriteLine Waveform format 0 strResults Display the waveform settings Dim nFormat As Integer nType As Integer nPoints As Integer _ nCount As Integer nXreference As Integer _ nYreference As Integer Dim dblXincrement As Double dblXorigin As Double _ dblYincrement As Double dblYorigin As Double myScope SCPI WAVeform PREamble ...

Page 1330: ...put Dim writer As StreamWriter File CreateText strPath Output waveform data in CSV format For i As Integer 0 To nLength 2 writer WriteLine 0 f9 1 f6 _ dblXorigin CSng i dblXincrement _ CSng byteResultsArray i nYreference _ dblYincrement dblYorigin Next Close output file writer Close Console WriteLine Waveform format BYTE data written to 0 _ strPath End Sub End Class End Namespace SCPI NET Example ...

Page 1331: ...mmand Expert ScpiNetDrivers import string Import NET modules from System import from System IO import from System Text import from System Runtime InteropServices import import clr clr AddReference AgInfiniiVision4000X_01_20 from Agilent CommandExpert ScpiNet AgInfiniiVision4000X_01_20 import Initialize def initialize Get and display the device s IDN string idn_string scope SCPI IDN Query print Ide...

Page 1332: ... commands Set vertical scale and offset scope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Command 1 0 05 qresult scope SCPI CHANnel SCALe Query 1 print Channel 1 vertical scale f qresult scope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Command 1 1 5 qresult scope SCPI CHANnel OFFSet Query 1 print Channel 1 offset f qresult Set horizontal scale and offset scope SCPI TIMebase SCALe Command 0 0002 qresult scope SCPI TIMebase SCALe Query print Time...

Page 1333: ...PI DISPlay DATA Query PNG COLor nLength len image_bytes fStream File Open screen_image png FileMode Create fStream Write image_bytes 0 nLength fStream Close print Screen image written to screen_image png Download waveform data Set the waveform points mode scope SCPI WAVeform POINts MODE Command RAW qresult scope SCPI WAVeform POINts MODE Query print Waveform points mode s qresult Get the number of...

Page 1334: ...ference Get numeric values for later calculations x_increment scope SCPI WAVeform XINCrement Query x_origin scope SCPI WAVeform XORigin Query y_increment scope SCPI WAVeform YINCrement Query y_origin scope SCPI WAVeform YORigin Query y_reference scope SCPI WAVeform YREFerence Query Get the waveform data data_bytes scope SCPI WAVeform DATA QueryBYTE nLength len data_bytes print Number of data value...

Page 1335: ...scilloscopes Programmer s Guide 1335 scope Transport DefaultTimeout Set 10000 Initialize the oscilloscope capture data and analyze initialize capture analyze print End of program Wait for a key press before exiting print Press any key to exit Console ReadKey True ...

Page 1336: ...1336 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide 41 Programming Examples ...

Page 1337: ...only oscilloscopes 6 analog probe attenuation 273 analog probe head type 274 analog probe sensing 1121 analog probe skew 276 1119 analyzing captured data 55 angle brackets 159 annotate channels 271 annotation background display 312 annotation color display 313 annotation text display 314 annotation display 311 apparent power 490 apply network printer connection settings 378 arbitrary waveform gene...

Page 1338: ...de 849 CAN signal definition 677 CAN source 678 CAN trigger 679 682 CAN trigger data pattern 681 CAN trigger ID pattern 683 CAN trigger pattern id mode 684 CAN triggering 645 capture data 199 capturing data 54 cardiac waveform generator output 1069 center frequency set 348 358 center of screen 1054 center reference 929 center screen vertical value at 357 362 channel 226 271 1116 1118 channel coupl...

Page 1339: ...513 crest factor 492 CSV Comma Separated Values waveform data format 639 cumulative edge activity 1116 current harmonics analysis fail count 558 current harmonics analysis results save 635 current harmonics analysis run count 561 current harmonics analysis apply 555 current harmonics results data 556 current harmonics results display 557 current logic levels on digital channels 191 current oscillo...

Page 1340: ...displayed value 325 DVM enable disable 326 DVM frequency value 327 DVM input source 329 DVM mode 328 E EBURst trigger commands 954 ECL channel threshold 1118 ECL threshold voltage for digital channels 307 ECL trigger threshold voltage 1165 edge activity 1116 edge counter Edge Then Edge trigger 951 edge counter Nth edge of burst 955 edge coupling 961 edge fall time 439 edge parameter for delay meas...

Page 1341: ...formulas for data conversion 1024 frame 761 frame counters CAN error 670 frame counters CAN overload 671 frame counters CAN reset 672 frame counters CAN total 673 frame counters FlexRay null 690 692 frame counters FlexRay reset 691 frame counters FlexRay total 693 frame counters UART error 776 frame counters UART reset 777 frame counters UART Rx frames 778 frame counters UART Tx frames 779 frame I...

Page 1342: ... 164 IIC address 727 IIC clock 725 IIC data 726 728 IIC data 2 729 IIC SEARch commands 866 IIC serial decode address field size 724 IIC serial search address 869 IIC serial search data 870 IIC serial search data2 871 IIC serial search mode 867 IIC serial search qualifier 872 IIC trigger commands 723 IIC trigger qualifier 730 IIC trigger type 731 IIC triggering 646 image format 629 image invert gra...

Page 1343: ...trigger type 753 magnify math function 359 magnitude of occurrence 469 main sweep range 932 main time base 1164 main time base mode 925 making measurements 420 MAN option for probe sense 1121 1125 manual cursor mode 394 MARKer commands 391 marker mode 402 marker position 403 marker readout 1142 1143 marker set for voltage measurement 1148 1149 marker sets start time 1139 marker time 1138 markers f...

Page 1344: ...ulation type waveform generator 1083 MOSI data pattern width 767 MOSI data pattern SPI trigger 766 MOSI data source SPI trigger 763 1162 most significant byte first 1027 move cursors 1142 1143 msbfirst 1027 MSG Message 181 183 MSO models 6 MSS Master Summary Status 183 MTEenable Mask Test Event Enable Register 205 MTERegister EVENt Mask Test Event Event Register 207 1194 MTESt commands 507 multi c...

Page 1345: ...th 682 745 PATTern trigger commands 977 pattern trigger format 980 pattern trigger qualifier 983 pattern triggering 936 pattern width 765 767 peak current 500 peak data 1023 peak detect 240 peak detect acquisition type 228 1023 peak to peak vertical value measurement 436 476 pending operations 172 percent of waveform overshoot 444 percent thresholds 428 period measured to calculate phase 448 perio...

Page 1346: ...ds 613 recall filename 616 1066 recall mask 617 recall path information 618 recall reference waveform 620 recall setup 619 recalling and saving data 310 receiver width I2S 709 RECTangular window for transient signals 351 reference 340 929 reference clock 928 reference for time base 1164 reference signal 10 MHz 233 reference signal mode 928 reference waveform save source 643 reference waveform reca...

Page 1347: ...play 648 serial decode mode 649 serial frame 761 serial number 221 service request 183 Service Request Enable Register SRE 181 1181 set center frequency 348 set cursors 1142 1143 set date 911 set time 921 set up oscilloscope 45 setting digital display 303 setting digital label 250 304 setting digital position 305 setting digital threshold 307 setting display 347 setting external trigger level 331 ...

Page 1348: ... store instrument setup 171 179 store setup 179 storing calibration information 256 string variables 62 string variables reading multiple query results into 63 string variables reading query results into multiple 63 string quoted ASCII 159 subnet mask 46 subsource waveform source 1045 subsystem commands 3 1213 subtract math function 358 1041 subtract math function as g t source 1126 sweep mode tri...

Page 1349: ... trigger CAN signal definition 677 trigger CAN source 678 trigger duration greater than 981 trigger duration less than 982 trigger duration range 985 trigger edge coupling 961 trigger edge level 962 trigger edge reject 963 trigger edge slope 964 trigger edge source 965 trigger FLEXray 695 trigger FLEXray error 696 trigger FLEXray event 699 trigger force a 938 trigger glitch greater than 968 trigge...

Page 1350: ...1 vertical axis range for channels 279 vertical offset for channels 272 vertical peak to peak measured on waveform 436 476 vertical scale 280 363 vertical scaling 1036 vertical threshold 1118 vertical units for FFT 350 vertical value at center screen 357 362 vertical value maximum measured on waveform 474 vertical value measurements to calculate overshoot 444 vertical value minimum measured on wav...

Page 1351: ...nter ARINC 429 reset 655 word format 1031 word format for data transfer 1025 word format ARINC 429 657 word select WS low I2S trigger 722 word select WS source I2S 712 word width SPI decode 769 write text to display 912 WriteIEEEBlock method 57 63 WriteList method 57 WriteNumber method 57 WriteString method 57 X X axis markers 392 X cursor units 400 401 X delta 399 X delta mask scaling 536 X1 and ...

Page 1352: ...1352 Agilent InfiniiVision 4000 X Series Oscilloscopes Programmer s Guide Index ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for InfiniiVision 4000 X-Series

ParaBody 858 Assembly Instruction Sheet preview
858
Brand: ParaBody Pages: 5
Gaspardo SP SPRINT Manual preview
SP SPRINT
Brand: Gaspardo Pages: 16
Gastrodomus PH100 Installation, Operating And Service Instructions preview
PH100
Brand: Gastrodomus Pages: 4
HANYOUNG NUX HL Series Instruction Manual preview
HL Series
Brand: HANYOUNG NUX Pages: 2
Gastrodomus CL Instructions For Use And Maintenance Manual preview
CL
Brand: Gastrodomus Pages: 39
Kärcher FRV 30 ME Original Instructions Manual preview
FRV 30 ME
Brand: Kärcher Pages: 88
WalkMed 350VL Quick Reference preview
350VL
Brand: WalkMed Pages: 2
Walinga Central Vac Installation Manual preview
Central Vac
Brand: Walinga Pages: 20
XanLite LR126 User Manual preview
LR126
Brand: XanLite Pages: 2
X-Rite i1Display Setup Manual preview
i1Display
Brand: X-Rite Pages: 6
Mobiak DIAS Instruction Manual preview
DIAS
Brand: Mobiak Pages: 15
Mainpine IQ Express RF6118 Quick Start Manual preview
IQ Express RF6118
Brand: Mainpine Pages: 2
Hella Gutmann mega macs 50 Quick Start Manual preview
mega macs 50
Brand: Hella Gutmann Pages: 48
Southern States EC-1V Installation Instructions Manual preview
EC-1V
Brand: Southern States Pages: 36
SOMFY CONTROL4 Programming Manual preview
CONTROL4
Brand: SOMFY Pages: 10
Garten Meister GMXB1020-2 Original Instructions Manual preview
GMXB1020-2
Brand: Garten Meister Pages: 28
Albrecht Pulsors Repair Instructions preview
Pulsors
Brand: Albrecht Pages: 4
Briteq MICRO BEAMER RGBW Operation Manual preview
MICRO BEAMER RGBW
Brand: Briteq Pages: 16

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands